DRAGON NATURALLY SPEAKING [Makcimslitohalelam-|a(em@lx>) me lellel> Version 12 "Ns NUANCE Copyright Copyright ii 1991 - 2012. Dragon NaturallySpeaking Version 12.0. This material may not include some last-minute technical changes and/or revisions to the software. Changes are periodically made to the information described here. Future versions of this material will incorporate these changes. Nuance Communications, Inc. may have patents or pending patent applications covering subject matter in this document. The furnishing of this document does not give you any license to such patents. No part of this material or software may be reproduced in any form or by any means, including, without limitation, electronic or mechanical, such as photocopying or recording, or by any information storage and retrieval systems, without the express written consent of Nuance Communications, Inc. Specifications are subject to change without notice. Copyright © 2012 Nuance Communications, Inc. All rights reserved. Nuance, the Nuance logo, ScanSoft, Dragon, DragonBar, the Dragon logo, NaturallySpeaking, RealSpeak, Nothing But Speech (NBS), Natural Language Technology, Full Text Control, BestMatch, MouseGrid, and Vocabulary Editor are registered trademarks or trademarks of Nuance Communications, Inc. All other names and trademarks referenced herein are trademarks of Nuance Communications, Inc., or their respective owners. Many of the designations used by manufacturers and sellers to distinguish their products are claimed as trademarks, including the following: Pentium is a registered trademark of Intel Corporation. Adobe and Acrobat are registered trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated. Corel and WordPerfect are registered trademarks of Corel Corporation. Lotus and Lotus Notes are registered trademarks of Lotus Development Corporation. Microsoft, Microsoft Office, Microsoft Office Live, Microsoft Outlook, Microsoft Outlook Express, Microsoft Word, Microsoft Excel, Microsoft PowerPoint, Microsoft InfoPath, Microsoft Access, Microsoft Visual Basic, Microsoft ActiveSync, Hotmail, Windows Internet Explorer, Windows, Windows Live, Windows 7, Windows 7 Ultimate Server, Windows Vista, Windows XP, Windows XP Professional, Windows XP Home, Windows Server 2003, Windows Server 2008, Windows NT, Windows 2000, and Windows 2000 Server are trademarks or registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation. Netscape and Netscape Navigator are registered trademarks of Netscape Communications Corporation. Copyright Mozilla, Mozilla Firefox, and Mozilla Thunderbird are trademarks or registered trademarks of the Mozilla Foundation. Google, Google+, Google Chrome, and Gmail are trademarks of Google, Inc. Voicelt, the VoicelIt logo, and VoicelIt Link are trademarks or registered trademarks of VXI Corporation. AMD is a trademark of Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. SoundBlaster is a registered trademark of Creative Technology Ltd. Yahoo! is a registered trademark of Yahoo! Inc. Macromedia Flash™ is a trademark of Macromedia, Inc macromedia ENABLED Boost Software License - Version 1.0 - © Copyright August 17, 2003. open source initiative Approved License Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person or organization obtaining a copy of the software and accompanying documentation covered by this license (the "Software") to use, reproduce, display, distribute, execute, and transmit the Software, and to prepare derivative works of the Software, and to permit third-parties to whom the Software is furnished to do so, all subject to the following: The copyright notices in the Software and this entire statement, including the above license grant, this restriction and the following disclaimer, must be included in all copies of the Software, in whole or in part, and all derivative works of the Software, unless such copies or derivative works are solely in the form of machine-executable object code generated by a source language processor. THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, TITLE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR ANYONE DISTRIBUTING THE SOFTWARE BE LIABLE FOR ANY DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING iii Copyright iv FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. Open Source Initiative OSI - The MIT License (MIT): Licensing we open source initiative Approved License The MIT License (MIT) Copyright © 2012 Nuance Communications, Inc. Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF ORIN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. Open Source Initiative OSI - The BSD 3-Clause License. © Copyright 1998, Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: » Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. » Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the doc- umentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. Copyright » Neither the name of the University of California, Berkeley nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. Dave Barry in Cyberspace, © Copyright 1996 by Dave Barry. Published by Crown Publishers. 2001: A Space Odyssey, © Copyright 1968 by Arthur C. Clarke. Published by New American Library. 3001: The Final Odyssey, © Copyright 1997 by Arthur C. Clarke. Published by HarperCollins Publishers. Dogbert's Top Secret Management Handbook, © Copyright 1996 by United Feature Syndicate, Inc. Published by HarperBusiness, a division of HarperCollins Publishers. Success Is a Journey: 7 Steps to Achieving Success& in the Business of Life, © Copyright 1999 by Jeffrey J. Mayer. Published by McGraw Hill. Charlie and the Chocolate Factory, © Copyright 1964 by Roald Dahl. Published by Alfred A. Knopf, Inc. and Penguin Books. Charlie and the Great Glass Elevator, © Copyright 1972 by Roald Dahl. Published by Alfred A. Knopf, Inc. and Penguin Books. To Be a Man, © Copyright 1997 by Eugene and Miranda Pool. The Captain of Battery Park, © Copyright 1978 by Eugene Pool. Published by Addison-Wesley. QR code is trademarked by Denso Wave, inc. libqgrencode 3.1.1 - QR Code encoding library - Copyright (C) 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 Kentaro Fukuchi. Reed-Solomon code encoder - Copyright (C) 2002, 2003, 2004, 2006 Phil Karn, KA9Q. Copyright © 2007 James Newton-King Copyright vi Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. Contents Contents CODY CLIN asc ce ace ees es ag cee ade re Re eens ii Chapter 1: What's New in Dragon Version 12 __...0. o.oo... oo. cece cece ccc e ec ee eee 16 Dragon is now easier tO USE .... 20... eee eee eee eee e eens eeees 16 Changes that make Dragon faster and more accurate .............2 20.22.20. 2 cece ceee cece ee eee 18 How you'll be more productive with Dragon ................. 200... 220.22 ccc cece cece cece ceecceeeeeees 19 And there's more __......... 220... 220.222 cece cece cece cece cece cece cece eee e eee ee cece cece eeceeeeceeeeecees 20 Chapter 2: Installing Dragon |... 20..2.2..0. o.oo ccncc cence cc nceccececeececseees 23 Installation and User Profile Creation ..........00.... 00... 22002 c cece cece cc cccc cece eceececeeeeeeeeee 23 Dragon system requirements ........ 00.0000... e cece eee e cece eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeees 24 What you should know before installing .........0.0.00. ccc cee cece eee cece ee eee ee eeeeeeeeeeees 27 Installing Dragon to a custom location ........0... 2200.22. occ cece eee e cece cece eeeeeeeeeeees 27 Installation Prerequisites 1.2.2.2... 2... occ cc cece cece ccc cccccetececcccctterccceeeeettecseeees 28 Installing Software - Typical Installation ...........0.... 20... 22002 c cece eee eee eee ee cece ee eeeeeee 29 Installing Software - Custom Installation .....0..0000 ooo cece e eee cece eeeeeeeees 30 Modifying application settings for all Users _......0 200... 200. o oe eeeeee eee ec eeceeeeeee 32 Modifying formatting options for all users _.......... 2000.22 2 00 ceeeeeeeeeeceeeee cece ee eeeeeeee: 33 Creating your user profile ......... 2.0.2.2... 22000 c ence cence eee ec eee eeeeceeeeeeeeeeeees 34 Setting up, positioning, and checking your microphone ................0.0.... cece cece eee e eee 37 Training a new user profile ...... 2.00... . 20 c cece ee cence cence ee eee ec eeeeeeeeeeeees 38 Adapting to your writing style and scheduling tuning ...................220...220..2220-222eee ee eee 40 How Dragon automatically configures user profiles ...............0....2 200.2220 e cece cece eeeeeee 42 Upgrading User Profiles ....... 0.0.0... 00. c cece ccc cece cece eee cece eee eee eee eeccenceeeceeneeeeeeenseees 42 Version 12 File Structure .. 1.220000... 2000.2 o occ ccc cence cece cence cece eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 44 Accessing log files, samples, and tools ........0...0 00.220 c cece cece cece eee cece cece cece eee eeceeeeeeees 46 Activating Dragon ......... 022.200 c cece ccc cece ce cece eee eee cece eee ee eeeeeeceeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeees 47 Chapter 3: Getting Started 2220oooooooooooocccccccccecececcccc cnc ec ec ececcececececeeeees 49 PAN oo) | oD) ate 0) 49 Using Dragon Help .......0... 2.20.22 20 c cee cee cece cece cece cece eee e cede cece eee eeeeeeeeeeeeees 50 PN oo) exe | (@1 c=) (0) 51 About the Results Display .......... 2.2.00. 0 0. cece cece cece cece cceccecceeccecccccteececccceteetecees 51 Using the DragonBar ._.___........ 2.22... . 220.2222 ccc cece ence ccc cece cence cence ec eeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 53 The DragonBar ............... 2200.22 200 c cece cece cece cee c cece cece cece cece ee cece cece eeeeeeeeeeeees 53 The Text Control Indicator ............. 2.00... c ccc cece cece cece cence eee e eee ee ee ceeeeeeeeeeeees 57 Displaying the DragonBar ..................2 200.2220 ccc cece cece cece cece eee c cece cece eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeee 58 viii Contents Controlling the DragonBar ............ 20.2.2... 220 ccc cece cece cece ccc ee cece eee e cece eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 60 Using the Microphone ._...._................. 20.0... 200 cece cece cence cece cc cee ce eeeeeeeeeceeeeteeeeeees 63 Choose a speech device |... 22.2.2... oon cence eee ee eee cece ee eee cece ee eceeeeeeeees 63 Position your microphone properly ............. 2.2022. cce cece cece cc cccecccccecetecceceeeeteccceceeeeeee: 65 Using the Dragon Sidebar ___.... 1.2.20... 2.22... e cece ceeeeceeeees 67 Using the Dragon Sidebar ......0.... 00.2... c ence cece cece eeeeenceeeeenseees 67 The Dragon Sidebar tabs ........0... 2.0 ccc c cece cece eee eee eeeceeeseeeseeeseees 71 Dragon'Sidebar Tips) <$.2 ees a lhe eld ui a te SA A atts atte clade Allis de eee lignans aig 73 Chapter 4: Dictating Text 0020002 ccccec cc cecccceccccecceeeseaee 74 Dictation Basics» cx. o sy has, eds Se erties cacd ad nasi een ott Pasco ease oueccteas Baalleet 74 WNAOING ACTIONS i222: 8 uf nns 15 Se naenT os tas andes delacln nal co dep otis vane nae adie adn tae ovens 75 Correcting text errors as you dictate 2.1.0.0... ool cc cece eee eee cece ence eee eenceeeeeensenes 76 Dictation commands ............ 2220... o eee e eee e eee e eee e cece cece eeeeeeeeeeseeeeeees 77 Typing or spelling text ....... 020... eee eee eee ee eeeeeeee 79 Spelling’ WORKS ¥iscw nnn ooh cle oe shed wt an hia patie) 4 ae tale ond Wea Sas Cueto n bette! SaaeogeNa ss 80 Dictating:nuMbers' ¢04: 26sec crc hs ieee ec a Shee seat las intent Ras ts Boh at ana od 82 Using the Dictation Box _... 222.2000... 2 ooo ence cece eee eee eee eee eee eeeeeeeeeeeees 87 Using the Dictation Box .....2... 0.2.0... o cocci cc ccc ecee ccc eee e eee cece cece eee eeeeeeeeeeeeees 87 Using Dictation Box in unsupported applications ..............0...2 200... 202. e cece e eee ee eeeeeeeee 87 Turning off the Dictation Box 2.000.000... occ ccc eee eee e cece cece eee e ence ee eeeeeeeeeeeeanes 87 Unsupported applications .......... 200... 220. c ccc cece nce cece cece eee e eee e cece eeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeees 87 Transferring your text ...200.. 2.220. c cece cece e cece e eee ee ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 88 The Full Text Control Indicator _........ 00000... 200i c ence cece eee eeceeeeeeeeeeees 88 Dictating in unknown text fieldS 2.2.2.0... ollie cece eee eee cece ce eee eee eeeeneeeeaeeneaes 88 Editing text in unknown text fields ...2.. 20000... 200. coon cece cece ee eeceeceeeeceeee 89 Unexpected behavior or text in the Dictation Box ......... 20.0... 2.0.22 cece cece cece ee eee ee eeeeee 89 Dictation Box SettingS .......... 00.2 c cco c cece cece eee eee eeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 89 Using DragonPad) 238 enc cseacseteiodde vse hiee an eacki sed ene th cles deena tadah eb hadddse Secantadaddsepead 92 About DragonPad) =. )..02 2: ..ccuheo Giese i co tien eee o u tee eee cee tie el ae 92 Changing the way text wraps on your SCreen ....... 2.2.00... 22 eee e cece cece c cece eee eceeeeceeeeeeees 92 Chapter 5: Making Corrections |. ..o2.2..0.0.0.0 0.0. o coco cececc cee ec ecececeecececececees 93 Correcting dictation - workflow |........... 2.200... 200. c cece cece cece ccc ec cece cee eeeceeeeeeeeeeeees 93 Using Smart Format Rules .............0... 2200. c ccc cece cece cece cece eee ec ee ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 96 Correcting text - quick reference ........ 2.2.0 o occ eee eee e cece c ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeees 97 Choosing the correct text ..02... 00000 e eee eee eee ee ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 99 Correcting misrecognized commands ......... 0.2.0... 00.2 e eee eee cece cece eee eeeceeeceeeeeneeees 99 Chapter 6: Revising Text 2222.02. cc cece cecccceccececcececeecessseses 101 Using Direct Editing commands .......... 2.2.2.2... 2220. c cece cece cece cece eee ee ce ceeececeeeeceeee 102 Handling multiple text matches ....22.. 2.20... ooo cece cece cece ccc e cee eeeceeeeeeeceees 103 Contents Revising text - quick reference ...... 2.00... 2... e eee cece ce eeeeeeceeeeees 108 Moving around in a document ....._........ 2.220 e tec eceecceeeeeeees 112 Moving the insertion point .......... 2.0.2.2 200.2 ccc ec cece cece cece cece ceeeeceeeeeeees 112 Moving to specific words |.......... 220.2222... 2c cece cece cece cece cence ec eeceeeeeceeeeeceeeeeeeeeees 114 Moving to the beginning or end of a document or line ..............2 200.2220. 2 eee e eee eee eee 114 Using "Go Back" to move the CUrSOF ........ 202... 2 2000 c eee cece cece cece eee eececeeeeeeeeeceeee 115 Selecting text 2.2000. e eee e cece eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 117 Selecting text - quick reference |... 1.2.2.2... oie cece cece cece eee e cece cece ce ceeeeeeeeeees 117 Selecting characters and words .......... 0.0.2.2... 22200 c cece cece ccc ec ccc ecceccecceeeeeeeeeeseeeeees 117 Selecting specific words or phrases ....... 2.00... . 220 o cece cece cece cece cece eee eceeceeeeeeees 118 Selecting lines and paragraphs ......... 20.22.22 0c occ cence cece eee eececeeeeeceeeees 119 Selecting text AgaiN «2.0.2.2... occ ccc cece cence cence eee cece ee ee cece eeeeeeeeeeeeees 120 Changing an incorrect text Selection .....00... 0.000.222 occ ccc cee cece cece ee eeeeeeeeeeeees 121 Deleting, Cutting, and Copying Text .... 22.202... 0 220 eec ee eee cece 122 Cutting, copying, and pasting ............. 2.2... c cece cece cece cece cence eee ec eee eeeeeeeeeeteseeeees 122 Deleting dictated text 22000... cece ee eee cece eect eeeeeees 122 Deleting characters, words, lines, or paragraphs ................22...22 20.2200 ec eeeeeceeeeeeeeee 123 Deleting by backspacing .............. 20.0... 200 c cece cece ccc cc cece eee ee cece eee e cece eeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 124 FORMACEING! 52 22:29 o.oo Panel ee ee ees Aas Face ans Ob Sot han einen ren we nant ans 125 FORMAtENOIEGX Bi Bes SOAS els a a ee ee DEE poe hae habe tg bls Di het te ie at 125 Formatting numbers ........2... 220... 220. c eee eee cence cece cece cece cece cece eee ee ceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 127 Setting font name, size, and Style _.... 200... 2. e cece e cece eeeeeeeeeees 128 ALI QMING COKE Se tet Oy ea Re ag ct Muh hat elisha Uk elute et aihis tA yt att sel tts yf Ay cnaid 129 Adding new lines and paragraphs ......... 22... 2200.2 o occ cece cece eee cee ec eee ccceceeeeeeeeeeeees 129 Hyphenating words ............ 220... 220.2222 c cece cece cece cece cece cece eee e cece cece eee eceeeeeeeeeeceeees 129 JOINING WORKS. < fitted Rites Starts Nae tates Sh OS Be ot a att lM Oat ath ta allek Ll lll 130 Setting Auto-Formatting Options ....002.....0 llc c cece cece cece eceeeeceeeeeeeeees 130 Using Smart Format Rules ........... 2.000... 200 c ccc cece eee cece eect c cece cee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 130 Creating Word Properties ............. 2.00... 200. c cece cece cece cece cece cece ee eee ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 131 Chapter 7: Working in Programs .....20 202 .0.2..0.. 0.2.2. o occ ce ccc ccncecccceccccecceceseees 135 Scrolling in popular programs ............. 220... 200.2 cece cece ccc cece cece cece ceeececeeeeeeeeeeeees 136 Using the Microsoft Office ribbon ....... 0... e cece cece e eee eeeeeeeeeaees 137 About spoken commands in word processing programs ...............................--. 141 About spoken commands in word processing programs ..................2...2220-2220e-eeeee eee 141 Dictating in your word proceSSOr .............. 220... ccc cece cece cece cece c eee eececceeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeee 142 Working with Microsoft Word .......000..000.000. coco c cece cece cece cece eee cece eeeee enna 143 Basic document commands in Microsoft Word ............0..0 00.2200. c cece eee e eee e cece cece eee eee: 143 Creating, opening, and closing a document .............. 22.2.2. 2 0. cece ec ee cece cece cececececeeeees 143 Saving a document ........ 2220... . ooo ce cece e ce e cee eee cece cece cece cece cece eeeeeeeeeeeees 144 Contents PAaGe Setup As ccetks.iss be eae iit and to sot Setie te aan het tc Me suet cits 2 hk oan ttt ae 8 144 Viewing a document ....... 22.2... . 220 e eee eee eee e eee ee eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 145 PIII cs Seater ee tects Sk RS otek 8B a gps 8 hn elitist BE Nae ets tee Na Sf to 145 Checking spelling and grammar ...............2... 2200.22 20 ccc cee cc cece cc cecceceeccececceeeeeeeeeeees 146 Searching and replacing ........... 2.2.2.2... cece cece cece cece cece cece cece eee ce ceeeeeeeeseeeeeeeees 146 Inserting document segment .......... 2.20... . oo occ ccc c eee c ee eee eee eeeeeeeeeeeeees 146 MOVINGHEXT 5 ote coin Aoi ocean cals Sout tuaas un Gaeenceseaeeneaen Maree eee aeaes eee 147 Moving around in a document ......... 2.2... 20.2.2 c ccc cece e cece cence eee ee ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeees 148 Switching between open documents ........... 20.2222 0.. 2220 cc ccc c cece cece cece ce ceecceceeeeeeeeeeeees 148 Selecting ex tiaciess 2 o8 red cede Wis vraihs soe hematin alah Gd hdl octane ile End mate so a onl aseolednt de 45 nfeat nt SORA 148 Formatting text in Microsoft Word ..........0.... 200.22 coc cece cece cece ce ceeeceeeeeeeees 149 Changing text properties .. 22.2000... 2200. o occ cence cece cece e cece cece eee eeeeeeeeeeeeees 149 Changing font and point Sizes _.... 2220... 2 200i e nec e eee ee eeceeeeeeeeeees 150 Changing font properties ........0... 2.00... 2200 c cece cece cence cece e cece c ee eeeeeeeeceeeeteeeeeees 150 Changing capitalization ......... 200.0220. e eee e cece cece cee eeeeeeeeeeeeees 150 Changing font Color ........2.... 2200... cece ccc ccc ence cence cee cece cece cece ee eeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeees 150 Changing line spacing ................. 200... 220 ccc cece ence cece c cence cece cece eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 151 Changing text justification .......... 0000.22 o occ c eee eee cece ee eeeeeceeeeeeeeee 151 Creating bulleted or numbered lists ........... 00.0000... 2 200 eee ccc ce cece ce cecceceeeeeeeees 151 Working with outlines .....20... 0000... 2 20 cc cece ccc cence cence eee eee ee cee eeeeeeeeeeeceteeeeeees 151 Email Programs ................ 200... 22... 2200-22 2ccc cece cece cece e cee ee cece cece cece eeteeeeeeeseeeeeeees 152 Supported e-mail programs ..............2...2 20.0.2 c cece cece cece cece cece cece cece eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 152 Working in e-mail programs .......... 20.22.20... 2220 c cece cece cece cece c cece cee eeeceeeceeeeeeeees 152 Commands for working with e-mail Messages ............ 2.222. o eee cee eee cece cece ee eeeee 153 Commands for moving around in e-mail .......... 22.2... 2... o eee e cece ce ceecceceees 153 Dictating e-mail and Web addresses .....0... 022.2. ec cece eee ceeceeeeeeeees 154 Dictating E-mail and Calendar commands ........... 20... 220... 220.2200 cccecceeeececeeeceeeeeeeees 155 Commands for Microsoft Outlook Express, Windows Mail, and Windows Live Mail ........ 158 Kol este) i O10] (cle) 161 Working with Microsoft Outlook ....220... 020... o occ e eee e eee cece eceeeeeeeeeeeees 161 Reading and sending e-mail with Microsoft Outlook ..............0...2 220. e cece cece e eee eee 162 Making appointments in Microsoft Outlook ........... 200.0220... ccc cc cece e cece cece eceeceeceeeees 163 Adding contacts in Microsoft Outlook ....... 0000... 2000 c occ cece cece cence ec eeceeeeeceeeeee 163 Writing notes in Microsoft Outlook 2.2222... . 200.2 c occ cece cence cence cece eeeeeceeeeeees 164 Using other Microsoft Outlook commands .............0....2 00.22 2200 c cee cee cece ce eeeceeeeeeeeeeeees 164 Dialog DOX;COMMANS: Sskxc20. nh Sat han dome om seal a eal ison ide Ukt ele habe nee Ning yb ue 165 Moving around in a message WiNdOwW ............ 220... ooo cece e cece cece ee eeececeeeeeeeeees 166 Microsoft Outlook 2010 commands .............2 20.0.2 200. c cece eee eee eee ce ec eeeceeeceeeeeeeees 167 Microsoft Excel 9.2.2... 000o ooo eect bebe cece beceececceeeeeees 168 xii Contents Working with Microsoft Excel 1.2.2.0... 2200.22 ccc cece cece cece eee e cece cece ceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeees 168 Dictating in Microsoft Excel with Full Text Control ...........000...0 20.2220. ccc cc eee cece cece ee ees 169 Basic commands for Microsoft Excel ...........2 20... 2200.22 ccc cece cece cece cee eeeceeeeeceeeeeeeees 170 Creating, opening, and closing a spreadsheet .......... 220... 2200. c ccc eee eee ee ee eeeeeees 170 Editing in a spreadsheet |... 2.020... ooo ccc e cece eee cece cece ee eeeeeeteeeeeees 170 Saving, renaming, and moving to another a spreadsheet ......................220.-2220-22220-- 171 Setting up a spreadsheet ........ 2222... o eee ccc cence cence cence cece e eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 171 Viewing the spreadsheet ........ 2.20... 2202 e eee ccc cece cence cence cece c ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 171 PRUNING 2ecis ce Seaek Soek gaat a Fadia nics on io? oo Race SARA es a as Bee an vce d Ab iees Sans ve 172 Moving around a spreadsheet ......... 0... 2200. c cece ccc eee ccc cece eee e ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 172 Switching between open spreadsheets ............ 22.2... 0... 22200 cceecc ec eccecceccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 173 Formatting a Microsoft Excel spreadsheet ..........00... 2200... 200 cece cece ccc e cece ec eeeeeeeeeeeees 173 Working with cell contents in Microsoft Excel 1.2.2.0... 000... 2 000 c cece cece cee eeeeeecceeeeeeee 174 Chapter 8: Working with Web applications ..............0....0.... 020s 177 Using Rich Internet Application extensions ........ 2.02... 22... c cece cece cece ccc ceceeeeeeeeeees 177 Browser requirements for Web application Support ........... 0.2... eee eee eec ce eeecccceceeeeeeece 179 Enabling Web application Support .........2 00.20.00... 2 20 c ccc cece ccc cece cece ce ceececeeeeeeeeeeeees 180 How to tell if Web application support is active 2.1.2... 0... lee ccc cece cc eeeeeeeeees 182 MI SUG GINA a ca Bk ae ch te, atg a eA tea ag cn tt AE ell Pate h ede yh Ae tua tyne locke EUR ote te, 183 USING: HOtMAll 225235 cetenccc tie Gh Seat BSL ee een OS Nae renee aoe 185 Editing text in a supported Web application ...........0.... 20.0.2 2000 c cece cece eee eeeeeeeeees 188 EGIEING: TEXT os teh ee a he ts eas tte tala SAA PGS GD ttitas Se ht tle tlie NA dt uid J LONE 189 Selecting text 2.00000... cece cece eee eee eee eee eee ee eee ee eeeee ees 190 GapitaliZingitext 220 escent eA eee ed ee eee A Ase ot ke A oe 190 Using Dragon's Web capabilities without RIA ......00... 022.0 e cece cece cece 190 If you have problems using Web application support ................ 200.2220... 2 ccc cece ee eee ee 191 Chapter 9: Working with Web browsers |..... 2.2.2... o ooo eee eee cece cece 195 Working with a Web browser ........... 20.22.2002 cece cece cece ence cece ccc eececeeeeeeeeceececeeeeeeeee. 195 Searching the Web by voice ............ 2.00... 200 c cece cece cece ccc ee cece eee ee ce eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 196 Web browser commands ........... 20.22... e cece eee eee cence cece cece cece ence cee eeneeeeeeeneeenseeneeees 201 Internet Explorer commands ........ 22.00... ccc cece cece cc ccccccceeeccccccceeececececeeettteceeeeeetee: 205 Usiing:tabs: in Pirefoxes:2 oo sok ok ee ft hh St ee EE EEE Re SAI tele 207 Chapter 10: Working on Your Desktop __... o.oo... ooo ooo conc cece cence 209 Starting and exiting programs ............... 2200... ccc ccc cece cece cece cece eee ceeceeeeeeeeeeeees 209 Using Windows Desktop commands ............. 20... 220.222 cece e cece cc cec cee eeceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 211 Controlling Menus |___.... 0.22.22. eee eee eee eee eee eee e ee ecee ees 214 Selecting buttons and dialog box Options .......... 0... eee e eee e eee e cece eee eeseeeees 215 Selecting tabs in a dialog box ...... 0.2.2.2 oon cence eee eee eececeeeeeeeeeees 216 Resizing and closing WiNdOWS ......... 2.2.2.0... 220 ccc cece cece cece cece cece eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 216 Contents Selecting and opening icons ............. 22... 22200 c eee eccece cece cece cece cece eceeeeeeeeeees 217 Scrolling in windows and lists ......... 200... 220. c occ cece cence eee e ce ec cee eeececeeeeeeeeeees 217 Searching your Desktop by Voice ........ 0.2.2.2... 2202 cece cece cece c eee ec ee ceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 218 Switching between programs and Windows ...................2202.22000c cece cece ce ceeececeeeeeees 219 Chapter 11: Controlling the Mouse and Keyboard ...................................... 223 Controlling the keyboard ............ 2.0... coc cece cece ence cence cece eee ee cece cece eeeeeeeeteeeeeees 223 Moving the mouse pointer .......... 2.0.2.2 20.22 cece ccc cece cece eee c eee ee cee eeececeeeeeeeeeeees 225 Move COMMANAS ....... 2... eee eee cece cece cece cece eet eeeceeeseeneeeeteeeseeereeeseees 225 Optional move commands ....... 2.22.22... eee cece cece cece cc cececcceceeececccecseeeetecccceeeeteeees 225 Stopping mouse movement ....... 2.20... cece e cece eee eee ceeeeeeececeeeeeeeeeeeeees 226 Positioning the mouse pointer with MouseGrid ..................20...2 200022 20ccc cece cece eceeeees 227 Clicking and dragging the MOUSE .......... ook eee eee eee cece cece eee e eee neeeeeeeeees 227 Clicking the MOUSE .......... 2.222. .2eooceeeeccceneeeene eee eee e eect e cece eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee. 228 Dragging the MOUS ....._.... 20.2... 2. 2.22 c eee eee eect e eee ee eeeeeees 228 Stopping mouse movement ....... 2.00... e cece cece eee ceee cece ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 229 Chapter 12: Improving recognition accuracy .................0..0...... 20.2.2 c cece eee 231 Top 10 ways to improve ACCUraCY ... 2.2... ccc cece cece cece cc ceeeteeetteteetetteeeeseeeees 231 Using Smart Format Rules ......2.... 22.00.2220 0c cece cece cece cee cece cece eee ceeeeeeeeeeeeseeeees 233 Adjusting Speed vs. ACCUraCcy .....22... 2.220 c cece cece cece cence eee e cece eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeees 241 The Dragon Accuracy Center |... ... 2.22.22... ooo cece e eee c eee eeeeceeeeeeeees 243 Using the Accuracy Center _.....22... 22.00.22 ccc ccc cece cece cece cece cece eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeees 243 About the Accuracy Assistant _......... 000... 0 200 c cece cece ccc cnc cece eee ee cee eeececeeeeeeseees 244 Running the Acoustic and Language Model Optimizer ...................22....220..22200e2 eee eee 244 Recognition Modes _..... «1.22.0... 022... 22 occ ccc cccccccccc ence eee eee e cece cece eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 246 Using Recognition Modes ............. 2.20... cece ccc cence cece cence eee cece ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 246 Switching recognition Modes ......... 22... 2222 eee cece cece cece cece e cece ee eeceeeeeeeeeees 248 Teaching Dragon to Understand You Better ___..... 1.20.0... 222s 250 Training misrecognized commands ................. 220... 20ccc eee ce cece ec eee cee eeceeeeeceeceeeeeeeees 250 Training individual words and phrases ............ 2000... 200.22 cece eee c cece c cece eeeeececeeeeeeeees 251 Using punctuation with written and spoken forms .................222...2200.222eeeeeeeceeeeec ees 251 Supplemental training ................. 220... 2200 c cece ccc cece cece cece cece cece cece eeeeeeceeeeees 252 Personalizing your Dragon Vocabulary .........................2...22 20.22 cece cc eceeeeeeeeeeeeee 254 About personalizing your Vocabulary ................ 220... 220022 c cece cece cece ccceececeeeeeeeeeeeees 254 Adding words or phrases to your Vocabulary .............0...2200..2 20002 cc cece cece cece ceeeeeeees 255 Using punctuation with written and spoken forms .............2...2 22... 2200. 22 eee eeeececeeee ees 255 Learning from specific documents ............... 200.2222. c cece cece cece cece ec ceeceeeeeceeeeeeeees 256 Adding words with the Spelling window ...................2 20.22.2022 200 e cece eceececeeeeeeeeeeeees 257 Learn From Sent E-mails ........2 000.020.022.200 cece ccc cece cece cece cece eee eceeeeeeeeseeeteeeees 258 Adding contact names to the Vocabulary ................ 00.2222... c cece cece ec eeccececcceceeceeeeee 259 xiii Contents Deletingiwords x :.4.0 2222 cee) eet ene 8 oh hao ete ted et ee las od one ee ee ea 260 Using the Don't Recognize That Word Command ..................2...2220..22000eceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 261 Managing Vocabularies ___..... «2.220... 20.0... ooo ccc ccc ccc cece e eee eee ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 263 About VocabulanteS: .2..:..22..252 352s oes teas? ancl dee San eosin doailddecann es dons doeasee ks 263 Chapter 13: Using the Command Browser ....... 1.1... oo... 0.0. o cece cence eee ee eee 265 About the Command Browser .............. 0.0.20 ..c ccc cece cece cece cece cece ee cecc ence ceeeeneeeeseeneeees 265 Opening the Command Browser .............. 22... 2200-2220 cece cece cece ccc eecceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 266 Finding commands in the Command Browser ................ 2.0.2 cecee cece cece eee eceeeeeeeeeneees 267 Training commands in the Command Browser ...................220..22200c2eeececeeeeeceeeeeeeess 269 The Dragon Glossary .......2..2.0. 22... ooo ccc nce ccc ce cnn ceccececececcectstestesecsseees 271 TYR Nc srs ra a fake co ete diaeeaiaataeeae adele ela ateaed Nite a A ee a hee at AA coca alee he 283 Xiv Guide de I'utilisateur 16 Chapter 1: What's New in Dragon Version 12 Here is a list of new features in Dragon 12. You'll find the information under the following categories: » Dragon is now easier to use » Changes that make Dragon faster and more accurate » How you'll be more productive with Dragon «» And there's more Dragon is now easier to use Smart Format Rules: Set up auto-formatting and word properties on the fly When you make a correction related to formatting, such as abbreviations, titles, units of measure, or alternate written forms, Dragon displays its Smart Format Rules box, offering to change one of its Auto-Formatting Options or Word Property settings. You can change settings yourself from the Auto-Formatting Options dialog box or the Vocabulary Editor, as in previous versions. The Smart Format Rules feature simply "reaches out" to you, making it quick and easy for you to adjust the settings you care about. Here is an example of the Smart Format Rules dialog box: 6 Smart Format Rules Q « pa Say "Choose" followed by a number, or just ignore this box. "choose 1" Never abbreviate units of measure "choose 2" Always use the alternate written form ‘kilograms’ For more information, see Using Smart Format Rules. Chapter 1: What's New in Dragon Version 12 Rich Internet Application support: Enhanced experience for Gmail and Hotmail In addition to its existing functionality for Web browsers, Dragon 12 includes browser extensions — also known as plug-ins or add-ons - for the popular Web-based applications Gmail and Hotmail. These extensions give you Full Text Control in text fields, and enable spoken commands for important tasks. Important: In Dragon 12.0, this feature works with « Internet Explorer 9 (32-bit) » Mozilla Firefox 12 or higher, and » Google Chrome 16 or higher For more information, see Using Rich Internet Application extensions. Require "Click": Always, sometimes, or never Now you say "Click" by default To distinguish commands from dictation, Dragon now waits for you to say "Click <menu name >" or "Click <tab name>" to open menus or tabs on the Microsoft Office ribbon, or "Click <button name or list box name>" to select dialog box controls. For example, to open the Home tab on the ribbon, you would say "Click Home" rather than just "Home." Now you can require "Click" for menus or controls separately Also, the former combined Require "Click" option has been divided to give you finer control. In previous releases, this feature controlled both menu and control commands — now you can turn off either option individually. For example, you could set up Dragon to require that you say "Click" before opening a File menu and have it turned off inside dialog boxes. See Require "Click" to select menus and Require "Click" to select buttons and other controls in the Dragon Help. The Dictation Box: It's there when you need it When you start to dictate in an unknown text field, a text area where Dragon doesn’t have Full Text Control, such as in Microsoft PowerPoint, Dragon now automatically opens the Dictation Box, where you do have Full Text Control. Once your text is ready, you use the box’s Transfer button, and Dragon closes the box and inserts your content into the text field where you started. The option to automatically open the Dictation Box can be turned on and off in the Options dialog box, Miscellaneous tab. Note: If this option is disabled, you can open the Dictation Box using its hotkey or by saying "show Dictation Box." 17 Guide de I'utilisateur 18 Setting up a smart device is faster with a barcode When you set up an Android or iOS smart device for use as a wireless microphone, Dragon offers a barcode, so you can just point your device's camera at the computer screen to capture the information that the Dragon Remote Microphone Application needs. See Preparing for communication in the Dragon Help. Open Top Website: A new command to find the most popular web sites The new command "Open Top Website for <keywords>" directly opens the top- ranked page for the keywords you include when you dictate the command. See Searching the Web by voice. DragonBar in the System Tray: New command opens the menu If you like to set the DragonBar to display from the Tray Icon only, now you can display it by voice as well. Just say "Open Dragon’s tray menu.” See Controlling the DragonBar. Changes that make Dragon faster and more accurate Disable unused voice commands: Turn off what you're not using and Dragon runs faster If you don't use commands to open programs and folders, or to control menus, buttons, and other controls in your programs, now Dragon has options to turn them off. With Dragon no longer listening for those types of commands, the speed of dictation recognition increases. » To turn off control of Start menu and Desktop items, on the DragonBar go to Tools > Options > Commands, and turn off and Enable launching from the Desktop. » To turn off control of menus, buttons, or other controls in one or more pro- grams, on the DragonBar go to Tools > Options > Miscellaneous > Voice- enable menus, buttons, and other controls. You can turn off control of all programs or selected programs on the list, which includes Microsoft Out- look, Lotus Notes, Internet Explorer, Microsoft Word and WordPad, Micro- soft Excel, WordPerfect, Notepad, and Dragon NaturallySpeaking for Windows. Optimization reminders: Give your vocabulary a tune-up Dragon can now help you to improve its accuracy and speed by using a new reminder window that prompts you to scan your local computer system and adapt your vocabulary based on words and writing styles in typical documents and your sent e-mail messages. By learning words and typical phrasing that you use, dictation can be faster and more accurate. See Let Dragon learn from documents and messages in the Dragon Help. Chapter 1: What's New in Dragon Version 12 Also, the two Dragon Vocabulary tools that you'll be using to make these improvements — the former Increase Accuracy From E-Mail and Add Words From Documents tools - are renamed in this release as "Learn From Sent E- mails" and "Learn From Specific Documents." In addition to the reminder option, you can click Tools on the DragonBar to run them when you choose. Optimizing the Language model: Make Dragon smarter Dragon also provides an option to save language model information when you save your user profile. The Acoustic and Language Model Optimizer accumulates this data from session to session and Dragon prompts you to save your language model periodically. The first prompt appears the day after you create your profile and then a week later. BestMatch V speech model: Maximize your computer's resources If you have a computer with two or more processors and other required resources, Dragon automatically selects the BestMatch V speech model for you when you create your user profile. BestMatch V performs two recognition passes in parallel and, for U.S. English profiles, assigns the Medium vocabulary. Enhanced Bluetooth wireless support: Dragon supports the best new devices Dragon now takes advantage of wideband Bluetooth to provide higher wireless accuracy compared to 8 kHz Bluetooth. If you plug in the USB adaptor for a certified wideband Bluetooth microphone, such as the Plantronics “Calisto II” BT-300, before you open Dragon, the list of audio sources on the New User wizard and the New Dictation Source dialog box will contain the option “Enhanced Bluetooth.” Nore If you are upgrading a user profile for use with a 16 kHz Bluetooth microphone, you must add the microphone to the profile as a new dictation source. Please see Using multiple dictation sources with a single User Profile in the Dragon Help. See Begin profile upgrading and Creating a User Profile. How you'll be more productive with Dragon List all windows: Now includes Dragon Dragon's "List All Windows" command now includes Dragon windows (Dictation Box, Vocabulary Editor, Command Browser, and others). And if you want to see just the Dragon windows, you can say "List windows for Dragon," 19 Guide de I'utilisateur 20 like you can say "List windows for Internet Explorer." See Switching between programs and windows. And there's more Faster restores of user profiles: Automatic backups If Dragon was unable to open your user profile, it presents the Launch Restore window, where you can choose from available automatic backups. See Dragon couldn't open your user profile in the Dragon Help. The interactive tutorial: Dragon now features an interactive tutorial, which provides short, progressive simulations so that you can practice the basics of dictation, correction, spelling, and editing. The interactive tutorial is automatically presented at the end of profile creation. You can also access it at any time from the DragonBar’s Help menu. To provide an optimal environment for beginners, some of Dragon’s usual capabilities are disabled in the interactive tutorial. For instance, you cannot use your voice to click buttons. Say or click "Switch to DragonBar," then "Help," then "Interactive Tutorial." New Help menu: Find everything you need in one place The DragonBar’s Help menu provides access to many Help tools, including the Accuracy Center, the Performance Assistant, Dragon's Help, the Tip of the Day, the Sidebar, and the tutorials. You'll also find Web links for software updates, the main Dragon page on the Web, Technical Support pages, and for online registration. The Help menu also includes a link for User Documentation, where you can find user guides, including the Dragon Administrator Guide, the Dragon Workbook, cheat sheets, and instructional videos. You can access the Help at any time by saying "Give me help." Note: at any time, you can also say "Search the help for <xyz>" to directly open the Help window and launch a search for a word or phrase of your choice. For example: “Search Dragon Help for open quote dictation box close quote”. See Using Help. Change the Sidebar font size Now you can change the size of text in Dragon's Sidebar - make the text smaller if you want to make the Sidebar thinner and prevent the text for the commands from wrapping, or you can make the text larger to reduce eye strain. See Using the Dragon Sidebar. Chapter 1: What's New in Dragon Version 12 Enhanced Performance Assistant: More helpful if you need to speed up Dragon The Performance Assistant, a Help tool you can use to boost Dragon's and your computer's speed, is now linked from the Accuracy Center and includes many new options for turning off commands you may not need, such as See Welcome to the Performance Assistant in the Dragon Help. Tip of the Day: Bigger and better The Tip of the Day, which displays by default when you open a Dragon user profile, and is available from the Help menu and Sidebar, is now more readable, and its redesigned window adds a Back button so that you can browse through the tips in either direction. User Profile properties: See all your dictation sources The User Profile Properties dialog box now lists multiple dictation sources, such as if you use both a headset and a smart device as a microphone or recorder. New text-to-speech voices: More choices, more natural Dragon now provides more natural text-to-speech voices. To try it, select some text in an editable document and say "Read That." The feature is not intended for non-editable text, such as news text on a Web page. See Using text-to-speech in the Dragon Help. You can set options in The Options dialog box Playback/Text-to-speech tab. Multiple text matches: Option to turn it off Dragon's multiple text matching feature enables you to apply changes to multiple instances of matching text in your documents. Dragon now includes an option to turn the feature off as required. See Enable multiple text matches and Handling multiple text matches. Removed and changed commands: The following commands have been removed or changed in Dragon V12: = "Finda Web site (on | about | for ) [the] <specific topic or Web site>" You can continue to use "Open top Web site (on | about | for ) [the] <specific topic or Web site>""command. For more information, see Searching the Web by voice. wWeoN =» The e-mail commands “mail it to...”, “send this to...”, and “forward that to...” have been removed. 21 Guide de I'utilisateur You can continue to use “e-mail the selection to...” command. For more information, see Dictating E-mail and Calendar commands in the Dragon Help. 22 Chapter 2: Installing Dragon Chapter 2: Installing Dragon This section contains the following topics: Installation and User Profile Creation |.......0.... 0.20.00. 0 cece cece ccc ececcececeeee 23 EFCC SPSS IN, PTE cc eles eee oe pee sais ae aes 24 What you should know before installing ..............0.0......0.0.c.ccccc cece cece ee 2/ Installing Dragon to & CUSTOM IOCAUION casvsccscicsseeicssvcsssudoedis ccniuvensensass 27 DVS ANIUIG PREP SONS CS oor ox incccscenisiveceusdcac sch snonscaits vauineadsaesagyeniocaenians 28 Installing Software - Typical Installation ..........0.0........cc.c ce ceceeeeeeeeeeoee 29 Installing Software - Custom Installation ............0.0.0....0. 0.2.2 c eee cece eee 30 Modifying application settings for all users |........0....0.0. 0.22 c eee eee ee eee of Modifying formatting options for all users ..........0.0.0.2..0. 0.2. c eee ee eee ee eee Io CPE IICy UIE LS OP ns oe ev nhc neg saddens ce dauwwencaboccaseoundescs 34 Setting up, positioning, and checking your microphone ....................... af Training a new user profile .. 2.2.2... 0. 0... .c ccc e cece cece cece cece eee ec ee eeeececececeeees 38 Adapting to your writing style and scheduling tuning ...................2.2..... 40 How Dragon automatically configures user profiles ......................2.2.0-- 42 Wiparacinig User Prommes sc. 2 2c5c2: 5222 cccccce scsi cccccceccesccanelendecugaacaccecegauecaud 42 Version: 12 Pile Siracusa coos s ap sec otc cec eden usta sadecesicdiddcccecesdeabedal 44, Accessing log files, samples, and tools ..........0.0. 000.0. e cece e cece cece cece eee ee 46 PUVA AAG ooo oon cc cccddeccensucccoowiincsedanieeveveseuniew seeded ee eeaseoen ews 47 Installation and User Profile Creation Introduction This chapter presents how to install and set up Dragon, and then how to train Dragon to understand your voice. The installation process checks to make sure your system meets the minimum system requirements needed for Dragon. These system requirements are listed in the information that came with your copy of Dragon. If your system does not meet these requirements, Dragon will not be installed. 23 Guide de I'utilisateur 24 Multiple users on one computer Dragon is licensed on a “per individual” basis. You are permitted to install the software on more than one computer (such as on a desktop and a laptop computer, or on a work and a home computer), but you cannot use the software concurrently on more than one computer. You are permitted to create multiple voice profiles, so long as each voice profile is for you. If someone else wants to create a voice profile, that person must purchase a separate Dragon license. Volume license agreements are available. Plugging in the microphone To use Dragon, you will need to plug in your microphone. If you are not sure how to plug in your microphone, consult the documentation that came with your microphone. Note: If you already have speakers for your computer, you can also use these to playback recorded speech instead of your headphones. Dragon system requirements During the installation process, the software checks that your system meets the following requirements. If they are not met, Dragon will not be installed. Note that at least 1 GB of RAM is required for installation in Windows XP and at least 2 GB of RAM are required for other supported operating systems. See Operating systems and RAM, below. When you create a User Profile, Dragon recommends the Vocabulary that best fits your computer's speed and memory. You can choose a smaller Vocabulary if you are using a General Vocabulary, and you want faster recognition of your dictation and do not need to use a Large Vocabulary. Note This edition of Dragon does not support dictation directly into Electronic Medical Record (EMR) Systems. For EMR support, please use Dragon Medical Edition. Core Processor Minimum Intel® Pentium® 1 GHz or equivalent AMD processor or 1.66 GHz Atom® processor (SSE2 instruction set required). Recommended Intel Pentium 2.4 GHz (dual 1.8 GHz core processor) or equivalent AMD processor. Chapter 2: Installing Dragon Note Streaming SIMD Extensions (SSE) are not supported. Processor cache Minimum: 512 KB Recommended: 2 MB Operating systems and RAM RAM Operating system 32-bit 64-bit Minimum Recommended* Windows 7 (SP1 or higher) Windows Vista (SP2 or higher) Windows XP Home (SP3 or higher) Windows XP JV x Professional (SP3 or higher) Windows Server 2008 SP2 Windows Server 2008 R2 (SP1 or higher) Notes Windows Vista, Windows XP SP2 and Windows XP 64-bit, Windows Server 2008 SP1, Windows 2000, Windows 2000 Server, and Windows Server 2003 are not supported and installation is blocked on those systems. * If your computer has less than the recommended RAM, Dragon will install but displays a message recommending that you install additional RAM for optimum performance. 25 Guide de I'utilisateur Your computer and Dragon's speech model selection If Dragon sets your speech model to BestMatch III, it also may turn off Natural Language Commands (please see ) and sets the for Fastest Response, which reduces the number of words or phrases examined during speech recognition, displaying results faster but with less accuracy. If your computer has two or more processors and other required resources, Dragon selects the dual-pass BestMatch V speech model during user profile creation. For the list of available speech models, see Advanced - Choose Models in the Dragon Help. Free hard disk space » 2.5 GB minimum for custom installations in English versions where you install only the program files and one set of speech files. Installations can range from 800 MB (Standard Edition) to 2.5 GB (Medical Edition). » 2.8 GB minimum for non-English versions. Microphone Nuance-approved noise-canceling headset microphone. For a complete listing of Dragon-compatible audio input devices, visit the Hardware Compatibility List on the Dragon Support Web pages. Sound card Sound card capable of supporting 22 kHz 16-bit audio recording. Screen resolution The following minimum screen resolutions are recommended for optimal display of Dragon on your Windows Desktop: Computer class Minimum Resolution Desktop 1024 x 768 Laptop 1024 x 768 Netbook 1024 x 600 For Windows Vista and Windows 7, the maximum recommended display magnification is 150 per cent. Other requirements « Microsoft Internet Explorer 7 or higher (free download available at www.m- icrosoft.com). Note: To use Web application support, Dragon requires Internet Explorer 26 Chapter 2: Installing Dragon version 9 (32-bit mode only). » The ability to install Microsoft's .NET Framework 4 on your PC. If you use a company-owned computer, make sure you have the privileges needed to install this Windows component. » DVD-ROM drive required for installation. » An Internet connection for product activation. What you should know before installing Installing Dragon to a custom location The default installation directory for Dragon is: C:\Program Files\Nuance\NaturallySpeaking12 During the installation procedure, you can choose to install Dragon to a different directory or drive on your machine. Choosing a different directory during installation only installs the Dragon program files to that location. Regardless of where you install the Dragon program files, Dragon always installs the languages and vocabularies that you selected during the installation to the C: drive, as well as creating the location where your users profiles will be created. These profiles can consume a large amount of disk space on your C: drive. For more information on the Dragon installation directories, see Version 12 File Structure. You can customize your installation to reduce the amount of disk space used on your C: drive by not installing unwanted languages and vocabularies. For more information, see Installing software — Custom Installation. Installing on Windows Vista/Windows 7 Dragon Version 12 is compatible with all editions of Windows Vista. If you upgrade a machine from a previous version of Windows to Windows Vista/Windows 7 and that machine has Version 10.x or 11.x of Dragon installed, that version of Dragon will not work after upgrading to Windows Vista. All your user profiles from these previous versions remain intact and can be upgraded when you install Dragon Version 12 or higher. Coexistence with other Dragon products Coexistence with previous versions of Dragon You can have only one version of Dragon installed on your system. Note: Running Version 10.x, 11.0, or 11.5 concurrently with Version 12 is not supported. 27 Guide de I'utilisateur 28 Coexistence with the Dragon SDK Client Edition You can install Dragon SDK Client Edition 12 on the same machine where Dragon 12 is installed. In addition, Dragon 12 and Dragon SDK Client Edition 12 can share users and vocabularies. You can only run one product at a time. For example, if you are running Dragon, you cannot run any of the SDK Client tools or samples. Note: Coexistence of Version 12 with Dragon SDK Client Edition Version 10.x, or 11.x is not supported. Installation Prerequisites Before installing the software 1. Close all open applications. 2. Turn off or disable antivirus software; the installation process can sometimes trigger a false virus report. Note: You must have Administrator rights to install or uninstall Dragon on Windows XP, Windows Vista, or Windows 7. Administrator rights are not required to create a user profile or use the software after installation. On Windows XP Professional, Windows Vista, and Windows 7 systems, if as an administrator you want to create a Dragon user profile for a Windows limited user (user with restricted privileges), you must log on using that Windows limited user account before creating the Dragon user profile. If you create a Dragon user profile for a limited user while logged inasa Windows administrator, the limited user will not be able to access that user profile. These restrictions also apply to an upgrade installation. 3. Choose the type of installation to carry out. Choose whether to install the entire product or only particular features of the product, as explained in the next section. You can also carry out an MSI installation. Refer to the online Dragon System Administrator Guide PDF or Help file for details. Choosing type of installation When you install Dragon, you can either do a complete (typical) installation or a custom installation. Nuance recommends you do a complete installation unless you are experienced with the product. The table below tells more about each installation type. Chapter 2: Installing Dragon TYPE DESCRIPTION Typical/ Installs all options and speech profiles. Requires the maximum disk Complete | space. Custom Lets you select particular options and vocabularies to install. Can greatly reduce the disk space required. During a custom installation, in the Professional and Medical editions, you can modify settings that are then applied to all user profiles created with this installation, including Windows limited account users. Note If you decide not to install some Dragon components by selecting Custom installation, you can install them later by running the Setup program again and choosing Modify. If you are installing the product for multiple users, you should choose a Custom installation rather than a Typical/Complete installation. To carry outa custom installation, proceed to Installing software — Custom Installation. Otherwise, proceed with Installing software — Typical Installation. Installing Software - Typical Installation To install all features of Dragon: 1. Insert the Dragon DVD into your DVD drive. If the installation does not start automatically, use Windows Explorer to find and double-click setup.exe on the DVD. Note: Windows Vista: When you start the installation on Windows Vista, you may see the message saying A program needs your permission to continue. Click Continue to start the installation. 2. After the Windows Installer begins, it installs: » Visual C++ Version 9.0 Runtime 3. After the Wizard begins, click Next to proceed to the License Agreement page. Read the text and select I accept the terms..., then click Next. 4. Enter your User Name and Organization, and the Seria/ Number supplied to your installation. 5. (Optional) When the Setup Type page appears, click the Change button and choose where to install the product. © Typical/Complete #8 All program Features will be installed. (Requires the most disk space, 29 Guide de I'utilisateur 30 If no earlier versions of Dragon are installed on your system, the default directory is: C:\Program Files\Nuance\NaturallySpeaking12 For a list of directories created by installation, see Version 12 File Structure. 6. While you are still on the Setup Type page, select Typical. 7. Click Install to start the installation. 8. When prompted, click Finish to complete the installation. (If you are prompted to restart your computer, restart it now.) 9. Select Start > All Programs > Dragon NaturallySpeaking 12 > Dragon Nat- urallySpeaking 12. The DragonBar appears on your desktop. 10. (optional) If you have users from Version 10.x or 11.x that you would like to upgrade before proceeding, refer to Upgrading User Profiles. 11. If you have no previously existing users, the Profile Creation wizard starts immediately after you run the product. Proceed to Creating your User Profile to set up a User Profile, then continue as instructed, to train that user profile. You are now ready to create a User Profile, as explained under Creating your User Profile. Installing Software - Custom Installation To install portions of Dragon or to install it for multiple user profiles: 1. Insert the Dragon DVD into your DVD drive. If the installation does not start automatically, use Windows Explorer to find and double-click setup.exe on the DVD. Note: Windows Vista: When you start the installation on Windows Vista, you may see the message saying A program needs your permission to continue. Click Continue to start the installation. 2. After the Windows Installer begins, it installs: » Visual C++ Version 9.0 Runtime 3. After the Wizard begins, click Next to proceed to the License Agreement page. Read the text and select I accept the terms..., then click Next. 4. Enter your User Name and Organization, and the Seria/ Number supplied to your installation. 5. (Optional) When the Setup Type page appears, click the Change button and choose where to install the product. If no earlier versions of Dragon are installed on your system, the default directory is: C:\Program Files\Nuance\NaturallySpeaking12 For a list of directories created by installation, see Version 12 File Structure. Chapter 2: Installing Dragon 6. While you are still on the Setup Type page, select Custom for the type of installation. © Custom Choose which program features you want installed and where they will be installed, Recommended for advanced users, Note: If you decide not to install some Dragon components by selecting Custom installation, you can install them later by running the Setup program again and choosing Modify. 7. Click Next and you see a tree where you can select any particular feature of the product and click the down arrow to its left to choose where/when to install it: = Install now, on local hard drive = Install now, with all subfeatures on local hard drive « Install when it is needed on a just-in-time basis These options are particularly useful for installing multiple languages and/or multiple vocabularies. Installing other languages, dialects, and specialized vocabularies To install user files for the other languages or dialects supplied with your edition, choose Custom on the Setup Type page. The user files for each language or dialect contain both spellings and pronunciations specific to that region. For example, users who wish to dictate US English spellings—including users with accents— should install the US (American) English user files. 8. Click Next again and, if you do not have the Professional edition, skip to the next step. Otherwise, choose any check boxes under Additional options to have additional dialog boxes pop up at the end of the installation, where you can make changes that affect all users dictating on this computer. Modify the application’s settings for all users Displays the Options dialog box at the end of the installation; here you set several options for all user profiles at once (see online Help for details). Useful for an installation in a shared area; for example, ina conference room or in an examining room where multiple healthcare professionals could dictate. Modify the administrative settings Displays the Administrative Settings dialog box at the end of the installation, where you set up the Roaming User feature, where to backup your files, and who can modify commands/vocabularies. Modify the formatting options 31 Guide de I'utilisateur Modify the application’s settings for all users Displays Auto-Formatting dialog box at end of installation, where you apply uniform formatting to all documents dictated at this installation; for example, formats for dates, times, and phone numbers. You also set whether to expand contractions, apply abbreviations, and insert commas automatically. See online Help for more details. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. Click Next. Click Insta// to start the installation. When the installation completes, proceed with any of the following sections that apply to your custom installation: « Modifying application settings for all users » Modifying administrative settings « Modifying formatting options for all users When you are prompted to register the product, select one of the registration options. Click OK to register the product and click it again to proceed. Check Yes, check for program updates after the setup completes to down- load any updates after the setup completes and click Finish to complete the installation. If you chose to upgrade user profiles earlier, when the message about upgrad- ing your user profiles pops up, click OK. (The message might tell you that the installation will not be complete until after your system is restarted.) If you were told you need to reboot in order to complete the installation, reboot your computer now. Select Start > All Programs > Dragon NaturallySpeaking 12 > Dragon Nat- urallySpeaking 12. The DragonBar appears on your desktop. (optional) If you have users from Version 10.x or 11.x that you would like to upgrade before proceeding, refer to Upgrading User Profiles. Otherwise, if you have no previously existing users, the Profile Creation wizard starts immediately and you can create a User Profile as explained under Creating your User Profile. Modifying application settings for all users If you checked off Modify the application’s settings for all users during a custom installation, the Options dialog box opens immediately after the installation completes. 32 Chapter 2: Installing Dragon Note If you did a typical installation, open the Options dialog box by running Dragon and selecting Tools > Options. In the Options dialog box, you see several tabs you can use to set up various aspects of dictating with the product: (\ Options |___Playback/Textto-speech | __Miscellaneous Correction | Commands View For more information on each tab, see the online Help. Modifying administrative settings Note If you performed a typical installation, open the Administrative Settings dialog box by running Dragon without opening a user and selecting Tools > Administrative Settings. In the Administrative Settings dialog box, you see these tabs: » Roaming—To set up roaming users. » Miscellaneous—To create backup/distribution directories and control who can modify custom commands. » Scheduled Tasks—To schedule voice recognition optimization and data collection for improved accuracy, and let users modify the schedule. For details, refer to the Help by clicking the Help button Modifying formatting options for all users If you chose to modify formatting options on the Custom Setup page during a custom installation, the Auto-Formatting dialog box opens after the installation completes. Note: If you did not do a custom installation, to set up formatting: Run Dragon, open a user, and select Tools > Formatting. The Auto-Formatting dialog box for all versions of Dragon NaturallySpeaking appears as shown below. 33 Guide de I'utilisateur 34 |) Automatically format text Web and e-mail addresses = (¥] | Street addresses Abbreviate titles V) Dates |Dates As Spoken ¥ ("| Common abbreviations ("| Expand contractions [M) Prefer 5 million over 5,000,000 \V/ Phone numbers /| Prices V| Times || UK and Canadian postcodes Z| Other numbers | US Social Security Numbers |¥| Numbers. if greater than or equal to | 10 ad | [| Insert two spaces after period Allow pauses in formatted phrases ©) Automatically add commas and periods Caps Lock key overtides capitalization commands Restore defaults | Cancel | Help | Choose the options to apply to your dictated documents. Creating your user profile Before you can begin using Dragon, you must let Dragon create a user profile for each person or healthcare provider who is dictating. Your user profile stores acoustic information about your voice that Dragon uses to recognize what you Say. This profile also stores any changes you make to the standard vocabulary—any special words, names, acronyms, and abbreviations you add. When you launch the software for the first time, the Profile Creation wizard starts and leads you through creating your user profile: Chapter 2: Installing Dragon hLAl Creating 4 user profile Before you can begn wang Dragon, you must create a user profie that s ureque to you vor profte contars rormation about the soured! of your vows, your writting style and the type of audio device that you use On the pages that fodow, ee val quade you through thes process R . To see more eformation on creating 4 new user profile dick neve NATURALLYSPEAKING . Select “"Wext” to begr [) Beontt show this screen apn | text> | | Coreet Note: If you upgraded a single user from an earlier version, Dragon opens that user’s profile. If you upgraded multiple users, it displays profiles for all upgraded users in the Open User dialog box. To create a user profile i: In the Creating a user profile page, click Next in the lower right corner to pro- ceed. . Proceed through the wizard, filling in the information it requests and clicking Next to proceed. When the wizard asks for your name, you can enter your first name only, a nickname, or your first and last name. The wizard asks for your age to help Dragon work with vocal differences it associates with different age ranges. The wizard also asks for region of the world you live in to help Dragon inter- pret your speech based on regional differences. When the Help Dragon understand how your pronounce words page appears, select your accent. The accents you can choose from are: «» Standard — Select if your accent is not covered by another choice or your are not sure which accent to select. « British accented English » Inland Northern US (Great Lakes area)— Upstate New York through the Chicago area » Southern US— Most of Southern United States, including Texas » Spanish accented English 35 Guide de I'utilisateur 36 » Teens — This accent model maximizes recognition accuracy for teen voices, which typically have a higher pitch. Determining your own accent can be difficult. For example, say you grew up in one part of the United States but have lived long enough in another part to lessen your original regional accent. If you have any doubt about picking an accent, select Standard and allow Dragon to learn your accent. If you do not select a specific accent (in other words, you select the Standard accent), you may want to perform Acoustic Optimization after using the product for several hours. Acoustic Optimization updates your user profile with accumulated acoustic data from any corrections and additional training you may have done. Running Acoustic Optimization will increase your overall accuracy. In the process of increasing your accuracy, Acoustic Optimization may select a different accent for you. If you select a specific accent, Acoustic Optimization will still increase your overall accuracy, but will not change your accent. Once you have selected a specific accent for a user, you cannot change it later. Dragon lets you create and train users in multiple languages. If you have purchased an edition with support for more than one language, you can add languages by later choosing Custom during the installation and having the Dragon DVD available to install the language files during the process of creating user profiles. 4. When the How do you talk to your computer? page appears, select your type of microphone from the list of Microphones. If you record your speech using a recording device, select a recorder from the list of Recorders. 5. Inthe Review your choices page, be sure the information is correct before you proceed. 6. Dragon automatically chooses a speech model to use as the foundation for your individual user profile. It also selects the vocabulary it uses to recognize words correctly based not only on their sound, but also on their context. How- ever, if you want to select a particular speech model and vocabulary, you can click the Advanced button and in the Choose models page select a: » Speech model from the drop-down list for Speech model. Dragon uses the speech model to adapt to your voice during training. Dragon auto- matically recommends the type of speech model and vocabulary that is appropriate for your computer’s speed/memory. Usually, you should fol- low Dragon’s recommendation » Type of vocabulary from the Vocabulary type list: Medium— Requires at least 512 MB of RAM. Large— Requires at least 1 GB of RAM. Empty Dictation— (Professional edition only) Vocabulary witha language model but without any words, designed for Chapter 2: Installing Dragon experienced users or resellers who want to create highly specialized vocabularies. 7. Click OK to save your selections in the Choose models page and return to the Profile Creation wizard. 8. Click the Create button in the lower right corner of the page to create your user profile. When Dragon finishes creating your user profile, it takes you through the next part of the process. Proceed to Setting up/positioning your microphone. Setting up, positioning, and checking your microphone When Dragon finishes creating your user profile, it displays the Position your microphone properly page, where it begins to lead you through the process of setting up your microphone. Following the wizard’s instructions, position your microphone. Positioning the microphone correctly is important. If the microphone is out of place, Dragon might not be able to hear you clearly and make mistakes. Consistent positioning is also important. Make sure that you position the microphone the same way each time you dictate. Here are some tips on using particular types of microphones: Using a headset microphone » Position the microphone about a half-inch (approximately the width of your thumb) from your mouth and a little off to the side. The microphone should not touch your mouth, but it can be almost touching your lips. « If you need to move the microphone out of the way, lift the “boom” up and over your head, rather than bending it out of position or removing the headset. Using a handheld microphone » Hold the microphone one to three inches from your mouth and a little off to the side. « If the volume display on the DragonBar turns red, try holding the micro- phone slightly farther from your mouth. Using an array microphone » Position the array 18 to 30 inches from/pointed at your mouth. » Avoid blocking the path between your mouth and the array, for example by holding a book or paper in front of your face. 37 Guide de I'utilisateur 38 » Avoid having any source of noise or signal other than your voice directly facing the array within at least 15 feet. After you have positioned the microphone, click Next to continue with Checking microphone volume/sound quality. Checking microphone volume/sound quality After you have positioned the microphone and clicked Next, you see the Dragon will adjust your volume page. 1. Click the Start Volume Check button and then read aloud the text displayed in the box. 2. When the program beeps to indicate it has finished checking the volume, click Next. 3. When the Dragon will test the quality of your sound system page appears, click Start Quality Check and then read aloud the text displayed in the box. 4. The program beeps when it has finished evaluating the sound quality of your system. If Dragon displays Passed, click Next to continue. Note: Windows Vista or XP: If you get a Sound level is too low error while creating a Dragon user profile, to boost the microphone’s volume: 1. Select Start > Control Panel > Sound and Audio Devices. 2. On the Voice tab, click the Volume... button under Voice recording to open the Recording Control dialog box. 3. Set the volume level for the appropriate input device type. Continue with Training a new user profile. Training a new user profile Immediately after you create your profile, before you begin dictating, you train Dragon to understand your voice. Performing training either during or after creating a user profile enhances your recognition accuracy. In initial training you read aloud for several minutes from one of the available texts. Note: For information on training a mobile user, see (link). If you skipped training earlier to open a user profile, from the DragonBar menu, select Profile > Open User Profile and select your name in the list; then click Open to proceed. Since you have not completed training, options for Training appear. Chapter 2: Installing Dragon To train a new user 1. When the Read text aloud to train Dragon page of the wizard appears, choose from these training options: Show the text with prompting Show the text without prompting Skip training (not recommended) 2. Inthe Read Training Text page of the wizard, click Go. 3. If you chose the first training option (Show text with prompting): A yellow arrow showing you where to start reading appears. Click Go and begin reading the text. To take breaks while you're train- Welcome to general training ing the program, click Pause. Note: 7o advance through the first two screens, you must say the sen- tences without pausing. For the rest of the screens, it’s okay to pause in the middle of a sentence. When the words change color, it means the computer has heard and recognized them. If you need to re-read the same words, click Redo, then re-read them. If the computer still doesn’t get it, just click Skip. Otherwise, click Next to continue. 4. If you chose the second training option (Show text without prompting): In the Read Training Text page, under Choosing text to read, choose a text to read aloud and click Next. When the Text Display page appears, choose how you want to read the text, from the screen or from a printed page. If you choose to read from a printed page, click Print to print the text. Click Next to continue. If you chose to read the text from the screen, the Speaking to the com- puter page appears and advises you to position your microphone. After you position your microphone, click Train to begin. In the Speaking to the Computer popup, click Begin Training and read the text in the box. Click Next page to proceed from page to page. 5. When the list pops up, choose a text to read aloud and click OK. You need to read for only about 5 minutes to train Dragon to recognize your voice. You can take breaks during this training by clicking Pause. Don’t worry if you make mistakes or laugh. You should try to read exactly what you see on the screen, but it’s okay if you read something incorrectly. The computer either ignores the mistake or positions the yellow arrow at the beginning of the text for you to reread it. The progress bar shows how much text is left to dictate. 39 Guide de I'utilisateur 40 Note: During training, dictating punctuation is not necessary. 6. When you've read enough, the Training wizard displays a congratulations message. Click OK and Dragon starts adapting to your voice. Proceed to Adapting to your writing style, scheduling tuning. Adapting to your writing style and scheduling tuning After it adapts to your voice, Dragon’s Accuracy wizard appears and prompts you to first adapt Dragon to your writing style, then schedule regular Acoustic and Language Model tuning, and optionally schedule Data Collection. Adapting to your writing style (Let Dragon search for words and add them now) Dragon can analyze your writing style to increase your overall recognition accuracy. This tool scans documents in your My Documents directory— Microsoft Word, Corel WordPerfect, text files, HTML files, and rich text files Gerth), Adapting to your writing style can add 5 to 30 minutes to user training. Close all other programs when you run this step. Note: Though we recommend that you run this part of the New User Wizard, if you plan to skip this step, select Skip this step rather than Cancel. 1. Inthe Let Dragon search for words and add them now page of the Accuracy wizard, to have Dragon search for words and phrases you use in your email messages, select the Sent E-mails check box. To have Dragon search your word processing and text files, select the My Documents check box. 2. Click Start to initiate the search for words. While scanning your files, the dialog box displays the process’s status. When Dragon finishes searching, it displays a message telling you to click Next to continue. Let Dragon automatically improve your accuracy After it adapts to your writing style, the Accuracy wizard gives you the option of setting up a schedule to automatically run Acoustic and Language Model tuning processes: Note: Acoustic and Language Model tuning processes add commonly used word sequences the user dictates as well as acoustic data from any corrections and Chapter 2: Installing Dragon additional training the user executes. Scheduling tuning processes helps Dragon learn from you and makes your dictation more accurate. 1. Inthe Let Dragon automatically improve your accuracy page, to have Dragon periodically tune your user profile to improve your accuracy, be sure to check the Automatically improve accuracy check box. If you do not change the schedules, by default Dragon initiates Acoustic tuning every Mon- day at 2 AM and Language Model tuning every day at 3 AM. 2. If you want to have Dragon tune your user profile at a different time or more or less often, click the Change Schedule button and, in the Se/ect Time and Frequency dialog box, set the schedules on both the Acoustics and Lan- guage Model tabs. The schedules do not have to be the same. As a rule, you should try to run these processes when you are not dictating and run the Language Model tuning more often. 3. Be sure that you check the Enable check box on both the Acoustics and Lan- guage Model! tabs or the tuning processes occur on the default schedule, rather than the schedule you set. 4. Click Next to continue. Scheduling data collection (Help us improve Dragon) After it lets you set the schedule for accuracy tuning, the Accuracy wizard lets you set whether or not to collect data and schedule when it should be collected: Note: When you set Data Collection to run, it collects up to 500 MB of acoustic data and text from your dictation sessions. Once the data is collected, you have the option of sending it to Nuance to help improve the accuracy of future versions of Dragon. No personal information is ever sent to Nuance and participation in data collection is completely voluntary. 1. In the Help us improve Dragon page, you can choose: » Run Data Collection » Don‘t run Data Collection but remind about this later » Don't run Data Collection 2. If you choose Run Data Collection, click Change Schedule and set what time and how often the data is sent to Nuance in the Se/ect Time and Frequency dialog box (Daily, Weekly or Monthly). If you do collect data, by default Dragon initiates the process every Wednesday at 12:30 AM. 3. Be sure that you check the Enable check box in the Se/ect Time and Frequency dialog box or the collected data is sent to Nuance on the default schedule, rather than on the schedule you set. 4. Click Next to continue. 5. When the Congratulations, your profile is ready to use page appears, you can now: » Choose to run the tutorial. «» Learn about the many improvements in Version 12. 41 Guide de I'utilisateur 42 «» Modify how Dragon presents itself to you. « Begin dictating. 6. Click Finish to close the wizard. To upgrade existing user profiles before dictating, proceed to Upgrading User Profiles. How Dragon automatically configures user profiles After you create a user, Dragon automatically analyzes your hardware and changes the default settings of your users to optimize performance. Depending on your hardware, you might receive a message that the amount of RAM (memory) on your computer is relatively low for the operating system. When you use Dragon on such a computer, try not to have more than one or two applications open. Upgrading User Profiles If you chose to upgrade existing users during the installation, the User Upgrade Wizard appears the first time you run Version 12. Note: If you do not want to upgrade users right now, you can exit from the wizard and do it later. Otherwise, you can start the User Upgrade Wizard from the Windows Start menu at any time. Chapter 2: Installing Dragon To upgrade existing users: Select the profile(s) to upgrade Listed below are the profiles that will be upgraded. Use the “Browse” or "Remove™ buttons below to modify the list. Note: You can upgrade more profiles later if desired. Uparading one profile can take 2 to 20 minutes. See the Help for details. When you have finished adding or removing profiles to upgrade, select "Next". User profiles to upgrade: | Current Location User Profile <Previous version > Jack Jones <Previous version> <Previous version > <Previous version > Total profiles to be upgraded: 4 Browse to add a profile... | | Remove from list | 1. To start the User Upgrade Wizard, select Start > All Programs > Dragon Nat- urallySpeaking 12 > Dragon NaturallySpeaking Tools > Upgrade Users. The User Upgrade Wizard appears. 2. Onthe Select Users to Upgrade page, modify the list of users to include users that you want to upgrade. The wizard starts by including all users in the current folder as candidates to upgrade. You add users to the list by clicking the Add button and browsing for additional users in other locations. You remove users from the list by selecting them and clicking the Remove button. After the list contains only the users you want to upgrade, click Next. 3. Click Next and choose the location for the upgraded user profiles. As the User Upgrade Wizard modifies your user files to work with the newest ver- sion, it can place the upgraded user in another location while keeping the old files untouched, in case you need them again. 4. Click the Browse button in the Choose Destination page of the wizard to select the location for the upgraded user profiles. If you do not set a loca- tion, Dragon places the profiles in the default location (see Version 12 File Structure). 5. (Optional) If you want to make changes to the user locations, base vocab- ularies, and/or acoustic models, click the Advanced button and the 43 Guide de I'utilisateur Advanced Options dialog box opens. In this dialog box, you can make finer adjustments to how the wizard upgrades particular users. You see a list of the users being upgraded. For each user you see the user name, old location, vocabulary, and one or more acoustic models. When you click on the location line of a user in the list, the New Location text box below the list becomes available. You can click Browse and select a new location. When you click on the vocabulary line of a user in the list, the New Base Vocabulary text box below the list becomes available. You can choose a new base vocabulary from the drop-down list. When you click on the acoustic model line of a user in the list, the New Acous- tic Model text box below the list becomes available. You can choose a new combination language, language model, and accent from the drop-down list. 6. Click OK to return to the wizard. 7. Click Next to proceed to the Upgrade Users page where you click Begin to begin the upgrade process. Expect to wait approximately 5 minutes for each user being upgraded. 8. When the upgrade process is complete, click Finish. Version 12 File Structure Note: File locations shown apply to installations in the default location. The next two sections tell you where Dragon places files on your computer. The locations vary, depending on your operating system. Windows XP Pro/XP Home/Windows Server 2008 directory structure You can specify this location during the installation: C:\Program Files\Nuance\NaturallySpeakingl2 \Ereg \Help \Program \Tutorial (optional) 44 Chapter 2: Installing Dragon You cannot change this location—Dragon always installs these directories to your \Documents and Settings directory: C:\Documents and Settings\All Users\Application Data \Nuance\N- aturallySpeaking12\ \Data \Data\Training \results \Roaming Users \Users C:\Documents and Settings\<username>\Application Data \Nuance\N- aturallySpeakingl2\Results Windows Vista and Windows 7 directory structure You can specify this location during the installation: C:\Program Files\Nuance\NaturallySpeaking1l2 \Ereg \Help \Program \Tutorial (optional) You cannot change this location—Dragon always installs these directories to your \Documents and Settings directory: C:\ProgramData\Nuance\NaturallySpeaking1l2 \Data \Data\Training \results 45 Guide de I'utilisateur \Roaming Users \Users C:\Users\<username>\AppData\Roaming\Nuance \Na- turallySpeakingl2\Results Cleaning up after uninstalling The following files remain on your machine after you uninstall: \Windows\Speech\ » VText.dll » Vdict.dll » WrapSAPI.dll » XTel.dll » Xcommand.dll » Xlisten.dll » Xvoice.dll » spchtel.dll » speech.cnt » speech.dll » speech.hip » vcauto.tib » vcmd.exe » vcmshl.dll » vtxtauto.tlb Dragon installs these files for Microsoft SAPI4 support. You do not need these files if you do not have other speech applications that require SAPI4. If you do have applications that require SAPI4 support, you might need to re-install those applications if you remove these files. Accessing log files, samples, and tools You can open log files and samples from the desktop: » Dragon log file (dragon.log) — Select Start > Programs > Dragon Nat- urallySpeaking 12 > Show Dragon Log. » NaturallySpeaking setup files (dgnsetup.log) — Select Start > Programs > Dragon NaturallySpeaking 12 > Show Setup Log. 46 Chapter 2: Installing Dragon » Structured command samples — Select Start > Programs > Dragon Nat- urallySpeaking 12 > MyCommands Samples. (Professional edition only) » Tools — Select Start > All Programs > Dragon NaturallySpeaking 12 > Dragon NaturallySpeaking Tools. (Professional edition only) Activating Dragon The first time you start Dragon, you will be prompted to activate your copy of the program. If you do not activate the program, you will be able to start Dragon several times. Without activation, when you start Dragon for the sixth time, it will no longer open and you won't be able to use the program until you activate it. Nuance strongly recommends that you activate automatically. To automatically activate Dragon 1. Start Dragon. This displays the Activation dialog box. 2. Click "Activate Now." This displays the Activation Screen. You can also choose "Activate Later," which will prompt you to activate each time you start Dragon. If you start the program five times without activating, Dragon will be disabled. 3. Click "Activate Automatically." This automatically activates Dragon and requires no further action from you. To manually activate Dragon 1. Start Dragon. This displays the Activation dialog box. 2. Click "Activate Now." This displays the Activation Screen. 3. Click "Activate Manually." This displays the Enter Key dialog box. 4 . TO complete the manual activation, click on the URL listed at the top of the dialog box. This URL opens the Nuance activation page. 5. Onthe Nuance activation page, click "Generate Activation Key" to create an Activation Key. 6. Once activation key appears, select the entire number and copy it (CTRL+C). Click the first field of the Enter Key dialog box and paste (CTRL+V). This pastes the entire number into the Activate Key field 7. Click OK to complete the activation. Notes » You must be connected to the Internet to activate Dragon Nat- urallySpeaking. The activation process sends only your product serial number and a number that uniquely identifies the machine where Dragon is being installed. No personal information is transmitted to Nuance. 47 Guide de I'utilisateur 48 « If you make any hardware changes ona machine where Dragon is installed, you may be prompted to activate again. To preserve your acti- vation status you can uninstall Dragon, making sure to keep your User Profiles when prompted, before you make your hardware changes. After making changes to your hardware, then re-install Dragon. Chapter 3: Getting Started Chapter 3: Getting Started This section contains the following topics: PR I ccacincsiare ecunes/ sinha deseusinevabeeesiaqaccnvioani nearest eeenaunaayned 49 RESIS ENC GU ie coco cic ccncces cacveaosiecuncdaicced Sacabacensaulsimdededaumeeseeensdes 50 PU ANN oo inca curabet state iaseddcobsludcacunScencsauddceuduabadeebexsudesasocenieas 51 About the Results Display ..............0..0.0.0.2.2.20c cece ccc eee eece cece ec ececeeeeeeeees 51 Using the DragOnBal ooo... ooo iooo coco cncccc cc vceccccceecccccceeeeeess 53 TO TE es ood ar kdcevecenandinbnh bdddenetaaredstuiasesbaididacitnnvenadueeesesdiductoes. 53 Dive Ter Ce TE aie nis sins sidksivwdvedvaewha's’s bdawewanee covdnwwbadvagedsaesasess 57 Displaying the DragonBar ........................20. 0.2.2 cccceeee cece ec ececcceeeeeeceeeees 58 Controlling thie Draqoriar .: 2.2 0co5.2ccccccac. scp cccedacsiscsagecss cidacdcceteceiaasasas 60 Using the Microphone ooo. ccecccccccecccccccceccceuteeeeeueeeee 63 CUO ee SO CS io wa ccetinck a bre iececicciacueeiiesiiatianssevoiedenniiesnaiio’: 63 POSItION VOUr MICFOPNOME PORE acaceciscccseensssicccidececsssiacviveriatesmerses 65 Using the Dragon Sidebar 0o.......0.ooooooo ooo ceeeeecccccc cee 67 Wisse CIS DOr IC occ ccccecsuctcadencesssasncceceeeseddesessannsdeccceaads 67 TG DreatgOri SIGS ar EAS oases os cccezaecee nc ccccescccuccapanasebdecdeddedeebecesesess 71 ON Eh Was acdc ccc ase aaversissadesacsnscacseniesianddaaaducasnabanceedeesss is About Dragon Dragon software is the premier product for large-Vocabulary continuous recognition of natural speech. With Dragon, you can create documents quickly and easily with your voice, without being slowed by typing on your keyboard. Dictate your documents You can dictate, rather than type, into any program that accepts text. Dragon recognizes natural and continuous speech and converts it to text on the screen. Format and edit by voice You can use voice commands to format text and make corrections and to activate the buttons and menus in supported word processors, such as Corel 49 Guide de I'utilisateur 50 aie) WordPerfect, Microsoft Word, DragonPad, WordPad, and other supported programs. Say What You See™ to control programs You can use voice commands to start and switch among programs and to control program windows, menus, and dialog boxes. Say "File," for example, to open the File menu. Personalize Dragon for your voice and Vocabulary You can train Dragon to recognize the way you speak and personalize the Vocabulary with words you typically use. » Dragon system requirements : Copyright Using Dragon Help In addition to using the Help menu to examine Help topics in Dragon, you can access Help and navigate through topics using voice commands. The following table summarizes these commands. Open Help "Give Me Help" Display topics "Move Forward" or "Go Backward" Open the sample "View Sidebar" or "View Sample Commands" or "What commands list in the Can I Say" Sidebar Index, or Search tab Select the Contents, Say "Click Contents," "Click Index," or "Click Search" Move inthe Contents, | "Move Down <i to 20>" Index list, Search list, | "Move Up <1 to 20>" or Select Topic list Open atopic from the _| Move to the topic or book you want and say "Press Contents, Index list, Enter Key." (In the Index and Search tabs, you can also Search list, or Select say "Display.") You can also dictate an index entry ora Topic list search string. Close Help "Close Help" or "Quit Help" Chapter 3: Getting Started Note Not all voice commands work in the Help window. For example, you can select the tabs by saying "Click Contents," "Click Index," or "Click Search," but you cannot use voice commands to select from the toolbar and you cannot click buttons by saying their name. You can use "Press Tab Key" to select buttons and "Press Enter Key" to press buttons. About dictation When you dictate, try to speak naturally and at your normal speed. Pronounce each word clearly, not loudly, and in a way that is comfortable for you. Take occasional breaks. As you dictate, by default Dragon displays a small Dragon icon 'G as it listens to you and processes your speech. When you pause, Dragon transcribes the text into your document. See About the Results Display for details. For best recognition, speak in longer phrases rather than short phrases or individual words. If you are having recognition problems, do not speak slowly or deliberately. 1 Basic dictation commands Notes » Before you start speaking, make sure the microphone is on and the mouse cursor is placed in the window where you dictate. « If your throat gets dry when dictating, you can sip water through a straw to minimize noise that might interfere with recognition. « If the borders of the Results box turn blue, then Dragon has interpreted that dictation as a command rather than text to transcribe. About the Results Display Dragon's Results Display is streamlined to reduce distraction and to encourage better dictation practices. Rather than the traditional floating Results Box, a small Recognition-in-Progress icon ‘6 displays as you dictate. The simpler display is meant to encourage dictation in longer phrases and sentences, which improves voice recognition. When you pause, Dragon transcribes the text into your document. You can set options to move the Results Display anywhere on the screen, keep it in one place, change its color and font size, or make it disappear after a recognition. And you can still display the traditional Results Box (see ), but Nuance recommends that you use the new display to avoid distraction. 51 Guide de I'utilisateur The table below compares how Dragon gives you feedback during dictation with the new Results Display, which leaves preliminary results turned off, and the more traditional method, which preliminary and final recognition results. Results display behavior Preliminary results Preliminary results Speech status turned off ig ei gat-te Meda! Recognition in progress 6 ® editing and Dragon is ... Dictation recognized and displayed or ‘ % editing in Dragon is fun Editing in Dragon is fur] 6 Recognition complete. editing in Dragon is Fun If you prefer, you can also set the Results Display to Never Show, or to be hidden after a timed delay. Speech not recognized Please say that again Results context menu - ——— [bregen is Fun Cancel Recognition Cancel Recognition Anchor Anchor Auto-hide 4uto-hide Close Close Command recognized. select interesting If Dragon recognizes a command, the borders of the Results Box turn blue. The only exception to this behavior is when you dictate commands such as "New Line" or "New Paragraph." 52 Chapter 3: Getting Started Using the DragonBar This section contains the following topics: Ue iia ict cases tetas sy pceeereetet eden enclwuine bets 53 The Text Control Indicator 00.00... veeecc cc ceeee 57 Displaying the DragonBar o.oo... ooo coe ceeecc cc eeeeeee 58 Controlling the DragonBar _.ooo...0......02...o nooo coon cceecc cece. 60 The DragonBar The DragonBar is the main Dragon toolbar you use to control the Dragon software. The DragonBar appears at the top of the display when you start Dragon for the first time. When you see the DragonBar, you can use Dragon to dictate into word processors, e-mail, and other programs. You can change the appearance and behavior of the DragonBar to suit your working style. By default the DragonBar is docked to the top of your screen. To change the DragonBar's mode, see Displaying the Dragon Bar. The DragonBar contains the following controls, starting from the left side: The Dragon icon Click the Dragon icon 6 (or right-click anywhere on the DragonBar) to display a menu that controls how the DragonBar looks and acts on your screen. The microphone icon The microphone icon || displays on the DragonBar and in the Windows taskbar. Click the microphone icon to turn the microphone on and off. The following table shows the microphone states you'll see: 53 Guide de I'utilisateur 54 The way the nay Col we) s)avelal-m corey a displays What you can do The microphone is on and Dragon is listening. Dictate or say commands as needed. When you are finished or want to pause from dictating: » Say "Go to Sleep" or click the forward slash key (/) to put the microphone to sleep. » Say "Microphone Off" or click the plus key (+) to turn off voice recognition. The microphone is on and Dragon is listening as you dictate. The microphone is turned off. When you want to resume dictating, do one of the following: Press the plus key (+) on the numeric keypad. Click the microphone button on the DragonBar. Click the microphone icon in the Windows taskbar. No User Profile is loaded and the microphone is off. See Controlling the Microphone in the Dragon Help for more information. The microphone is asleep and Dragon is temporarily not listening. When you want to resume dictating: » Say "Wake Up" or click the plus key (+) to resume voice recognition. The Volume Display When Dragon hears you well, the volume display _ io green and expands to the right. When you pause between words, the volume display turns yellow and contracts. No color displays when the microphone is turned off or is not responding. The display turns gray when the microphone is in Sleep Mode. Chapter 3: Getting Started The Text Control Indicator The DragonBar includes a Text Control Indicator | that changes to indicate the level of speech support in the selected application. See The Text Control Indicator for details. Recognition Mode Indicator The Recognition Mode Indicator is an icon on the DragonBar that changes its appearance when you change Dragon's recognition mode. The default is =/ Normal mode L_]. The table below provides a brief overview of the Recognition modes icons. Click the links for more information about using the Recognition modes. 55 Guide de I'utilisateur DragonBar Mode Recognition ere) a fnakeye(=14 What they do Normal Mode | Dragon's default mode of dictation. In Normal Mode, Dragon distinguishes dictation from words, numbers, and commands by analyzing what you say between pauses. Say "Start Normal Mode" or "Normal Mode On." Dictation A restricted recognition mode that causes Dragon Mode to interpret everything you say as dictation and nothing is interpreted as a command. Dictation Mode can be helpful if you want to dictate as quickly as possible, or dictate without looking at the words Dragon transcribes. Say "Start Dictation Mode" or "Dictation Mode On." Command A restricted recognition mode that causes Dragon Mode to interpret everything you say as a command and nothing is interpreted as dictated text. Say "Start Command Mode" or "Command Mode On." +23] Numbers A restricted recognition mode that causes Dragon Mode to recognize only numbers. If you are dictating only numbers (including currencies), working in this mode increases recognition accuracy. Say "Start Numbers Mode" or "Numbers Mode On." Spell Mode A restricted recognition mode that causes Dragon to recognize only letters, numbers, commands, and punctuation. Spell mode is useful for dictating unpronounceable alphanumeric strings, such as part numbers and license plate numbers, and other terms you anticipate Dragon won’t know, such as Web addresses, words in a foreign language, or unusual product names. Say "Start Spell Mode" or "Spell Mode On." You can still use commands while in Spell Mode. Dragon's microphone is off: you can press its hotkey or click its icon to turn it on. Message area To the left of the menus is a messages display, which shows Dragon's current status, such as whether the microphone is on or off. If you turn off "Show messages" on the, the Extras toolbar shows in place of the Message area. The menus The menus on the DragonBar contain the commands you can use while working in Dragon. 56 Chapter 3: Getting Started Extras toolbar icon! ¥ Click the icon or say "Show Extras Bar" to display the Extras toolbar, which contains the following features: Display Correction menu Click the Correction button to stop playback and correct a mistake. Playback controls Use the controls to hear audio files of dictation: » Begin Playback [>] » Stop Playback or Text-to-speech » Begin Rewind [x] » Begin Fast Forward Dal Read That button Click the Read That button to have Dragon read back a recording of your dictation. =}, Transcribe... Transcribe button Click the Transcribe button to open the , which you use to transcribe recordings of dictation made on portable recorders. Open User Profiles button Displays the name of the current User Profile to the right of the Transcribe button. Click on the User Profile name to open the . Note that this button appears only when Dragon is docked to the top or bottom of your screen. Notes » Unless your computer is equipped with a full-duplex sound card, it's not possible to stop playback by voice, because the computer can't hear speech when it's playing back dictation. « Playback is available for documents dictated with Microsoft Word, Corel WordPerfect, and DragonPad. only until you close a document. After you close a document, Dragon deletes the recorded dictation for that doc- ument. » The "Show Extras Bar" voice commands toggle the state of the Extras toolbar. In other words, if you use this command to show the Extras tool- bar, saying the command again hides the Extras toolbar. The Text Control Indicator The DragonBar includes a Text Control Indicator that changes to indicate the level of speech support in the selected application. 57 Guide de I'utilisateur 58 Full Text Control The Text Control Indicator turns green (as shown) when you use programs and windows with Full Text Control. Most standard text fields allow full Full Text Control capabilities. (4 DragonBar - Profess i oe Recog “he The commands that quote text from the screen (select <xyz>, correct <xyz>, insert after <xyz>...) work thanks to a functionality called Full Text Control. This functionality depends on Dragon’s ability to constantly obtain information from the text field about its content—for instance, in order to know where words and sentences begin and end—so Dragon can apply spacing between words and capitalization at the beginning of sentences. Basic Text Control When Dragon has Basic Text Control, the Text Control Indicator turns gray (as shown), indicating that you may have some difficulty selecting and editing dictated text. r (4 DragonBar - Profess If you have difficulty dictating or correcting text in a particular program or window, Nuance recommends that you use the Dictation Box. For more information For more information, see: » Using the Dictation Box Displaying the DragonBar There are five different ways (or modes) that you can display and use the DragonBar. You can also specify whether or not the DragonBar always appears on top of the active window. To open a menu on the DragonBar 1. Say "Switch to DragonBar" to make the DragonBar active 2. Say the name of the menu and menu item you want to open. Chapter 3: Getting Started For example, say "Switch to DragonBar" then "Tools" then "Auto-Formatting Options." To change the DragonBar display mode 1. Click on the Dragon icon on the left side of the DragonBar or right-click any- where on the DragonBar to open the DragonBar shortcut menu. 2. Click the mode you want. The DragonBar has five display modes: DragonBar Docked to Top The DragonBar always stays at the top of the screen. This is the mode in which the DragonBar appears the first time you start Dragon. DragonBar Docked to Bottom The DragonBar always stays at the bottom of the screen. If the Windows taskbar is visible at the bottom of the screen, the DragonBar appears just above it. Floating DragonBar The DragonBar appears in a window you can drag around the screen. Clinging DragonBar The DragonBar "clings" to the top left of the active window. When you drag the active window to a new location on your screen, the DragonBar moves with it. In Cling mode, you do not see the Extras toolbar icon. Tray Icon Only The DragonBar is not visible on the screen. Only the microphone icon in the Windows system tray indicates that Dragon is running. To return to the last DragonBar mode, right-click on the microphone icon and click Restore Previous DragonBar Mode. To switch between DragonBar displays You can also say "Switch To," "Change To," or "Select" and the name of the mode. For example, if the DragonBar is set to Docked to Top, you could say "Switch To Docked to Bottom" or "Change To Floating DragonBar" and so on. Always on Top By default, Dragon always appears "on top," meaning it is in the foreground of your computer display. For the Floating DragonBar, you can change the setting so that the DragonBar drops into the background like other window when you maximize or open a new window large enough to hide the current one. Note: These commands toggle the state of the Floating DragonBar. In other words, if you use a command to turn off the Always On Top setting, and you then say the command again, the DragonBar reverts to Always On Top. 59 Guide de I'utilisateur To change the setting 1. Click on the Dragon icon on the left side of the DragonBar or right-click any- where on the DragonBar to open the DragonBar shortcut menu. 2. Do any of the following: » Say "Set DragonBar to Always On Top" or "Make DragonBar Always on Top." » Onthe DragonBar shortcut menu, click Always on Top. Note When you set the DragonBar to "Always on Top" it covers parts of other Dragon windows, such as the DragonPad and Help screens. If necessary, you can turn off "Always on Top" or move the windows around so that they are not obscured. Controlling the DragonBar You can control the DragonBar and get help with Dragon using the following voice commands: 60 Chapter 3: Getting Started Click a 1. "Switch to DragonBar" to make the DragonBar active. DragonBar menu | 2. The name of the menu you want to open. item Start the "Start DragonPad" DragonPad word processor Display Dragon "Give Me Help" Help Display common | "What CanI Say" voice commands for your current program, window, or text field Switch the "Switch To" or "Select" and the mode name ("Floating DragonBar mode | Mode," "Docked to Top Mode," "Docked to Bottom Mode," "Cling Mode," or "Tray Icon Only Mode") Display the "Open Dragon’s tray menu” DragonBar when it is in Tray Icon only mode Change the "Set DragonBar to Always On Top" or "Make DragonBar DragonBar Always on Top" Always on Top These commands toggle the state of the DragonBar. In setting other words, if you use one of these commands to make the DragonBar appear always on top and you then say the command again, the DragonBar will be put into a state where it can be covered by other windows. Exit Dragon (and | 1. "Exit Dragon" close the If you also have your User Profile open and have made DragonBar) corrections with the Correction menu, or made updates with the Vocabulary Editor, Dragon asks if you want to save the changes. 2. Say "Yes" to save the changes. You can use the "Exit Dragon" command from the DragonBar Control menu (click the Dragon icon “ atthe left) and from the Profile menu. 61 Guide de I'utilisateur Note When you set the DragonBar to "Always on top" it will cover secondary Dragon windows, such as the DragonPad and Help screens. In these cases, you will have to turn off the "Always on top" state or move the windows around so that they are not obscured. 62 Chapter 3: Getting Started Using the Microphone This section contains the following topics: Choose a Speech Ce@Vice ooo. ioecc cc cccccccccceecccccceeecectuteeeeenee, 63 Position your microphone properly ._.................0.......0......0022...... 65 Choose a speech device Use this screen to tell Dragon what type of dictation source you'll be using. If you need to add another dictation source later on, you can later. Microphone (live dictation) Use this section for details about microphone choices. Mic-in jack (most common) Select this option if your microphone has jacks. » Computers with built-in audio usually have mic-in jacks on the front. If your computer has jacks in both the front and back, connect your micro- phone to the back. » Most newer computers and microphones use standard colors for jacks and plugs. The microphone jack and plug are pink and the headset jack and plug are green. » Some newer computers have a combined jack for headset and micro- phone audio. If your headset has two separate plugs but your computer has a combined jack, plug the headset into a Y-splitter adapter, then plug the adapter into the jack. =» Older computers and microphones use a variety of labels and colors, often without words. They may be labeled "Mic" or with a symbol rep- resenting a microphone. Some microphone plugs and jacks are red. «» Microphone jacks are different from line-in jacks, which you normally should not use. Microphones typically produce low audio levels that get boosted when connected to the microphone jack. The line-in jack does- n't boost audio levels. USB Select this option if your microphone has a USB connector. USB microphones don't rely on a computer's sound card to process speech, so using one can alleviate problems with sound card quality. Connect your microphone directly into one of your computer's USB ports, not through the port of a docking station or through a USB extension or hub. Bluetooth and Enhanced Bluetooth Select one of these options if you have a Bluetooth microphone and your computer is Bluetooth-enabled. 63 Guide de I'utilisateur 64 If you plug in the USB adaptor for a certified wideband Bluetooth microphone, such as the Plantronics “Calisto II” BT-300, before you open Dragon, the list of audio sources will contain the option “Enhanced Bluetooth” during this step of the user profile wizard. For a list of fully supported Bluetooth microphones, please see http://Support.nuance.com/compatibility/. Note: Please consult your Plantronics Calisto Bluetooth user guide for setup and operational details with your device. The user guides are also posted on the Nuance User Documentation page. See also If your Bluetooth microphone doesn't connect with Dragon in the Dragon Help. Line-In Jack (not recommended) Use this option if you are connecting a microphone through a line-in jack (not recommended). Microphones typically produce low audio levels that get boosted when connected to the microphone jack. The line-in jack doesn't boost audio levels. Recorded audio device Use this section for details about selecting handheld recording choices. If your Dragon installation is configured to use with commands only, you won't see this section. Handheld or smartphone with recording application Select this option if you'll be dictating with a mobile devicecapable of storing digital recordings and transferring them to your computer. Digital audio recorder (includes .wav, .mp3, .wma, .dss, .ds2) Select this option if you'll be dictating with a digital recorder. You can only use unencrypted .dss or .ds2 files when creating a User Profile with a portable recorder. Sony "Digital Voice Editor" software (.msv, .dvf) Use this option if you'll be dictating with a Sony Digital Voice Editor recorder. Notes = If you switch between microphones you must at least rerun the audio check. For best accuracy, create a different User Profile for each device you plan to use. » Some editions of Dragon allow you to create and train User Profiles with multiple dictation sources. For example, with the same User Profiles, you can dictate with a headset microphone or a portable recorder. For more information, see. Chapter 3: Getting Started Position your microphone properly Use this screen to help you position your microphone for optimal speech recognition. Positioning the microphone correctly is one of the most important things you can do to enhance recognition accuracy. If the microphone moves even slightly away from the optimal position, your recognition accuracy may significantly deteriorate. Use the pictures and descriptions on the wizard screen and in this topic as guides for microphone positioning. To position a headset microphone « Adjust the headset so that it fits comfortably. =» Move the microphone element to the side of your mouth to avoid noise from breathing. =» Make sure that the microphone element is close to your mouth, but not touching it (about an inch from the side of your mouth). = Confirm that the front of the microphone points toward your mouth. The front may be indicated by a colored dot, the word "Talk," or some other label. = Position the headset consistently every time you use it. The following graphics illustrate how to wear a headset microphone. To position a handheld microphone or recorder « Point the microphone element to the side of or below your mouth to avoid noise from breathing. Do not hold the microphone directly in front of your mouth. » Hold the microphone in a comfortable position. Make sure not to hold it in an awkward, tiring position. » Make sure that the microphone element is about 1 to 3 inches away from your mouth. You should keep the microphone distance in this range, but you don't have to always keep the microphone at exactly the same dis- tance. 65 Guide de I'utilisateur » Hold the microphone so that the front points toward your mouth. Don't talk into the side of the microphone. » Hold the microphone consistently every time you use it. Be careful not to move the microphone or your head suddenly. » Do not use a microphone stand or holder because it will be harder to keep a consistent position and the stand may conduct noise. 66 Chapter 3: Getting Started Using the Dragon Sidebar This section contains the following topics: Using the Dragon Sidebar ooo... cccecccceceecccccceeeccecteeeeeees 67 The Dragon Sidebar tabs .0000o.o...2ooooooooo coc ceeeeececccc eee: 71 Dragon Sidebar TipS .....0000.......0.00ooooooo oc ceeecccccccc cc ceeeccccccceceeteeceeeeeees 73 Using the Dragon Sidebar Use the Dragon Sidebar to see sample commands and tips that update dynamically as you switch between programs and windows. For the list of programs with the highest compatibility with Dragon, see Dragon Sidebar Help and Tips contexts. The Sidebar displays automatically when you open a Dragon User Profile. You can change the default display setting of the Sidebar from the Miscellaneous tab of the Options dialog box. If the Sidebar is closed, you can open it any time by saying “Show Dragon Sidebar”. The Sidebar is divided into upper and lower sections, called panes. » The top pane of the Sidebar provides clickable links to Help topics, shows examples of commands available in the current application, and organizes the information by tabs. See Dragon Sidebar tabs for details. » The lower pane of the Sidebar contains tips. See Dragon Sidebar Tips for details. You can dock the Sidebar on the left or right side of the screen, set it to auto- hide, or set it to "float" like other windows, change its font size, and place it anywhere you want on the Windows Desktop. You can also maximize, minimize, or resize the Sidebar. Controlling the Dragon Sidebar You can use the following voice commands with the Sidebar, whether it's the active window or not. Most commands require that the Sidebar be open. 67 Guide de I'utilisateur Say this Show the Sidebar "What can I say?" > "Dragon Sidebar" (You can also use any of the following verbs: "Open", "Launch", "Start", "Show", or "Show Me") "Sample Commands" (You can also use any of the following verbs: "Open", "Launch", "Start", "Show", or "Show Me") »"Command list" (You can also use any of the following verbs: "Open", "Launch", "Start", "Show", or "Show Me") > "Switch to Dragon Sidebar" Show the Sidebar Home__| "Dragon Sidebar Home" tab Show the Sidebar Global | "Dragon Sidebar Global" tab (displays when you are working in programs with Full Text Control) Show the Sidebar Mouse | "Dragon Sidebar Mouse" tab Show the MyCommands_ | "Dragon Sidebar My tab Commands" Switch to the next + "Go to the next pane" Sidebar pane » "Switch to the next pane" Switch to the previous > "Go to the previous pane" Sidebar pane » "Switch to the previous pane" Dock the Sidebar to the "Dragon Sidebar dock right" right Dock the Sidebar to the "Dragon Sidebar dock left" left 68 Co} ame(om dal (3 Select Dragon Sidebar from the DragonBar Help menu Select the Home tab on the Sidebar Select the Global tab on the Sidebar Select the Mouse tab on the Sidebar Select the MyCommands tab on the Sidebar Click the next pane on the Sidebar Click the previous pane on the Sidebar Right-click on the Sidebar and select Dock right Right-click on the Sidebar and select Dock left Change the font size of the Sidebar Float the Sidebar Auto-hide the Sidebar (not available in Floating mode) Disable auto-hide (not available in Floating mode) Set the Sidebar to Always on Top Turn off Always on Top Increase the Sidebar width by 5 per cent Decrease the Sidebar width by 5 per cent Hide the Tips Show the Tips Say this "Dragon Sidebar Font [Small | Medium | Large]" + "Dragon Sidebar float" or > "Dragon Sidebar undock" "Dragon Sidebar auto-hide" "Dragon Sidebar stop hiding" With the Sidebar active, right click and say "Always on Top" With the Sidebar active, right click and say "Always on Top" "Dragon Sidebar wider" "Dragon Sidebar thinner" "Dragon Sidebar hide tips" "Dragon Sidebar show tips" Chapter 3: Getting Started Or do this Right-click on the Sidebar and select Font Size > Small, Medium or Large Right-click on the Sidebar and select Floating Right-click on the Sidebar and select Auto-hide Right-click on the Sidebar and deselect Auto-hide Right-click on the Sidebar and select Always on Top Right-click on the Sidebar and deselect Always on Top With the Sidebar active, press the key combination <ALT+W> With the Sidebar active, press the key combination <ALT+T> Right-click on the Sidebar and deselect Tips Right-click on the Sidebar and select Tips 69 Guide de I'utilisateur Say this Or do this Show your custom "Dragon Sidebar show my Select the My commands commands" Commands tab on the Sidebar Print Sidebar commands Right-click on the Sidebar and select Print Show the Sidebar Help "Dragon Sidebar Help" Click the question mark icon on the top right-hand side of the Sidebar window Close the Sidebar With the Sidebar active, say » Right-click on the + "Dragon Sidebar close" Sidebar and select Close > Click Close on the Sidebar or > "Close window" Dragon Sidebar Help and Tips contexts Use the Sidebar for Help and Tips about Dragon in these programs and contexts: » Desktop commands » Global commands » DragonBar, DragonPad, Dictation Box, Spelling window (see Dragon Help), Command Browser » Microsoft Word, Microsoft Excel, Microsoft Outlook, Windows Mail. Please see the Dragon Help for Microsoft Outlook Express, Microsoft PowerPoint, and Microsoft InfoPath. » .Corel WordPerfect (see Dragon Help) » .Lotus Notes (see Dragon Help) » OpenOffice.org Writer (see Dragon Help) » Internet Explorer and Mozilla Firefox Note A list of global commands appears if there is no list of specific commands available for a specific program. 70 Chapter 3: Getting Started The Dragon Sidebar tabs You can use the Dragon Sidebar to review examples of speech commands in your current program or task. The contents of the Sidebar update automatically as you change applications. See Dragon Sidebar Help and Tips contexts for details. The Sidebar displays tabs across the top that you can click for the most popular commands for your current task. Click the following links for details about the tabs: » Home tab » Global tab » Mouse tab » MyCommands tab Click the green subheadings in the Sidebar to follow links to Help topics about how to use voice commands with your programs. See Using the Dragon Sidebar for more information. Home tab Use the Home tab to review examples of voice commands for programs with Full Text Control. Below is an example of what you'll see if you're working in Microsoft Word or Corel WordPerfect. If you're working in Microsoft Outlook Express, you'll see Outlook Express commands, and so on, for all programs with Full Text Control. Click the green Sidebar subheadings for detailed Help topics. DRAGON SIDEBAR Home Word/Wordperfect Commands (7, Opening, Saving, and Printing Open a document Save the file Save as Print file Close document Cutting, Pasting, Inserting, and (0 Undoing New line New paragraph Global Commands For programs with Basic Text Control, the Home tab displays a list of common dictation commands. Click the Sidebar subheadings for detailed Help topics. 71 Guide de l'utilisateur 72 DRAGON SIDEBAR Home DragonBar Commands Go to sleep/Stop listening Wake up/Listen ta me Microphone off (7) Switching Recognition Modes Start Normal Mode Start Dictation Mode Start Spell Mode Start Numbers Mode Global tab You can click the Global tab for a list of Global commands available in programs with Full Text Control. Click the Sidebar subheadings for detailed Help topics. DRAGON SIDEBAR : Global Global Commands 7] Control the Mic "Go to sleep’ Wake up ‘Microphone off (7 Get help Give me help Search Dragon Help for =xyz= Mouse tab Click the Mouse tab to review examples of common voice commands you can use to control the mouse in your current application. Click the Sidebar subheadings for detailed Help topics. DRAGON SIDEBAR :Mouse Mouse Commands 7] Get help “Give me help" “Search Dragon Help for mouse commands" (4 Move the mouse “Move mouse down" “Move mouse right" “Move mouse up faster" “Mouse move lower right very fast" Chapter 3: Getting Started MyCommands tab Use the MyCommands tab to view custom commands you have created. Click the Sidebar subheadings for detailed Help topics. DRAGON SIDEBAR © iy Ib :MyCommands: This tab displays any custom voice commands yot created using The MyCommands Editor. You can create custom voice commands to automate repetitive text entry and graphics insertio: tasks like boilerplate, logos, and scanned signatures while working in virtually any Windows application. In some editions of Dragon you can use the MyCommands command-and-control and advanced scripting features to control the compute by voice commands, voice macros, and/or programs. For more information, see About the Commands Editor. Note This topic shows examples only. Open the Sidebar to see all of the available commands. Dragon Sidebar Tips The Dragon Sidebar shows randomized tips about the current application or task context. To make the Dragon Sidebar active if it isn't already, use the Show the Sidebar command. Tips display in the lower pane of the Sidebar window. You can hide or display the tips, and navigate them using links for Back and Next. 73 Chapter 4: Dictating Text Chapter 4: Dictating Text This section contains the following topics: JB. a5) eo | ee ec a ene eee em Saat N ame N ree eee ee eee 74 A A cha as eee sense eeenee ces aeaoeouieead dae 75 COOIPSCOinG COX Srrars BS VOU ICCA anode chee cdetecece losacdeceecniadekoecads 76 COURT HOTT ac oie occ cedcuireescanhenuacdvaceoslseaudemasebucssucdedelssebaumensase af Typing Or Spelling TEXT occ ccc ceeece een esennccevtessene occ ceceenenantactceneecesesese Fee. MERE ea cia ieee cde ic cr ences aay ecneauengs aces cas leaseunsacaseuberenl 80 Ee at NN Te sc erie eas cctv satddah ev saas Goo cere cle dat ei een cia ce 82 Using the Dictation BOx 220000. cccecccccccecccccccececcccsetceceateeee 87 Were RIG (IGRI BOK sacs les cc cc ont ci ccacees ccc deabbseeldeadaadasceneneegeaatea 87 Using Dictation Box in unsupported applications .................0.2..0.2.2.2.2.. 87 “Terrie ofr Ge DIC AtIGH BO occ c ccs teste Sece sce cacaustsacneeceascuneuedarcaelegdas 87 WASUPDOPLSC SP PUI CACIOS ci pee vswcnterdracweenpvananavswuueass dveusuwergscxeuviassees’ 87 BUecdee cola alee ect <5 nan ea ts ee ere ere em Pe 88 The Full Text Contre Tgicatat oc. csc ccveceeseccucsnceescdenveeveccesavevececcsauwseeres 88 Dictating in unknown text fieldS ....2..0..0. 0.00. cc coc e cece ce cece cece ec ececeeeeeeeeee: 88 Editing text in unknown text fields _........0.....20.0. 0.2 0c cece eee c eee ce eee cece eee 89 Unexpected behavior or text in the Dictation Box .........0....2....20.2.2022.2- 89 AMY NE NN nocd ocee pre Gosek aude de Dauau hocpbeeasddsasaniaieudedss 89 Using DraGOmPa ooo occeccccenecccccneeccccceeecececeeeeeess 92 FA DRONE AG cis ioieiva c-dusinScxaceksailene van vbadaasasaceiananeus badddnuniaeiaiweaveawaenids o2 Changing the way text wraps on your SCreen ..................2.2.2.c0cec ec ee eee o2 Dictation Basics Dictate to Dragon much as you would dictate to a person transcribing your dictation. By default you must explicitly say most punctuation and capitalization other than for proper names or at the beginning of a sentence. You can have Dragon automatically insert commas and periods in most situations by selecting the "Automatically add commas and periods" box on the Auto-formatting dialog box. For more information, see Dictating punctuation and symbols and Dictation commands. The following table describes some basic dictation commands. 74 Guide de I'utilisateur 75 To start dictating, just say whatever you want to say, speaking normally in phrases. Then: aie) Say Start a new paragraph (press the "New Paragraph" Enter key twice) Start a new line (press the Enter "New Line" key once) Enter punctuation marks, suchas | The name of the punctuation mark, such as a "exclamation point" Dictate symbols or special char- The standard name of the symbol, such as acters such as "®" "registered sign" Complete listing of dictation commands Click on the following links for more information about common dictation tasks: Dictating e-mail and Web addresses Undoing actions Moving the cursor Working in Programs on page 135 In the Dragon Help, see: Dictating in programs Dictating punctuation and symbols Dictating proper and place names Dictating hyphenated and compound words Dictating acronyms and abbreviations Dictating a bulleted list Replacing what you last dictated Undoing actions You can reverse the result of a command or dictation in the following ways: To undo most actions » Say "Undo That," "Undo Last Action," or just "Undo." Example: To undo the command "Italicize That," say "Undo That." Chapter 4: Dictating Text To undo dictation » Say "Scratch That." Example: To remove text just after you dictated it, say "Scratch That." Notes » You can cancel a selection by saying "Unselect That," selecting different text, or moving the insertion point to another part of the document. » The "Undo That" and "Undo Last Action" commands send an undo (CTRL+z) command to the active program. The result of the command depends on which program is active and how it handles the undo com- mand. For example, if you say "Undo That" twice in a row in the Drag- onPad window, the second Undo reverses the first command and restores the original dictation. Other programs may behave differently. » The Accuracy Center provides a central location for taking advantage of all the Dragon tools available to ensure excellent recognition. For more information, see Using the Accuracy Center. Correcting text errors as you dictate Use the procedures in this topic if you notice that Dragon misrecognizes a word or words while you are dictating. When you correct errors, Dragon learns not to make the same mistakes again. To correct a word or phrase with the Correction menu 1. Say "Select <text>," where text is the incorrect word or phrase. If the error is in the last thing you said, you can just say "Select That." (Also see Tips for selecting text). Dragon highlights the word or phrase, and the Correction menu appears. 2. If the correct word or phrase is on the list, start spelling to choose it, or say "Choose" and the number of that choice. For example, say "Choose 2." Do not say "Choose Numeral Two" or Dragon will transcribe the phrase as the text "Choose Numeral Two" or "Choose 2" depending on how you set the number formatting options on the Auto-formatting dialog box. 3. If the word or phrase you want is not on the list, spell the word, or say "Spell That" and spell the word letter by letter. Dragon's Smart Format Rules box may appear when you correct auto- formatted alphanumeric text using the Correction command, the Spelling window, or the keyboard. For details, see Using Smart Format Rules and Setting Auto-Formatting Options. The Spelling window appears. You can use this dialog box to spell or type the correct word. 76 Guide de I'utilisateur 77 Notes Dragon also learns from your typing — if you use the keyboard to correct a misrecognized word, Dragon learns from the correction and can use the word the next time you dictate it. The Accuracy Center provides a central location for taking advantage of all the Dragon tools available to ensure excellent recognition. For more information, see Using the Accuracy Center. The Correction tab of the Options dialog box lets you control the behavior of the Correction menu, including the commands that make it appear. If you would rather not see the Correction menu every time you select text, you can turn it off. On the Correction tab of the Options dialog box, clear the box that says "'Select' commands bring up Correction menu." Then click Apply. If you want to open the Spelling window when you start to correct a word or phrase, select "Correct commands bring up Spelling window" on the Correction tab of the Options dialog box. If you select a phrase to correct that includes punctuation added to the sentence automatically, the list of corrections that appears in the Cor- rection menu will include a version without the automatically inserted punctuation. In some applications, you may have difficulty revising selected text. In this case, you may need to use the Dictation Box. Just select the text you want to revise and say "Show Dictation Box" Dictation commands When you are dictating, you can say the following dictation — also referred to as "in-line" — commands without pausing. Say Chapter 4: Dictating Text To capitalize next word. "no space <word>" Do not put a space before <word> "no space on" Stop putting spaces between words "no space off" Start putting spaces between words "numeral" Notes Enter the next numbers stated as Arabic numerals (1,2,3 "Roman numeral" Enter the next numbers stated as Roman numerals (i, ii, iii ise) When you are in Dictation mode, Dragon interprets everything you say as dictation and only Dictation Commands are recognized. Dictation Mode can be helpful if you want to dictate as quickly as possible, or dic- tate without looking at the words Dragon transcribes. Say "Start Dic- tation Mode" or "Dictation Mode On." To enter the word "cap" (as in "baseball cap"), pause after saying "cap." The capitalization and spacing modes are automatically canceled if you move around your document. If you move the cursor (insertion point) by mouse or keyboard, or change windows, the next word you say will not be capitalized. You may need to capitalize the word manually and insert a space. 78 Guide de I'utilisateur 79 » You can enable or disable some Dragon's capitalization commands by set- ting the "Caps Lock key overrides capitalization commands" option in the Auto-formatting dialog box. Typing or spelling text In the Spelling window, you can use the keyboard to enter words as well as say the letters of the words. You can spell continuously or you can pause between letters. As you type or say each letter, the list of alternatives changes. If the text you want appears before you finish, you can simply choose it. To type or spell text 1. Type or say the letters of the word(s). 2. If the text you want appears in the list, choose it. For example, say "Choose 2." 3. If necessary, type or spell the word(s) completely. 4. Say "Click OK." The Spelling window closes and the text is entered in your document. If you had selected text to correct, the new text now replaces the old text. Note The "Scratch That" command is not available in the Spelling window. If you need to correct a dictation error while you are using the Spelling window, you must use the Backspace key or Delete command. Chapter 4: Dictating Text Voice commands that work in the Spelling window (@ovantaarelare Choose <1-9> Chooses a number from the list of alternative spellings Select <1-9> Selects a line from the list of choices in the Spelling window Edit <1-9> and puts it in the edit box. You can then change the text Or either by voice or typing. Modify <1-9> Select last/next | Selects the specified number of characters <number> characters Move right/left Moves the text insertion point <number> characters Select That Selects the last utterance (word or letter), or the whole line of text if there has been no previous selection Delete/Scratch | Deletes the selected text, or the whole line of text if there That has been no previous selection Go To Moves the text insertion point End/Beginning of Line Notes » Typing letters into the Spelling window searches Dragon's Vocabulary for a matching word. If you must type the full word, it is because it is not in the active Vocabulary or the backup dictionary. When you save a User Profile, any words you add in the Spelling window are added as new words to the active Vocabulary. « If one of the recognition alternatives is nearly correct, you can say "Select" and the number of the alternative. The alternative text appears in the text box where you can edit it. » The voice command "Delete Next/Previous Word" does not work in the Spelling window. Spelling words If a word or phrase is not currently in Dragon's Vocabulary, you can spell it in the Spelling window, and add it to Dragon's Vocabulary. Words you spell directly into the document, while the Spelling window is closed, are not added 80 Guide de I'utilisateur 81 to the Vocabulary. In addition, you can teach (or "train") Dragon to recognize how you pronounce the word or phrase you spell. In some cases, you may not know that a word is not in the active Vocabulary until Dragon fails to recognize it correctly. Whether you are spelling a word as part of your dictation or correcting a misrecognition, the process is the same. To spell a word or phrase » When you want to add a new word to the Vocabulary, say "Spell" or "Spell That" (immediately after a recognition error) and the characters of the word or words you want to spell. Say the characters continuously and quickly, not one at a time. Note The "Scratch That" command is not available in the Spelling window. If you need to correct a dictation error while you are using the Spelling window, you must use the Backspace key or Delete command. For a list of the characters you can spell with the "Spell" or "Spell That" commands, see Spelling characters. If you use the "Spell That" command, saying the characters immediately is optional; you can simply wait for the Spelling window, to open before you begin spelling. Spelling words while the Spelling window is open allows you to confirm that the word is correct before it appears in your document and allows you to train the pronunciation of the word. For information on training a word that you have spelled, see the topic Training words from the Spelling window. For previously dictated text, select the word or words you want to correct, then say "Spell That" followed immediately by letters. Notes » Normally, the Spelling window, does not appear when you use the "Spell" command. You can make it appear by selecting the "Spell commands bring up Spelling window" option on the Correction tab of the Options dialog box. a While you are spelling words, you must say "cap" before each character you want to capitalize. Pause briefly after saying the capital letter and before you say the next letter. » You can say "Double" before any alphabetic character to enter two of the same characters. For example, say "Double a" to enter "aa." You can also say "Double Zulu" to enter "zz." You cannot, however, say "Double u" to get two "u" characters (and not "w"). In this case, you can say "Double Letter u." » You cannot say the normal forms of letters (for example "A") and their alpha-bravo forms (for example "Zulu") together in a single breath ("A Zulu"). You can mix them if you pause before you change the spelling for- mat. Chapter 4: Dictating Text » You can say nearly any character of the standard Windows character set. See the See Also below for a full list of the characters you can Say. « If you are planning to do a large amount of spelling in a document, con- sider turning Spell Mode on (say "Spell Mode" or click Modes > Spell Mode). In Spell Mode, Dragon tries to interpret everything you dictate as letters. Dictating numbers In most cases you can dictate numbers, including postal codes, as you normally say them. If you want to dictate only numbers, as, for example, when dictating in a spreadsheet program, you can turn on Numbers mode. 82 Guide de I'utilisateur Examples 83 Chapter 4: Dictating Text To enter Say "twenty three" "one hundred seventy nine", "one hundred and seventy nine, "or"one seventy nine" 5423 "five thousand four hundred twenty three" 5.423 "five point four twenty three" 142,015 "one hundred forty two thousand and fifteen" 127,400,042 "one hundred twenty seven million four-hundred thousand forty-two" May 15, 2003 "May fifteen comma two thousand three" Note: Saying "comma" is optional. MMIV "Roman numeral two thousand four" iii (lowercase "Roman numeral three Roman) no caps that" 84 Guide de I'utilisateur To enter Say Boston, MA "Boston Massachusetts 02460" 02460 Oakland, CA "Oakland California 99077" 99077 Most of these examples only work as shown when the appropriate number formatting options are selected on the Auto-formatting dialog box. If you want a comma in a four-digit number, you must speak it explicitly. Numbers with five or more digits automatically include commas. To force recognition of digits as numerals instead of text without using the Numbers Mode, say "Numeral" before you say the digit, for example, say "Numeral Three" to get 3. You can use or omit the word "and" as part of a number. For example, say "one hundred fifty" instead of "one hundred and fifty" to get the number 150. You can use "oh" and "zero" interchangeably to get 0. The way Dragon formats the currency symbol, the thousand separator, the decimal separator, the negative symbol, and the time separator depends on the configuration of the Regional Settings (or on some ver- sions of Windows, Regional Options) in the Windows Control Panel. For these numbers to be formatted according to the conventions of the lan- guage you are dictating, you must make sure that the Windows Regional Settings match the language. You can set the currency symbol and format that Dragon uses by select- ing the "ISO currency codes" option on the Auto-formatting dialog box. Dragon then uses the currency character and format specified on the Regional Options tab of the Regional and Languages Options tool in your Windows Control Panel. If you are using the Classic Start menu, you can open your Windows Control Panel by clicking Start on the Windows Task- bar, pointing to Settings, and then clicking Control Panel. You can change the way Dragon formats numbers on the Auto-formatting dialog box by turning on or off the different formatting options available on the tab. You can change the way Dragon formats Canadian and UK postal codes on the Auto-formatting dialog box by turning on or off the "Street addresses" option. For example, with the option on, format a postal code in London by saying "London Comma W Two Four R J" to enter London, W2 4RJ; and for- mat a postal code in Toronto by saying "Toronto Comma Ontario M Five H Two L Two" to enter Toronto, Ontario M5H 2L2. You must reload your User Profile before a change to postal code formatting will take effect. To reload a User Profile, click Open User Profile on the Profile menu to open 85 Chapter 4: Dictating Text the Open User Profile dialog box. Make sure the correct User Profile is selected (the current User Profile is selected by default), and click Open. Dragon can auto-format text and numbers using standard writing con- ventions or apply Word Properties to words as you dictate. For infor- mation about these settings, see Auto-formatting dialog box and The Word Properties dialog box. Dragon's Smart Format Rules appear when you correct auto-formatted alphanumeric text or Word Properties using the Correction menu, the Spelling window, or the keyboard. For details, see Using Smart Format Rules and Setting Auto-Formatting Options. 86 Guide de I'utilisateur 87 Using the Dictation Box This section contains the following topics: Using the Dictation BOx ooo ccc ccccceccccceecccccceececeuetececeaeeees 87 Using Dictation Box in unsupported applications .................. 87 Turning off the Dictation BOx ooo... coco ceeeeees 87 Unsupported applications o.oo... ooiooocoo cc cececcecccccceeeeeeeeeeeees 87 Transferring your text ooo cecccccceccccccceecccccceceeeccueteeeseneeees 88 The Full Text Control Indicator ooo... 88 Dictating in unknown text fields o.oo... 88 Editing text in unknown text fields o............020ooooooo cece. 89 Unexpected behavior or text in the Dictation Box ................. 89 Dictation Box SettiMGS oo... ceeeeccccc ccc cveeeeccccceeeeeeeeeess 89 Using the Dictation Box Normally you can dictate and use Dragon voice commands in any text window of any application. However, you may occasionally find an application ora specific window in an application where you cannot dictate and/or where some voice commands won’t work or won't work consistently. These exceptions are called "unsupported applications" or unknown text fields. Using Dictation Box in unsupported applications The Dictation Box opens automatically if Dragon notices that you are trying to dictate in an unsupported application or window within an unsupported application. Turning off the Dictation Box If you don't want Dragon to display the Dictation Box in unsupported applications 1. Onthe DragonBar, select Tools > Options > Miscellaneous. 2. Click or say "Use the Dictation Box for Unsupported Applications" to clear the checkmark from the box. 3. Click OK to apply your changes to the current session. When you save your user profile, the settings will be saved for future dictation sessions. Unsupported applications Some examples of unsupported applications would be presentation or page layout or graphics design software like Adobe Photoshop. Here are some examples of known issues in unsupported applications: Chapter 4: Dictating Text » Dictating into a complex Lotus Notes document sometimes makes Dragon hang or exhibit other abnormal behavior. » Some Microsoft Outlook users may find that the Full Text Control editing capability does not always work. » Some applications, such as Netscape, are not supported for Full Text Con- trol editing at all. Transferring your text The Dictation Box can transfer text in plain or Rich Text Format (RTF). For more information on using fonts in the Dictation Box, refer to Using Fonts in Dictation Box in the Dragon Help. Note: You cannot transfer the audio that corresponds to the text from the Dictation Box to another application. The audio is available only while the Dictation Box is open and only before you dictate the voice command. The Full Text Control Indicator The Dragon bar includes a Full Text Control indicator that turns green when you are in an application or window where all of Dragon’s functionality is supported. When you are in an unknown text field, the Full Text Control indicator goes out, indicating that you may have some difficulty selecting and editing dictated text. Also, when you start dictating into an unknown text field, the Dragon Bar will display a message saying "Unknown text field; consider using ‘show Dictation Box' - See Help.'" The commands that quote text from the screen (select <xyz>, correct <xyz>, insert after <xyz>...) work thanks to a functionality called Full Text Control. This functionality depends on Dragon’s ability to constantly obtain information from the text field about its content—for instance, in order to know where words and sentences begin and end, so Dragon can apply spacing between words and capitalization at the beginning of sentences. Most standard text fields allow full Full Text Control capabilities. If you have difficulty in dictating or correcting in one of these unknown text fields, use the Dictation Box. For more information, see The Full Text Control Indicator. Dictating in unknown text fields 1. Place you cursor where you want to put the text 2. Start the Dictation Box in one of several ways: » Say "Show Dictation Box" » Select Tools > Dictation Box from the Dragon Bar 88& Guide de I'utilisateur » Use CTRL + SHIFT + D. To change the default hot key(see the Dragon Options dialog box. 3. When the Dictation Box displays, you can dictate and edit text inside the Dic- tation Box using all of Dragon's commands. Editing text in unknown text fields To edit text already in the unknown text field: 1. Select the text in the unknown text field using voice commands or your key- board and mouse. 2. Copy the text to the Dictation Box for editing in one of these ways: » Say "Show Dictation Box" » Select Tools > Dictation Box from the Dragon Bar » Use CTRL + SHIFT + D. To change the default hot key, see The Options dialog box. 3. The selected text displays in the Dictation Box. Unexpected behavior or text in the Dictation Box Sometimes the Dictation Box misunderstands the context of what you're working on and it displays text you didn't dictate, and that you can't edit. This can happen when the focus of the application you're using is on a field you can't edit and: » you intentionally open the Dictation Box, or » you speak into your microphone, prompting the Dictation box to open automatically For example, if you have your e-mail application open with an item in your message list selected, the Dictation Box may display the header text of that message. If this happens, just go to the Dictation Box and say or click "Cancel" to close it. Dictation Box Settings You open the Dictation Box by selecting Tools > Dictation Box on the DragonBar. In the Settings dialog box of the Dictation Box, you can define how the Dictation Box copies text from and pastes text into each application where you plan to use the Dictation Box. For example, you can have different copy and paste settings for Microsoft PowerPoint and Corel WordPerfect. 89 Chapter 4: Dictating Text To open the Settings dialog box, you click the Settings button inside the Dictation Box. Note: You can have multiple Dictation Boxes open at one time and can have different settings for using the Dictation Box with each application you use. Font The Font setting lets you change the font used for the contents of the Dictation Box. To change the font: 1. Click "Change Font..." 2. Set the font, style, and size under Font, Font style, and Size. 3. Under Effects, you can choose a color from the drop-down list and/or choose Strikeout or Underline. 4. Click OK to save the font change. Notes: » To Set the font to the default, click "Default Font" and the font type and size change to Arial 10-point. » When you copy text into the text box, it displays in the same font as the originating application. Window Position You can define where the Dictation Box appears: » Anchor: Choosing anchor causes the Dictation Box to appear at the loca- tion where it was last closed. If you drag the Dictation Box to a new loca- tion and then close it, it will display at that location when you restart the Dictation Box. » Automatically position the Dictation Box near the cursor: This option causes the Dictation Box to appear as close to the cursor location as is practical. Settings for application <application name> You can define how the Dictation Box copies and pastes text in each application where it's used. For example, you can have different copy and paste settings for Microsoft PowerPoint and Corel WordPerfect. The Dictation Box works for all applications that can accept standard keyboard shortcuts for Windows Clipboard operations. In some applications that do not accept these commands, your text may be lost or changed when you transfer text in and out of the Dictation Box. The Copy options define what kind of copied text the Dictation Box can receive from an application. The Paste options define how the Dictation Box pastes text in each application where you use it. 90 Guide de I'utilisateur 91 Test your application before you start and, if you lose text when you try to transfer text to the application, try different selections under the Copy and Paste options, detailed below: Copy » Do not copy: Does not copy any text from the application when the Dic- tation Box is started. « Type keys <Ctri+C>: Uses Ctrl+C to copy text from the application. «» Use Windows Copy Command: Uses the Windows copy command to copy text from the application. » Type keys <Ctri+V>: Uses Ctrl+V to copy text from the Dictation Box to the application. » Use Windows Paste Command: Uses the Windows Paste Command to copy text from the Dictation Box to the application. » Simulate keystrokes: Sends keystrokes from the Dictation Box to the application. Use "Simulate keystrokes" if the other methods of pasting text do not work. Show character count Select this check box to have the character count display the number of characters in the Dictation Box. Keep transferred text in clipboard when the Dictation Box is closed Check this option to have Dragon hold the text dictated into the Dictation Box in the Windows clipboard either after you transfer the text unsuccessfully (paste fails) or after you have closed the Dictation Box (should any text remain in the Dictation Box). As long as you have chosen Type Keys <Ctr/+V> or Use Windows Paste Command under Paste options, checking this check box protects you from losing any text when: » You've transferred with the voice command and it fails to paste into the application where you have placed the cursor » Text still remains in the Dictation Box when you close it If you do not select this option, the text dictated into the Dictation Box that has not been transferred will be lost when you close the Dictation Box. When you have selected this check box, if the transfer fails, you do not lose the text, because the text is stored temporarily in the Windows clipboard. If the application you tried to transfer the text to fails to receive the text, you can open another application and try using the Windows paste command to paste the text from the clipboard. Restore Defaults This option restores all Dictation Box settings to their defaults. Chapter 4: Dictating Text For more information For more information, see: « Using the Dictation Box =» The Full Text Control Indicator Using DragonPad This section contains the following topics: About DragGOnPad ninco ovcece ce neccccceeeeecceeeeeeeess 92 Changing the way text wraps on your screen ...................... 92 About DragonPad DragonPad is Dragon's built-in word processor, which is optimized for dictation. DragonPad includes basic text formatting features as well as the ability to save and print documents. You can use DragonPad when you do not need the capability of a full-featured word processor. When you have finished dictating, you can say "Copy All To Clipboard" to copy your text to the Clipboard and "Paste That" to copy the text from the Clipboard into any other program. Although it is similar to WordPad, DragonPad is customized for use with Dragon and contains speech recognition features that are not available in WordPad. Changing the way text wraps on your screen As you are dictating in DragonPad, you may want to change the way text wraps in the DragonPad window. To change the way text wraps on your screen 1. Onthe View menu, click Settings. 2. Inthe Word Wrap group of the Text or the Rich Text tab, select the wrap- ping option you want. You can select No wrap, Wrap to window, or Wrap to ruler. 3. Click OK. Notes » The wrapping options affect only how text appears on your screen. When printed, the document uses the margin settings specified in Page Setup. » You can set different word wrap options for the text format in which you save the document: text-only (TXT) or rich text format (RTF). 92 Guide de l'utilisateur 93 Chapter 5: Making Corrections This section contains the following topics: COrPECUHiG GICTITIGI = VIF Sooo ccs cep egcsaccscedenadducdebokecineeenediacauat 93 MPSS ori e IPOmi Vit PON oo cde cc aepeaule aces ony eum aculcalpeuetacceteaduues 96 COPPOCUel CRC = CUI, TOTO FEC aciss cssausicds casscousvasinsoiieccaxsangupiiwinddnns: a7 CN TE Ce NE ca cis ee dcriesendensadqupiaeeleidptacexdesauiecpiiossentictsdés 99 COOMECUNIG MUSFECOGNIZER COM IG NGS isi ccarcceniccicsuderdscsiisguieesnoraecescas 99 Correcting dictation - workflow There are a number of ways you can correct the misrecognitions in a document. The following techniques describe the most basic methods. You can combine these techniques in any manner that suits your working style. Correcting using the Correction menu (easiest) To correct text using the Correction menu 1. Do any of the following: » Say "Correct that" after the last thing you dictated. » Say "Correct <xyz>" or "Select <xyz>" to have Dragon select any edi- table text in the current document or e-mail message. » Say "Correct <abc> through <xyz> to have Dragon select any editable range of text in the current document or e-mail message. » Press the correction hot key, normally the minus (-) key on the numeric keypad. Chapter 5: Making Corrections The Correction menu opens*. "Choose 1" "Choose 2" "Choose 3" "Choose 4" "Choose 5" "Choose 6" "Choose 7" "Choose 8" "Choose 9" Ice cream select ice cream “6 Correction Menu Say “Choose” followed by a number Iscream I screamed Ices cream Ice creams Ice cram I've scream I'd scream ice cream Ice Cream You can also say: "Spell That" "Play That Back" "All caps that" “Add that to Vocabulary" "Unselect That" "Don't Recognize that word" "Make that a command" if you don't see your choice above "Correction Options" eS en a oo Pe ee _ 2. Choose one of the items from the Correction menu or dictate the replace- ment content. If you choose one of the suggestions on the Correction menu, Dragon automatically returns the cursor to where you were dictating before you made the correction. If you dictate something new to make a correction when the Correction menu is open, Dragon does not return the cursor to its last location. You can use the "Go Back" command or the mouse or keyboard to move it back to where it was. * Dragon also includes an option setting to substitute the Spelling window for the Correction menu when you use a correction command. 94 Guide de I'utilisateur 95 Correcting text with the keyboard (fastest) To correct text with the keyboard ils 3. A, Move the insertion point to the beginning of the dictation you want to cor- rect. Press the Correction hot key to display the Correction menu. By default, this is the minus (-) key on the numeric keypad. You can change the hot key assignment on the Hot keys tab of the Options dialog box. You can also click the Correction button on the Extras toolbar of the DragonBar. The Correction menu displays a list of optional spellings. « Ifthe selected alternative is correct, press the Right Arrow key. = If one of the other alternatives is correct, press the Down Arrow key until that alternative is highlighted and press the Right Arrow key. « If no alternative is correct, just type the correct text or say "Spell That" to open the Spelling window. Continue until all the text is correct. Correcting text while playing back dictation (most accurate) Please note that when you dictate into a Web application, playback availability is limited. For more information on this, see If you have problems using Web application support. To correct text while playing back dictation ile Move the insertion point to the beginning of the dictation you want to cor- rect. Click Play That Back on the Audio menu of the DragonBar or click the Begin Playback button on the Extras toolbar. When the playback of your dictation reaches a recognition error, press the correction hot key. By default, this is the minus (-) key on the numeric key- pad. You can change the hot key assignment on the Hot keys tab of the Options dialog box. You can also click the Correction button on the Extras toolbar of the DragonBar. The Correction menu displays a list of alternatives for the misrecognition. » If one of the alternatives is correct, press the Down Arrow key to high- light that choice and then press Enter to accept it. Playback will con- tinue automatically from the point where you stopped. « If no alternative is correct, just type or say the correct text and click the Begin Playback button. Playback will continue from the point where you stopped. Chapter 5: Making Corrections Correcting text using voice commands (hands-free) To correct text using voice commands 1. Say "Go To Beginning of Document." 2. Look for the first misrecognition and say "Select" and the text that is incorrect. The Correction menu appears with a number of alternatives. « If one alternative is correct, say "Choose" and the number of that alternative. For example, "Choose Two." Do not say "Choose Numeral Two" or Dragon will transcribe the phrase as the text "Choose Numeral Two" or "Choose 2" depending on how you set the automatic text formatting properties on the Auto-formatting dialog box. « If none of the alternatives is correct, say "Spell That," spell the cor- rect word or words into the Spelling window, and then say "OK." 3. Verify that the correct text appears in the document in place of the mis- recognized text and continue to the next misrecognition. Using Smart Format Rules You can also use the Smart Format Rules feature to have Dragon recognize when you correct dictated text that corresponds to an Auto-formatting option or supported by this feature. Dragon then displays a Smart Format Rules dialog box, offering one or more setting adjustments relevant to the change you just made. If you don’t wish to change any setting, you can just ignore the Smart Format Rules box and continue dictating, or say "Cancel" and the box will close. The Smart Format Rules box may appear when you make a correction using » the Correction menu « the Spelling window or « the keyboard. For details, see Using Smart Format Rules, the Auto-formatting dialog box and Creating Word Properties. Notes « If you select a phrase to correct that includes punctuation added to the sentence automatically, the list of corrections that appears in the Cor- rection menu will include a version without the automatically inserted punctuation. » When you use the Correction menu with a selection of more than 70 char- acters, Dragon selects only the first sentence for correction. «» The Accuracy Center provides a central location for taking advantage of all the Dragon tools available to ensure excellent recognition. For more information, see Using the Accuracy Center. 96 Guide de I'utilisateur » When you use the "Select" or "correct" command to select any part of a hyphenated word or a hyphen, Dragon selects the entire hyphenation. For example, in the hyphenated word "brother-in-law" if you say "correct brother" because you only need to change that, Dragon selects "brother- in-law." Correcting text - quick reference When you correct recognition errors, Dragon adapts your User Profile, so errors are less likely to happen again. See also » Using Direct Editing You can correct recognition errors in the following ways: Correct the Say "Correct That" last thing you said Correct the "Correct That" selected text Correct a "Correct dark through night" where dark is the first word to range of text | correct and night is the last word to correct. You don't have to include the entire phrase when you use this command. "Correct from <text> to <text>" (Outside US and Canada) "Correct <text> through <text>" (In the US and Canada) Select the Extras toolbar button [¥ on the DragonBar. Select the Correction button to stop playback and correct a mistake. Correct one "Correct <text>" orall instances of words Delete text "Scratch That" you just dictated Save and "Play That Back" play back recorded Note: Web applications have only limited playback. speech 97 Chapter 5: Making Corrections The Correction menu closes automatically after you make a choice. If you want to close the Correction menu without making a selection, say "Cancel" or continue dictating. You can enable and disable these Direct Editing commands from the Commands tab of the Options dialog box. Workflow You can experiment with Dragon's various correction options, including both vocal and manual actions (Correction button, Correction hot key, double-click to Correct, Smart Format Rules), to see what you prefer for a given situation. For a description of three different methods for correcting text and how each fits into a particular workflow, click Correction workflow. Techniques The following topics explain different aspects of correcting text: Correcting text errors as you dictate Choosing the correct text Undoing actions Correcting misrecognized commands Notes » Remember that letting Dragon adapt its Vocabulary to your own words and phrases will prevent many recognition errors. If a word is not in Dragon's active Vocabulary, Dragon can't recognize it accurately. The Accuracy Center provides a central location for taking advantage of all the Dragon tools available to ensure excellent recognition. For more infor- mation, see Using the Accuracy Center. « If you get a message in the DragonBar that there is nothing to correct, select the text you want to correct and say "Correct That" again (or press the Correction hot key or click the Correction button). = If you select a phrase to correct that includes a comma or period added to the sentence automatically, the list of corrections that appears in the Correction menu will include a version without the automatically inserted punctuation. » To dictate the word "correct" at the beginning of an utterance (that is, as the first word after a pause), either say "correct" and then pause, or hold down the Shift key while you speak to force Dragon to recognize the word as dictation and not as a command. You can change the key that you press to control this behavior on the Hot keys tab of the Options dialog box. 98 Guide de I'utilisateur Choosing the correct text In the Correction menu and the Spelling window, Dragon offers a selection of recognition alternatives. Use the following procedure to choose the alternative you want. To choose the correct text » If the correct text is one of the alternatives listed, say "Choose" and then say the number of the alternative in the list. As an option, you can press the ALT key and type the number of the alternative from the keyboard (not the numeric keypad). The text you choose replaces the text in your document. Example: If the correct text is the third alternative, say "Choose 3." Notes «» Dragon's Smart Format Rules dialog box may appear when you correct auto-formatted alphanumeric text using the Correction command, the Spelling window, or the keyboard. For details, see Using Smart Format Rules and Automatically Format Text. » When selecting an alternative on the correction menu, say "Choose" and the number of that alternative. For example, "Choose Two." Do not say "Choose Numeral Two" or Dragon will transcribe the phrase as the text "Choose Numeral Two" or "Choose 2" depending on how you set the number formatting options on the Auto-formatting dialog box. » Inthe Spelling window, if one of the recognition alternatives is nearly cor- rect, you can say "Select" and the number of the alternative. The alter- native text is moved into the text box, so you can edit it. As an option, you can press the SHIFT and ALT keys and type the number of the alter- native from the keyboard (not the numeric keypad). « If you select a phrase to correct that includes punctuation added to the sentence automatically, the list of corrections that appears in the Cor- rection menu will include a version without the automatically inserted punctuation. » The Accuracy Center provides a central location for taking advantage of all the Dragon tools available to ensure excellent recognition. For more information, see Using the Accuracy Center. » You can choose to always play back recorded speech in the Correction menu. You can set the respective option on the Correction tab of the Options dialog box. Correcting misrecognized commands If you speak a valid command and it is not recognized correctly, use the following procedure to ensure that Dragon recognizes the command in the 99 Chapter 5: Making Corrections future. When valid command words and phrases appear in the Results box the box contains a blue border. Open the Command Browser from the DragonBar Tools menu for lists of valid commands. To correct a misrecognized command 1. If the window or dialog box containing the misrecognized command is not active (that is, the title baris not highlighted), click in it to make it active. 2. Say "Scratch That" (to delete the unwanted dictation), "Undo That", or "Undo Last Action" to undo an unwanted action. 3. Say the command again. If the command was recognized as dictation, hold down the CTRL key as you start to say the command again. Holding down the CTRL key forces Dragon to recognize what you say as a command. You can also switch to Command Mode. Notes » You can train commands to match your pronunciation, if necessary. «» When Dragon recognizes a command, the borders of the results box turn blue. The only exception to this is when you use commands that you usually say without pausing during dictation, such as "new line", "new paragraph", "no caps", or "all caps". » The Accuracy Center provides a central location for taking advantage of all the Dragon tools available to ensure excellent recognition. For more information, see Using the Accuracy Center. 100 Guide de I'utilisateur 101 Chapter 6: Revising Text This section contains the following topics: Using Direct Baie COIS issceces comevsved ce sdusesaseaieecsicoseewsuekesssicaus 102 Handling multiple text matches |.....0....0.0.0...o 0. cece cece cece e ccc e eee cece ee eeeee 103 Revising text - quick reference ................ 2c cece cece ec cece cece cececeeeeeeceeeeeees 108 Moving around in a document ooo ceeecccccccceeeeeeeeeeeees 112 Moving the insertion point ..............0..0.0.0. 0. cece cece cece eee cecececeeeeeeeeeeeeees 112 PROV GO) TD SCT WS asc conenacdnnas avznnvanine cdducniacesndavexekwsaddadddsewanasuebs 114 Moving to the beginning or end of a document or line ..................2.2..... 114 Using "Go Back" to move the cursor ..............0.0.2.ccc cece eee eeececeeeeeeeeeeees 113 RMN) Gc eee cca sc eceuadeeteteeieaedt ecueatenceaed: 117 Selecting text - quick reference ....2.......... 0. cece cece cece e cece cece ceceeeeeeees 117 Selecting characters and words ...........0.0........0c0ccceccc cece ccececeecececeeeeeees 117 Selecting specific words or phrases ................ 0.2.2.2 ce cece eee e cece ececeeeeeeeeee 118 Selecting lines and paragraphs ............0. 0.0.00. cc cece ec ce cece cece cece ececeeeeeeee 119 Me is Te I asic nrc acnabscccase te edcutonceanccascuuntidedcacnenansasooaunks 120 Changing an incorrect text selection ..................0.2.00ccccc cece cece eee ee cece ee 121 Deleting, Cutting, and Copying Text ooo... eee. 122 CECI Cy I, SRI AIG gestern ccie ccs cue oc sauicdbannereedinsceveauesdabiansectices 122 DSTO TI CICS UOS TOKE ic ci sc astacncesdndddysacdeimaduaseraciadesiaissseataawensadeauwiens 122 Deleting characters, words, lines, or paragraphs ..................2.....2......- 123 Doeleririny Wy CS IG aso akc cect eed deuce erie atden dal weebagetecessones 124 FOr attiing ono cnecc ccc eccccceceecccccceececeeceeeeecssteeesesseeee: 125 PEGE WC AD win: crux ounicracsaaoauhateaenowadeaivedoosweebwaptsuandcancanaieniarsk einen 125 PII PUIG os sss ne oustvncnn ot oceuenixensraetwsusoncuneuupenuacecudsntledadiunns 127 Setting font name, size, and style _........0.. 0.0. e cece cece cece cece eee cece ee eee es 128 PUI TI daccansercnknesayesdcunieraaidenvneviunaspinsGs cous uitouseansnaeieapauaorwecia 129 Adding new lines and paragraphs ...........2.... 0.0.0.0. c ccc ecco cece cece cecececeees 129 PAS OPV WTS oc oa occ cce ses cenacenennaspcccecseccnseasiessssacecmpmasunes 129 VIS PRS oscar odcicccuua dbcpeynadadusastcade Shteapncadaddecdeoesecsecebacdlndesedcess 130 Setting Auto-Formatting Options ....... .....25..2..2¢2--2c-se0sscsecsdeeeesssceseceesss 130 UPS Shire FOE OS ite ccscusa aun ckvs bbcdainnisnsavanduudekeaddsbecasseadansemes 130 PSR VEO PHOS aio vaicscveccccasnicvecedmdaneeeddenaaincetgadiiannensetenleneen 131 Chapter 6: Revising Text Using Direct Editing commands Use Dragon Direct Editing (formerly called Quick Voice Formatting) commands to do routine tasks faster by voice. In previous versions of Dragon, deleting, cutting, copying, italicizing, underlining, and applying bold to text were two-step operations: you had to select the text before you could change it. Now you can perform these actions in one step. See also » Handling multiple text matches Note For commands that name a range of text, such as "bold <text> through <text>," Dragon expects to hear "to" or "through" depending on the region you selected when you created your User Profile. Use "through" in the United States and Canada, and use "to" in all other regions. Formatting text Use the commands in the following table to quickly format text using Direct Editing. Formatting commands are available only in programs that support formatting. Bold the specified text or a range of text. | Bold <text> Bold from <text> to <text> Bold <text> through <text> Italicize the specified text or a range of Italicize <text> text. Italicize from <text> to <text> Italicize <text> through <text> Underline the specified text ora range of | Underline <text> text. Underline from <text> to <text> Underline <text> through <text> Capitalize the specified text of a range of | Capitalize <text> text Capitalize from <text> to <text> Capitalize <text> through <text> 102 Guide de I'utilisateur 103 Editing text Use the commands in the following table to quickly revise text using Direct Editing. Cut the specified text or a range of Cut <text> text. Cut from <text> to <text> Cut <text> through <text> Note: The Cut voice command is turned off by default to keep the word "cut" available for regular dictation. To enable using "Cut" as a command, change the Enable Cut shortcut command setting in the Options dialog box Commands tab and then Exit and Restart Dragon. Copy the specified text ora range of | Copy <text> text. Copy from <text> to <text> Copy <text> through <text> Delete the specified text or a range Delete <text> of text. Delete from <text> to <text> Delete <text> through <text> Handling multiple text matches Use the commands in this topic when Dragon finds multiple instances of a word or phrase in the part of your document currently showing on screen. Dragon displays a number next to each instance, so that you can choose the one you had in mind for the command. This feature also lets you save time by applying the command to all instances at once if doing so makes sense for that particular command. Here's an example of what Dragon does with the "Bold <xyz>" command. When you Say "bold fox," Dragon displays a number next to each matching item, as shown here. Then you can say "Choose <n>," where <n> represents one of the numbered text matches, or "Choose All" to apply the command to all text matches. Dragon only numbers text matches that are visible in your current document window. Please contact thg Course Coordinator for yougcourse’s preparation (fuljgcourse and halfgcourse): avoigcoarse language. italicize coarse Chapter 6: Revising Text You can cancel text matching by saying "Cancel," continuing to dictate, typing, or clicking the mouse. You can also use "Undo All" after you use "Choose All." See also a Using Direct Editing commands Use the following table as a quick reference for text matching commands. 104 Guide de I'utilisateur Command Bold <xyz> Underline <xyz> Italicize <xyz> Capitalize <xyz> Delete <xyz> Apply bold to one or more text matches Apply underlining to one or more text matches Apply italics to one or more text matches Capitalize the first letter of one or more text matches Delete one or more text matches "Choose <number>" or'"<n>." For example, say "Choose 3" or "3" to apply the formatting to only the third instance of a number of text matches. OR "Choose all" to apply bold to all instances Dragon shows as text matches. "Choose <number>" or'"<n>." For example, say "Choose 3" or "3" to apply the formatting to only the third instance of a number of text matches. OR "Choose all" to underline all instances Dragon shows as text matches. "Choose <number>" or'"<n>." For example, say "Choose 3" or "3" to apply the formatting to only the third instance of a number of text matches. OR "Choose all" to italicize all instances Dragon shows as text matches. "Choose <number>" or '"<n>." For example, say "Choose 3" or "3" to apply the formatting to only the third instance of a number of text matches. OR "Choose all" to capitalize all instances Dragon shows as text matches. "Choose <number>" or '"<n>." For example, say "Choose 3" or "3" to delete only the third instance of a number of text matches. OR "Choose all" to delete all instances Dragon shows as text matches. Command To... Undo All Cut <xyz> Undo changes to all revised text matches Cut one of the text matches Chapter 6: Revising Text 1. Perform one of the commands in this table to revise two or more multiple text matches. 2. Say "Undo All." Note Undo All can undo a maximum of 50 instances of the Bold, Italicize, Underline, and Delete commands, and up to a maximum of 25 instances of the Correct command. Choose <number>" or '"<n>." For example, say "Choose 3" or "3" to cut only the third instance of a number of text matches. Note: The Cut voice command is turned off by default to keep the word "cut" available for regular dictation. To enable using "Cut" as a command, change the Enable Cut shortcut command setting in the Options dialog box Commands tab and then Exit and Restart Dragon. Select <xyz> OR "Select <abc> through <xyz>" Copy one of the text matches Select one of the matches of selected text Choose <number>" or '"<n>." For example, say "Choose 3" or "3" to copy only the third instance of a number of text matches. Choose <number>" or '"<n>." For example, say "Choose 3" or "3" to select only the third instance of a number of text matches. You must then choose one of the numbered text matches. Notes: e Depending on how Dragon's Correction Options are set, Dragon displays either the Correction menu or the Spelling window when you use the Select command. Changes to multiple text matches do not work from the Spelling window. e Replacing all instances of text matches does not work with the Select command. 106 Guide de I'utilisateur Command Correct <xyz> OR "Correct <abc>" through <xyz> Insert before Insert after Notes » Inthe numbering of matches, Dragon will include homophone and hyphen- To... Use the Correction menu to change one or more text matches Move the cursor to just before a particular word or phrase in your document Move the cursor to just aftera particular word or phrase in your document Choose <number>" or '"<n>." For example, say "Choose 3" or "3" to correct only the third instance of a number of text matches. OR "Choose all" to correct all text matches Dragon displays. Notes: e Depending on how Dragon's Correction Options are set, Dragon displays either the Correction menu (see example below) or the Spelling window when you use the Correct command. If you use "Choose all" when multiple correction options are displayed, you can replace all of the selections with a numbered option from the menu or use "all caps that." Other menu commands apply to the last match selected. e Changes to multiple text matches do not work from the Spelling window. Choose <number>" or '"<n>." For example, say "Choose 3" or "3" to move cursor into position just before the third instance of a number of text matches. Choose <number>" or '"<n>." For example, say "Choose 3" or "3" to move cursor into position just after the third instance of a number of text matches. ated variants of the word or phrase. In the following example, Dragon identifies matches in the words "Course," "course's," "full-course," "half- course," and "coarse." 107 Chapter 6: Revising Text Please contact thgCourse Coordinator for yougcourse’s preparation (fullgcourse and halfcourse); avoig.coarse language. italicize coarse » For commands that apply to a range of text, such as "bold <abc> through <xyz>," Dragon expects to hear "to" or "through" depending on the region you selected when you created your User Profile. Use "through" in the United States and Canada, and use "to" in all other regions. » Formatting commands are not available in Notepad and may not work correctly in Internet Explorer. » TO use formatting commands in Microsoft Outlook, make sure either HTML or RTF mail message format is turned on. Revising text - quick reference You can revise text by voice in any of the following ways. See also « Handling multiple text matches 108 Guide de I'utilisateur To Delete text Cut text 109 Copy text Select text "Scratch That" to delete the last thing you said. "Delete <text>" where <text> is the word or phrase you want to delete * "Delete from <text> to <text>" * "Delete <text> through <text>" * "Cut That" to cut previously selected text or the last thing you said. "Cut <text>" where <text> is the word or phrase you want to cut * "Cut from <text> to <text>" "Cut <text> through <text>" Note: The Cut Direct Editing command is turned off by default to keep it available for regular dictation. To enable the Cut command, . Choose Tools > Options from the DragonBar. . Click Commands > Enable Cut Com- mand. . Restart Dragon. "Copy That" to copy previously selected text or the last thing you said. "Copy <text>" where <text> is the word or phrase you want to copy * "Copy from <text> to <text>" * "Copy <text> through <text>" * "Select that" to select the last thing you said. "Select <text>" where <text> is the word or phrase you want to change "Select <text> Through <text>." Note: Outside the USA or Canada, say "Select <text> To <text>." "Select from <text> to <text>" Chapter 6: Revising Text To Correct text "Correct That" "Correct <text>" where <text> is the word or phrase you want to change "Correct <text> To <text>" "Correct from <text> to <text>" "Correct<text> Through <text>." Note: Outside the USA or Canada, say "Select <text> To <text>." Correct text once you have "Correct That" selected it OR The words you want to replace the selection. Back up and resume dictating | "Resume With <word>" where <word> is the word you want Dragon to resume with. Then, dictate the revised text. Move the cursor back to its Pause briefly during dictation and say "Go Back" last position in documents and | See Using "Go Back" to move the cursor. e-mail messages * indicates a Direct Editing command. You can enable and disable these Direct Editing commands from the Commands tab of the Options dialog box. The commands that quote text from the screen (select <xyz>, correct <xyZz>, insert after <xyz>...) work thanks to a functionality called Full Text Control. This functionality depends on Dragon’s ability to constantly obtain information from the text field about its content—for instance, in order to know where words and sentences begin and end, so Dragon can apply spacing between words and capitalization at the beginning of sentences. Most standard text fields allow full Full Text Control capabilities. For more information, see The Full Text Control Indicator. Knowing additional ways to perform the following tasks by voice is useful in revising text. Click the following links for more detailed explanations. Moving around in a document Selecting text Deleting dictated text Formatting text Automatically Format Text (see Dragon Help) Notes «» Dragon can auto-format text and numbers using standard writing con- ventions or apply Word Properties to words as you dictate. For 110 Guide de I'utilisateur information about these settings, see Auto-formatting dialog box and The Word Properties dialog box. «» Dragon's Smart Format Rules appear when you correct auto-formatted alphanumeric text or Word Properties using the Correction menu, the Spelling window, or the keyboard. For details, see Using Smart Format Rules and Setting Auto-Formatting Options. » When you use the "Select" or "correct" command to select any part of a hyphenated word or a hyphen, Dragon selects the entire hyphenation. For example, in the hyphenated word "brother-in-law" if you say "correct brother" because you only need to change that, Dragon selects "brother- in-law." 111 Chapter 6: Revising Text Moving around in a document The following topics describe how to move the text insertion point around ina document. Moving the insertion point Moving to specific words Moving to the beginning or end of a line or document Moving the insertion point Use the procedures in this topic to move the text insertion point as follows: » by characters =» by words » by lines » by paragraphs Note Anytime you move the insertion point by voice, keyboard or mouse, you can move it back to where it was by saying "Go Back." For more information, see Using "Go Back" to move the cursor. To move the insertion point by characters Say the following to move the insertion point left or right by a number of characters. Then say Then say "Right" "<1-20>" ewe Examples "Move Right 3" "Move Back 15 characters" 112 Guide de I'utilisateur To move the insertion point by words Say the following to move the insertion point by a number of words. Then say Then say "Forward" "<1-20> Words" W Back" Examples "Move Left 3 Words" "Move Forward a Word" To move the insertion point by lines Say the following to move the insertion point up or down by lines. These commands press the up and down arrow keys. Then say Then say "Up" "<1-20> Lines" Examples "Move Up 3 Lines" "Move Down 5" To move the insertion points by paragraphs You can use these commands to move around by paragraphs. Then say Then say a frome Examples "Move Up a Paragraph" "Move Forward 8 Paragraphs" 113 Chapter 6: Revising Text Notes =» These commands deselect any text that is selected. «» Commands that delete by words or paragraphs may not always have the expected effects in programs that do not use the same shortcut keys as WordPad (on which the word processing features of Dragon are based). For example, in Windows Notepad, the paragraph commands don't work because Notepad does not recognize a paragraph and in Microsoft Excel, these commands only work in the toolbar edit field. Moving to specific words You can move the insertion point before or after a particular word or phrase. To move the insertion point to a specific word Say "Insert Before <text>" or "Insert After <text>," where <text> is a word or phrase in the document. To Say, for example Move the insertion point before the word "John" "Insert Before John" Move the insertion point after the phrase "Dear Sir" "Insert After Dear Sir" Notes =» These commands deselect any text that is selected. » Do not pause anywhere in the middle of saying these commands, includ- ing the text. For example, "Insert Before Dear Sir" is all one command. Moving to the beginning or end of a document or line You can use these commands to move the text insertion point to the top or bottom of a document and the beginning or end of a line. 114 Guide de I'utilisateur 115 Say Then say "Move to" "Top of Document" "Beginning of Document" "Start of Document" "Bottom" "Bottom of Document" "End of Document" "Beginning of Line" "Start of Line" "End of Line" Examples "Go to Top" "Move to End of Line" Note These commands deselect any text that is selected. Using "Go Back" to move the cursor Use the "Go Back" command to return the cursor (insertion point) to its original position after you move the cursor by voice, keyboard or mouse. To move the cursor back to its original position » Pause briefly during dictation and say "Go Back." You can repeat the command to move the cursor back to where your original action put it. Examples Use the Go Back command after commands that move the cursor from place to place, such as: » "Select <text>." See Selecting text: quick reference » "Move <direction>." See Moving the insertion point » Moving the cursor with the mouse or keyboard. If you move the cursor around in a document or message with the mouse or keyboard, when you say "Go Back," Dragon returns the cursor returns to where it was last. » "Insert before <text>." or "Insert after <text>" See Moving to specific words Chapter 6: Revising Text » "Go to" or "Move to." See Moving to the beginning or end of a document or line » "Correct <text>." Use "Go Back" if you dictate something new to make a correction when the Correction menu is open. See Correcting with the Correction menu Note To use "Go Back," the distance from the last cursor location must be greater than 10 characters. 116 Guide de I'utilisateur 117 Selecting text This section contains the following topics: Selecting text - quick reference oo... eeecccceeeeeeee eee 117 Selecting characters and words .oooooooo0oooooo ooo cece. 117 Selecting specific words or phrases .oo.........00ooooooeee eee. 118 Selecting lines and paragraphs |..ooo....20oooo. ooo 119 Selecting text AGA oie cceccccccccecccccceeeeceeeeeeeeeseateeess 120 Changing an incorrect text selection o.oo... 121 Selecting text - quick reference When you are dictating, you can select text in these different ways: Selecting text Selecting characters and words Selecting specific words or phrases Selecting parts of a document Selecting text again Changing an incorrect text selection You can cancel a selection by saying "Unselect That," selecting different text, or moving the insertion point to another part of the document. Caution When text is selected, be careful not to breathe loudly, clear your throat, or make other sounds. Dragon may interpret such noises as speech and replace the selection with new text. If this happens, say "Undo That" right away to reverse the action. Selecting characters and words You can use the following commands to select individual characters and words. Chapter 6: Revising Text To select characters and words Say Then say Then say "Select "<1-20> Characters a Notes =» When you use the "Select" or "correct" command to select any part of a hyphenated word or a hyphen, Dragon selects the entire hyphenation. For example, in the hyphenated word "brother-in-law" if you say "correct brother" because you only need to change that, Dragon selects "brother- in-law." =» You can select punctuation marks by voice. For example, you can say "Select comma." » By default, when you select a word or phrase, Dragon displays the Cor- rection menu, which you can use to correct recognition errors. You can turn this feature off by clearing (deselecting) the "Select command bring up Correction menu" options on the Correction tab of the Options dialog box. » Commands that delete by words or paragraphs may not always have the expected effects in programs that do not use the same shortcut keys as WordPad (on which the word processing features of Dragon are based). For example, in Windows Notepad, the paragraph commands don't work because Notepad does not recognize a paragraph and in Microsoft Excel, these commands only work in the FormulaBar edit field. Selecting specific words or phrases Use the following procedures to select a specific word or phrase: To select specific words » Say "Select <text>," where <text> is the word or phrase you want to select. The text must be visible on the screen for you to select it. Examples To select the words "White House" or "began to feel," say: "Select White House" "Select began to feel" 118 Guide de I'utilisateur 119 To select a phrase or range of words » Say "Select <text> Through <text>," where <text> is a word or phrase at the beginning and at the end of the range you want to select. The text must be in view on the screen. Note: Outside the USA or Canada, say "Select <text> To <text>." Example To select the words "enclosed the materials you requested," in the sentence: "I have also enclosed the materials you requested," say: "Select enclosed Through requested" Notes » You can cancel a selection by saying "Unselect That," selecting different text, or moving the insertion point to another part of the document. » In most instances, the "Select" command will display a number next to each instance of the word, allowing to select all instances or just a spe- cific instance. See Handling multiple text matches for more information. If you find that a particular application does not display these numbers, you can still use the "Select Again" command. = If you need to use the "Select Again" command, the selection commands search for the instance of the word nearest the insertion point. You can set the direction to always search backward on the Correction tab of the Options dialog box.. » When you select a word or phrase, Dragon displays the Correction menu, which you can use to correct recognition errors. You can change this behavior on the Correction tab of the Options dialog box. =» When you use the "Select" or "correct" command to select any part of a hyphenated word or a hyphen, Dragon selects the entire hyphenation. For example, in the hyphenated word "brother-in-law" if you say "correct brother" because you only need to change that, Dragon selects "brother- in-law." Selecting lines and paragraphs You can select parts of a document by lines or paragraphs, or you can select the whole document in the following ways: Chapter 6: Revising Text To select one or more lines or paragraphs Say Then say Then say "Forward" "<1-20> Lines" "Previous" "Paragraph" "Back" "<1-20> Paragraphs" You can also say "Select Document" "Select All" Caution When text is selected, be careful not to breathe loudly, clear your throat, or make other sounds. Dragon may interpret such noises as speech and replace the selection with new text. If this happens, say "Undo That" right away to reverse the action. Notes » You can cancel a selection by saying "Unselect That," selecting different text, or moving the insertion point to another part of the document. » Commands that delete by words or paragraphs may not always have the expected effects in programs that do not use the same shortcut keys as WordPad (on which the word processing features of Dragon are based). For example, in Windows Notepad, the paragraph commands don't work because Notepad does not recognize a paragraph and in Microsoft Excel, these commands only work in the FormulaBar edit field. Selecting text again Once you have selected a word or phrase, you can quickly select another occurrence of the same text. To select text again » Say "Select Again." Example In the sentence, "The frost is on the pumpkin, and the fruit is on the vine," say "Select is on the" to select the words "is on the" after the word "fruit." Then, to select the instance of the words "is on the," after the word "frost" say "Select Again." 120 Guide de I'utilisateur 121 Changing an incorrect text selection When you select text by saying "Select" and the text you want selected, Dragon searches for the nearest instance of the text from the current location of the insertion point. Sometimes the program selects the wrong words. Other times, the program selects the right words, but they are not in the correct location. When this happens, try the following techniques: To change an incorrect text selection » If the wrong text is selected, try saying "Select <text>" again. The second time, Dragon searches for different text with a similar pronunciation. » If the wrong text is selected, try using a longer phrase. This provides more information so Dragon is more likely to select the correct text. » If the correct words are selected but they are not in the correct location, say "Select Again" to select the previous occurrence of the same text. Notes » You can select punctuation marks. » You can say "Select period" and then "Select Again" to move the insertion point sentence by sentence. » The default is for Dragon for the nearest instance from the location of the insertion point. You can change the search direction to always be back- ward on the Correction tab of the Options dialog box. » To dictate the word "Select" at the beginning of an utterance (that is, as the first word after a pause), either say "Select" and then pause, or hold down the Shift key while you speak. You can also use Dictation Mode. Chapter 6: Revising Text Deleting, Cutting, and Copying Text This section contains the following topics: Cutting, copying, and pasting o.oo... eeecccceceeeeeeee ee 122 Deleting dictated text ooo cccecc cc cceeecccceeeeeees 122 Deleting characters, words, lines, or paragraphs .............. 123 Deleting by backspacing _......00.....00.......oooo oo ooocc ccc ccvveeccc ce eeeee 124 Cutting, copying, and pasting You can say these commands to cut, copy, and paste selected text to and from documents. To cut selected text » Say "Cut That." To copy selected text » Say "Copy That" or "Copy All To Clipboard." To paste cut or copied text » Say "Paste That." Deleting dictated text Use the following procedure to remove text from a document. To delete the last words you dictated » Say "Scratch That." Or » Say "Resume With <word>," where word is a word within the last 100 characters of text you dictated. To delete any text 1. Select the text. 2. Say "Scratch That" or "Delete That." To delete specific text or a range of text, see Revising words. Notes » You can repeat "Scratch That" up to ten times to delete the last things you said one at atime, or you can just say "Scratch That <2-10> Times." « If you just dictated the text and want to delete it, say "Scratch That." 122 Guide de I'utilisateur 123 Deleting characters, words, lines, or paragraphs You can delete any number of words or characters (up to 20) using the following commands. To delete characters, words, lines, or paragraphs Then Say Then Say "1 Paragraph" "<2-20> Paragraphs" "Last' "<2-20> Characters" "<2-20> Words" "<2-20> Lines" Examples: "Delete Next Character" "Delete Previous 4 Lines" Notes = If you delete text and an extra space remains, say "Delete Next Char- acter," "Delete Previous Character," or "Backspace" to remove the space. » Commands that delete by words or paragraphs may not always have the expected effects in programs that do not use the same shortcut keys as WordPad (on which the word processing features of Dragon are based). For example, in Windows Notepad, the paragraph commands don't work because Notepad does not recognize a paragraph, and in Microsoft Excel, these commands only work in the FormulaBar edit field. Chapter 6: Revising Text Deleting by backspacing Use the following commands to remove characters to the left of the insertion point. To delete characters » Say "Backspace" or "Backspace" followed by the number of characters you want to delete (from 2 to 20). Examples: "Backspace" (will delete one character) "Backspace 5" (will delete 5 characters) 124 Guide de I'utilisateur 125 Formatting This section contains the following topics: PPT PMCS IE ics aces cee ecretat spun teu cerntacehenstueaanbaabianeyaicas 125 Formatting MUMDESS ooo veeecc cc veeecccceeeeeess 127 Setting font name, size, and style o.oo... 128 ATTGMING COKE ninco ccc cece vneecc cc eneeccceeeeeeeceeeeeesseeeees 129 Adding new lines and paragraphs __.................ooe eee 129 Hyphenating Words ooo... iooo ooo cceccccoccccccceeecccccceececcceeeeees 129 BISON MUTED WS ie ccceeetaic ences te cageueeced eaceass iscegeeeseed ial 130 Setting Auto-Formatting Options o.oo cece. 130 Using Smart Format Rules ooo cececcccceeeccceeeeeeees 130 Creating Word PropertieS ooo ceeecccc cence 131 Formatting text You can use the following commands to format text you have just dictated or text you have selected. For information about applying formatting to multiple instances of words or phrases, see Handling multiple text matches. To Apply bold Apply italics Apply bold italics Add underlining Add strikeout Remove all bold, italics, underline, and strikeout formatting Change text to initial capitals Change text to uppercase Change text to lowercase Create a bulleted list Left-align text Right-align text Center text Chapter 6: Revising Text "Bold That" or "Format that Bold" to bold previously selected text or the last thing you said. "Bold <text>" * "Bold from <text> to <text>" * "Bold <text> through <text>" * "Italicize That" or "Format That Italics" to italicize previously selected text or the last thing you said. "Italicize <text>" * "Italicize from <text> to <text>" * "Italicize <text> through <text>" * "Format That Bold Italic" or "Format That Bold Italics" "Underline That" or "Format That Underline" to underline previously selected text or the last thing you said. "Underline <text>" * "Underline from <text> to <text>" * "Underline <text> through <text>" * "Format That Strikeout" "Restore That" or "Format That Regular" or "Format That Plain" "Format That Caps" or "Format That Initial Caps" "Format That Uppercase" or "all caps that" or "capitalize XYZ" "Format That Lowercase" or "No-Caps That" "Format That Left Aligned" or "Left Align That" "Format That Right Aligned" or "Right Align That" "Format That Centered" or "Center That" 126 Guide de I'utilisateur 127 To Say Put hyphens between "Hyphenate That" words Combine multiple words "Compound That" into one * indicates a Direct Editing command. You can enable and disable these Direct Editing commands from the Commands tab of the Options dialog box. I To set a font name, size, or style Notes =» The commands that quote text from the screen (select <xyz>, correct <xyz>, insert after <xyz>...) work thanks to a functionality called Full Text Control. This functionality depends on Dragon’s ability to constantly obtain information from the text field about its content—for instance, in order to know where words and sentences begin and end, so Dragon can apply spacing between words and capitalization at the beginning of sen- tences. Most standard text fields allow full Full Text Control capabilities. For more information, see The Full Text Control Indicator. » You can combine different formatting and font style commands. For exam- ple, you can say: "Format That Caps Bold" or "Format That Bullet Style Italic." » Inthe DragonPad, when you use the "Format That" command to align an empty paragraph, the previous paragraph is aligned also. To prevent this, dictate some text in the new paragraph before saying the alignment com- mand. «» Dragon can automatically format text and numbers as you dictate using standard writing conventions. For information about these settings, see the Auto-formatting dialog box. «» Dragon's Smart Format Rules appear when you correct auto-formatted alphanumeric text using the Correction command, the Spelling window, or the keyboard. For details, see Using Smart Format Rules and the Auto-for- matting dialog box. Formatting numbers You can have Dragon type your dictation as numerals. You can also change the format of text while you are dictating it or while you are editing existing text that you have selected. To format dictation as numerals » Say "Start Numbers Mode" To turn Numbers Mode off, say "Stop Numbers Mode" Chapter 6: Revising Text Note » You can select text that contains several numbers separated by words. When you Say one of these commands, the numbers will all reformat without changing the text. «» Dragon can automatically format text and numbers as you dictate using standard writing conventions. For information about these settings, see the Auto-formatting dialog box. » Dragon's Smart Format Rules appear when you correct auto-formatted alphanumeric text using the Correction command, the Spelling window, or the keyboard. For details, see Using Smart Format Rules and the Auto-formatting dialog box. Setting font name, size, and style You can use commands to specify any combination of font name, size, and style, in that order. These commands change selected text and text you dictate from then on. To set a font name, size, or style » Say "Set Size" or "Set Font Size" or "Format That" and the font name, size, and/or style. Examples: "Set Font Times" "Set Font Size 12 Points" "Format That Courier 18 Points Bold" "Format That Arial 12 Points" To remove font formatting » TOremove bold, italics, underline, and strikeout formatting, say "Format That Plain Text." Notes » You can specify any combination of font name, size, and style, but you must specify attributes in that order (name, size, style). If you specify only a size, you must say "Points." For example, say "Format That 12 Points." » Not all of these commands work in all applications. These commands do work in Microsoft Word, Microsoft InfoPath, Corel WordPerfect, Drag- onPad, and WordPad. Check the Command Browser for additional appli- cation-specific commands. =» Commands that start with "Set Font" change selected text and text you dictate from then on. 128 Guide de I'utilisateur 129 aie) » Commands that start with "Format That" change the selected text or what you just said. » You can specify any combination of font name, size, and style, but you must specify attributes in this order: name, then size, then style. Aligning text You can align text while you are dictating it or while you are editing existing text that you have selected. Say Center text "Center That" or "Format That Centered" Left align text "Left Align That" or "Format That Left Aligned" Right align text "Right Align That" or "Format That Right Aligned" To Adding new lines and paragraphs While you are dictating, you can use the following commands to duplicate the action of pressing the Enter key once (to add a new line) or twice (to add a new paragraph). Say Add a new paragraph "New Paragraph" Note Saying "New Paragraph" presses the Enter key twice and capitalizes the next word you dictate. Hyphenating words Dragon automatically hyphenates words based on standard usage, but you can also insert hyphens manually. To hyphenate words » Say "Hyphenate That" to hyphenate the last phrase you said. You can also select specific words and say "Hyphenate That." Spaces between words are replaced with hyphens. Any tabs or line breaks are also replaced. Chapter 6: Revising Text Note You can hyphenate words as you dictate by saying "hyphen" between words. For more information, see Dictating hyphenated and compound words in the Dragon Help. Joining words Dragon automatically joins words based on standard usage, but you can also join words manually. To join words » Say "Compound That" to join the last words you said. Or, select specific words and say "Compound That." Spaces between words are removed. Any tabs or line breaks are also removed. The word is added to your Vocabulary. Note You can join words as you dictate by saying "no space." When you use this technique, the new word is not added to your Vocabulary, but you can add it as a new compound word if necessary. For more information, click Adding words and phrases to your Vocabulary. Setting Auto-Formatting Options You can configure how Dragon formats commonly used words and phrases. Using Smart Format Rules You can also use the Smart Format Rules feature to have Dragon recognize when you correct dictated text that corresponds to an Auto-formatting option or supported by this feature. Dragon then displays a Smart Format Rules dialog box, offering one or more setting adjustments relevant to the change you just made. If you don’t wish to change any setting, you can just ignore the Smart Format Rules box and continue dictating, or say "Cancel" and the box will close. The Smart Format Rules box may appear when you make a correction using » the Correction menu « the Spelling window or « the keyboard. For details, see Using Smart Format Rules, the Auto-formatting dialog box and Creating Word Properties. 130 Guide de I'utilisateur 131 To set auto-formatting options il. On the DragonBar, select Tools > Auto-Formatting Options. The Formatting dialog appears. Select the checkboxes of the formatting options that you want to enable. See The Auto-Formatting dialog box for a description of the different formatting options. Click OK to save your changes. Creating Word Properties Use this procedure to create and revise . To open the Word Properties dialog box 5 oe 3. Say "Edit Vocabulary" to open the Vocabulary Editor. Say or type a Written Form or select one by scrolling the list. Note: Scroll up to view alphanumeric words and special characters in your User Profile's Vocabulary. Say or click "Properties." To revise Word Properties 4. Add or revise automatic formatting as required. i Add or revise Spoken forms or train individual words and phrases as required. To revise Alternate Written Forms 6. Say orclick "Alternate Written Form 1" or "Alternate Written Form 2." For example, here is how Dragon displays the Alternate Written Form for "Mas- sachusetts": Altemate form 1 ¥)| Use altemate wrttenfom1 MA | Special... | Only use altemate written form 1 before numbers 7. Say or click "Format" to open the Alternate Written Form Formatting dialog box. For example, 8. Chapter 6: Revising Text (§ Alternate Written Form Formatting | x | Altemate written form: (MA Insert iy) space before and (a * | space after pec (ae lew rath we Choose from the following options: 132 Guide de I'utilisateur Description Insert Inserts the specified number of spaces before and <value> after the word or phrase. space before | Use the drop-down fields to select a number of and <value> | spaces. Valid values are: space after Precede by Inserts the specified spacing before and after the word <value> and | or phrase. follow with Use the drop-down fields to select the spacing type. <value> Valid values are: -(nothing) - New Line - New Paragraph - Tab Format the Inserts the word or phrase using the specified next word capitalization. with Use the drop-down field to select the capitalization <value> type. Valid values are: with normal capitalization There is no special capitalization associated with this word. - capitalized (initial capitals) - in all capitals - without capitals Format pre- | Inserts numbers using the specified format. ceding Use the drop-down field to select the format. Valid numbers values are: <value> and | normally (Dragon determines whether to insert Arabic following numerals or the written form of the number) numbers <value> - a-S numerals - as Roman numerals Sample Displays a preview of how Dragon will apply formatting before and after your word. 133 Chapter 6: Revising Text Description Lower case Causes the word or phrase to never be capitalized in titles unless it appears at the beginning of a sentence or phrase. This is typical of short articles, such as "a", "of", or "the" when they appear in a title that is normally capitalized, for example "The Grapes of Wrath". Check the "Lower case in titles" checkbox to enable this feature. 9. Repeat the last two steps to add a second Alternate Written Form as required. 134 Guide de I'utilisateur Chapter 7: Working in Programs This section contains the following topics: SCP COINIUEY WEE EUAN sc ceca es Sa cere rrcaardeseaeendebeeenuataendas 136 Wsing the Microsore Tmce PBDI cones icc pecreesnatececebeuel sceslaneaudevases 137 About spoken commands in word processing programs ..141 About spoken commands in word processing programs ....................... 141 Dictating in your word proceSSOF .................0.0.002cccccececeeeecececeeceeeeeeeees 142 Working with Microsoft Word ooo... ooo 143 Basic document commands in Microsoft Word ..............0..0.2..0.20.202022-2- 143 Creating, opening, and closing a document ...................0.2.2. 2.20 cec cece eee 143 Srv MED Sh UPN Sie acon x ddsivdacceaneicdciennienda-ndelddecwiivne web dhiiennesadgldneennnceniuevenns 144 ae tecee eh deni isleceteca laa roaeekuacidetedetecumasaaiebi Siveasdorh tances 144 NP EPIC Gh CUTE ooo os ccc ccccti ls cee duce incdledaedccndueedcadcdecaseecasencn 145 gf) |)! ao See OER EICIORE eee Raa OEE EARS tena Te ae EERSTE Ne eA PRE 145 Checking spelling and grammar ....................2...2.2020.0.2ccccceeeeeececeeeeeeees 146 Searching and replacing ............. 0.0. ecececcecececececececeecececececeecececececeeeeees 146 Inserting document segments ........... 20.2... e cece cece cece e cece ececeeeeeeceeeeeeee 146 Pe ee scious aacteeiieinesatwniepwny oa vasauinedlaureewnsid en wonmnedaua caabtencessvnseusaaune 147 MOVING GPOUNG 171 B OOCUIMGIE iio ccceeccceccsviesedenscseusasiescecuasiscctcasiencss 148 Switching between open documents ...................ccceececececececcecececececees 148 TY TIE aos Sotecernadoscecetivaccculone des ccucdesecuiuedebescatastdaoaaedadedentaselacesc 148 Formatting text in Microsoft Word .........0.0.0.0.. 0.0. c ccc ec ec ec ec ec ecececeececeee 149 Changing text properties 2000... c scene es eee cede cent onweeneannncesenancens 149 Changing font ANd POINT SIZES... ....nsccescccsssacecacecoasccnncedacascncanecarscuswacs 150 CMEC TOPE STIS oc cvinvccssaduneseactadsenncdaasetauxeecesdadsineaasasnumeeses 150 SPU INES a ig is sneer c pa duancencsnsceuscracwsccnwacteteadeieenssentceseces 150 SUNN NG OP ccc asa censssaddntencesaasaawareesidvabediassasauanes eiaddenucteces 150 PVSTUCI VO) TRS CI oes ccs ns eaeaceancstisents arapnatateccieusdtdlaunsceeleuemeieadées 151 CPUS MUCHIINCy TG MOIST BOUIN it gees kee etree eee aetna beuane chee | Creating bulleted or numbered lists .............0..0.0.0..02.ccc cece cece cece cece eee 153 APU URI SORE I a eee Seeger ed deepens 151 EE POUEL PCC UI NS cai a ssc idaaetecccs sewers ss aneainiacavsegeecssaroonddinas 152 SUPPOMed S=IMGMl POGIAIMNG oo ccic cc ccssescccstusuwscss cnsvvewarsseceuspeseaseatencsorece 152 135 Chapter 7: Working in Programs Working in e-mail prograMs .......... 0.00... cece ec ecec cece cecececececeecececececees Commands for working with e-mail messages ...................2.20.0.2.22.- Commands for moving around in e-mail ...............2.... 0.0.2 e cece cece ee eee Dictating e-mail and Web Gddresses .oo.c...csceceis ss cssuvecssssssevererersnves Dictating E-mail and Calendar COMMANAS 0.20.2 ccscscccciccicctesccccacscccnxs Commands for Microsoft Outlook Express, Windows Mail, and Win- CS ER MBI ocd soeuttncd consepbetacbitecwdedenbibeciehote lal ciderdiavviaaubienhibieate Working with Microsoft Outlook .....0.0.0.0.. 0.0.22 c coe e cee ec ec ececeeees Reading and sending e-mail with Microsoft Outlook ..................2...... Making appointments in Microsoft Outlook .................0.2.2.20.2. 2. 2c eee AMONG CONlacrs 1 PUCROSOIE CUTIOOR iis ccscsausesscisaceddnsicecsidauneecas Writing notes In Microsoft Qual ooo ccccsccesdsinnacedesadneabessacdnenssn dues Using other Microsoft Outlook commands ....................002.2.2.2.2.220 2 OTST Ee PUMA coco ck ceeg deren ncn eDo ices eck aewhad ecislaaiuuads Moving around in a message window ...................2.2. 2.2202 2eceecececeee ee Micrasont Outlook 2010 SGrrinien soos tect hetentiaes otawebbgetectes WEICPOGOTE BHCC icicecicitedistch eos etecietniee dees Working with Microsoft Excel 2.0.00. .cccccccccccccucceessccscwcsececesevyvwssseeceuess Dictating in Microsoft Excel with Full Text Control ...............0.0.2.2.22... Basic commands for Microsoft Excel ..............0.0.0 0.20. c cece cece cee eee ee Creating, opening, and closing a spreadsheet ..................0.2.2.2.202022. PERS WEG PG eo sccocsan 2Gidoatecdaccaadecsusncucoapiew, Soidecsheuuindesese Saving, renaming, and moving to another a spreadsheet ................. SSUING UP & SPVEGISHOSE ie. cssiccicsssasndmahessadsanwasissessnapeeeactaddnnaawsees Viewing the spreadsheet .................0. 0.0.20. ccc cce cece ccc ceececcecececececeeeeee PMR ND, ac ata ucct aang etcetera tcca ey ei ithe Oda nes bd Sea Eade wae Moving around a spreadsheet ...............0........c. ccc ccecececececeeeeeeceeeeees Switching between open spreadsheets ...._..........0.0........ 2.2. cece e eee Formatting a Microsoft Excel spreadsheet ...........2..0.20.0.20. 2.22.2. 22 ee Working with cell contents in Microsoft Excel ...0.0.occuc secs etc Scrolling in popular programs You can use the following commands in many programs to scroll and move the view through the program's work area. These voice scrolling commands work with Microsoft Office 2003 and 2007 programs, including Word, Outlook, Excel, PowerPoint, and InfoPath. 136 Guide de I'utilisateur a Ko) Say Start automatic upward scrolling Start automatic downward scrolling Stop automatic scrolling Increase the speed of automatic scrolling Reduce the speed of automatic scrolling Move the visible page up one line Move the visible page down one line Move up one line in the text Move down one line in the text Move the page up by a screen Move the page down by a screen For more information on how these commands work in individual programs, please see the following: » Scrolling in windows and lists » Web browser commands » Basic document commands in Microsoft Word » Using other Microsoft Outlook commands «» Basic commands for Microsoft Excel Using the Microsoft Office ribbon Dragon supports the new ribbon and tab based interface provided in Microsoft Office 2007 and Microsoft Office 2010. Both 32-bit and 64-bit versions of Microsoft Office are supported. The Microsoft Office ribbon presents commands organized into a set of tabs. The tabs on the ribbon display the commands that are most relevant for each of the task areas in the applications. Using the Office ribbon Use the following procedure with the Office ribbon. 137 Chapter 7: Working in Programs To use the ribbon with Dragon » Say the name of the tab or click the tab. For example, to open the Home tab, say "Home" or click the tab. Dragon voice commands for the Office ribbon also work when the ribbon is minimized. To dictate from an open tab » Say the name of the feature you want to access or click on it. For example, to apply a heading style to a paragraph you're working on, say "Heading 1" or select Heading 1 from the Styles list. If you're unsure of the name of a feature, you can hold your mouse pointer over the graphic displaying the feature until the name appears. Here's an example of how the Office 2010 ribbon looks when you click the Home tab in Microsoft Word 2010. Home Insert Page Layout References Mailings Review View a ?] 'S et _ | AaBbCcDc| AaBbCcDe AaBbC: |. AA # ¥ > ‘Normal | 1 No Spaci,, Headingl — Change Editing Styles + i Paste BI U~ abe x, x) &- . @&W u Styles Clipboard & Font Note To access the File tab in any of the Office 2010 applications, say "File Tab”. For example, here's the type of display you'll see when you click the File tab in Word 2010: Q = = 24 (w] | wa 9-3 J I> jocument2 - Microsoft Wor ) Home Insert Page Layout References Mailings Review View lel Save : : Information about Document2 fA Save As Ope a Permissions (al Close yy Anyone can open, copy, and change any part of this document. Protect Document + Properties * Recent § Pages Prepare for Sharing Words . ot NAW. tame. itmnentiittnmnttltnlRcaan donne. Kan thip seeiemntnies ntti On tatnn aeaenenntelltnnn, stator» erent tation, onus Microsoft Word 2007 lon) In Microsoft Word 2007, the Microsoft Office Button = replaces the File menu. To access the Microsoft Office Button, say "Office Button". 138 Guide de I'utilisateur 139 Chapter 7: Working in Programs The Application menu In Windows 7, WordPad and Windows Live Mail 2011 have a new menu for file-related commands called the Application menu (shown below). To access file-related commands in these applications, say "Application menu." WordPad 4 a = since] | o— = =! ~<a =| AC al | |S = || | JZ 2 Picture Paint = drawin: Click here to open, save, or print, and to see everything else you can do with your document. & [> iil il Il Ww Paragraph if) is ee a oy Monon 140 Guide de I'utilisateur 141 About spoken commands in word processing programs This section contains the following topics: About spoken commands in word processing programs ..141 Dictating in your word proceSSOr o.oo... oooce cece 142 About spoken commands in word processing programs Dragon provides Natural Language Commands for use with popular word processing programs other than Microsoft Word and Corel WordPerfect. By using these commands, you can avoid the multiple menu-selection and mouse- movement steps associated with the traditional Microsoft Windows interface. These commands let you: =» Move the text insertion point around a document » Select a word, phrase, or block of text «» Format text (including indenting text, changing text fonts and styles, set- ting colors, applying paragraph styles, adding tables, setting margins, and inserting new lines and paragraphs) » Run spelling and grammar checks « Edit text (including moving, copying, pasting, and deleting text) = Print all or part of a document and print preview your work Because the number of valid commands is so large, you should just try saying what you want to do. If you get unexpected results, say "Undo That" to undo the action and try a different way to speak the command. Alternatively, you can open the Command Browser or the Dragon Sidebar for more information. Notes «» Dragon displays commands with a blue border in the Results box. If you say a phrase that produces no action, look in the Results box. If the box does not have a blue border, Dragon does not recognize it as a valid com- mand. For example, if you say "Insert a 2 by 2 Table" when the insertion point is inside a table, nothing happens because you cannot insert a table inside a table. » When creating a new document, always give the document a name before starting your dictation. Chapter 7: Working in Programs Dictating in your word processor If you are dictating in a word processor, there are some things you can do to make Dragon work more efficiently: Do not run other programs when you are running your word processor. Disable your word processor’s automatic spelling and grammar checker. Turning these options off frees memory for speech recognition. When you have finished dictating you can run the grammar checker. Dragon does not make spelling errors. Disable any automatic correction or other automatic features such as automatic formatting if they are not necessary. Turning these options off frees memory for speech recognition. Divide large documents into multiple smaller documents. Large doc- uments cause Dragon to work more slowly. The maximum document size you should have depends on your system and its resources. You can cancel a selection by saying "Unselect That," selecting different text, or moving the insertion point to another part of the document. Caution When text is selected, be careful not to breathe loudly, clear your throat, or make other sounds. Dragon may interpret such sounds as speech and replace the selection with new text. If this happens, say "Undo That" one or more times right away to reverse the action. 142 Guide de I'utilisateur 143 Working with Microsoft Word aie) Dragon provides a large number of Natural Language commands to use with different versions of Microsoft Word. Using these commands, you can avoid the multiple menu-selection and mouse-movement steps associated with the traditional Microsoft Windows interface. Because the number of valid commands is so large, you should just try saying what you want to do. If you get unexpected results, say "Undo That" to undo the action and try a different way to speak the command. Alternatively, you can open the Command Browser or the Dragon Sidebar for more information. You can cancel a selection by saying "Unselect That," selecting different text, or moving the insertion point to another part of the document. The following topics describe the natural language commands you can use to perform some common tasks using Word: Basic document commands Selecting text Formatting text Working with tables (see Dragon Help) Using Voice Notations (see Dragon Help) Basic document commands in Microsoft Word Use this procedure as a reference for basic document operations using Microsoft Word. SEE ALSO » For text formatting and editing help, see Using Direct Editing commands and Handling multiple text matches. » Using the Microsoft Office ribbon Creating, opening, and closing a document Say Create a new "Create New File" or "Open New File" document Open an existing document Chapter 7: Working in Programs 1. "Open File" 2."<file name> dot <file extension>", for example, "My Document Dot Doc" 3. "Press Enter" Close a document "Close File" or "Close Document" Saving a document Save a document as a .doc 1. "Save Changes" file 2. Dictate a file name (only needed if this is the first time the file has been saved) 3. "Click Save" Save a document with a new 1. "Save Document As" file name and file type 2. Dictate a file name 3. "File Type <file type from list>", for example, "RTF" 4. "Click Save" Save a document in HTML 1. "Save Document as Web Page" format 2. "Click Save" 3. If a dialog box appears warning of a text format loss, "Click Continue" Save as document template "Save the Page Settings as Default" Page Setup Set the page orientation Set the size Set margins "Set Page Orientation to Landscape" "Set Page Orientation to Portrait" "Set Page Width to <number> Inches/Centimeters", for example, "Set Page Width to Eight Inches" "Set Page Height to <number> Inches/Centimeters", for example, "Set Page Height to Eleven Inches" "Set Left/Right Margin to <number> Inches/Centimeters", for example, "Set Left Margin to Two Inches" "Set Top/Bottom Margin to <number> Inches/Centimeters", for example, "Set Bottom Margin to Five Centimeters" 144 Guide de I'utilisateur To Number pages | "Add Page Numbers" "Create Page Numbers" Create 1. "Go To Header/Footer" headers and 2. Dictate text to appear in the header or footer footers 3. "Close Header/Footer" Add footnotes | 1. Move the insertion point to the location where you want the footnote 2. "Insert Footnote Here" 3. Dictate the footnote text 4. "Close Footnotes" Viewing a document View a document "Preview the File" "View Master Document" "Preview Document as HTML" "Close the Preview" "Set View to Normal" Enlarge or reduce the "Zoom to <number> Percent", for example, document view "Zoom to Fifty Percent" "Set Zoom to Page Width/Height" Change the display "Show/Hide Headers and Footers" "Show/Hide the Ruler" "Show/Hide Paragraph Marks" ao) Say Print arange of | "Print Pages <number> to <number>", for example, "Print pages Pages One to Three" Print part of a 1. "Select <First/Last> paragraph", for example, "Select the page Last Paragraph" 2. "Print the Paragraph" or "Print the Selection" 145 Chapter 7: Working in Programs Checking spelling and grammar Check 1. "Check Spelling" spelling 2. "Click Change" or "Click Ignore" depending on how you want to respond 3. "Click Close" when the spelling check is complete Searching and replacing Search for text 1. "Find a Word" 2. Dictate the word or phrase you want to find in the Find dialog box 3. "Click Find" Replace all instances of a . "Find Text" word or phrase . Dictate the word or phrase you want to find . "Click Replace" . "Click Replace With" (to move the insertion point to the Replace With field) 5. Dictate the replacement word or phrase 6. "Click Replace All" 7. "Click Close" (to close the Find and Replace dialog box) Inserting document segments 1."Go To </ocation>" (to move the insertion point to where you want to insert the new page). For example, "Go To Bottom" to add a new page at the end of the current document. 2. "Add a New Page" 1. "Go To </ocation>" (to move the insertion point to the location where you want the text to break). For example, "Go To third line" to add a line break at the end of the third line in the current paragraph. 2. "Insert Hard Line Break" 146 Guide de I'utilisateur 147 Create | 1."Go To </ocation>" (to move the insertion point to the location a page | where you want the text to break). For example, "Go To third break | paragraph" to add a page break at the end of the third paragraph in the current page. 2. "Insert Page Break" 1. "Go To </ocation>" (to move the insertion point to the location where you want to place the information) 2. "Insert Date and Time" or "Insert Date" or "Insert Time" Moving text 1. Move the insertion point to the word you want to move 2. "Select Word" 3. "Move Word Forward/Back <number> Words/Lines", for example, "Move Word Forward Five Lines" 1. Move the insertion point to the line you want to move 2. "Select Line" 3. "Move Line Forward/Back <number> Lines" or "Move Line to the Beginning/End of Paragraph/Document", for example, "Move Line to the End of Paragraph" Movea 1. Move the insertion point to the paragraph you want to move paragraph | 2. "Select Paragraph" 3. "Move Paragraph Forward/Backward <number> paragraphs" or "Move Paragraph to the Beginning/End of Document", for example, "Move Paragraph to the Beginning of Document" or "Move Paragraph Backward Six Paragraphs" Chapter 7: Working in Programs Moving around in a document aie) Say Go to a specific place ina "Go to </ocation>," where location can be document window top, bottom, start, or end. Move up or down one line "Line Up" or "Line Down" Move up or down one page "Page Up" or "Page Down" Go back to the last place you "Go Back" See Using "Go Back" to move the moved the cursor cursor Switching between open documents Switch between 1. "Say "List windows for Microsoft Word" open documents | Do one of the following: » Say "Choose n", where rn is the number of the window you want to switch to. For example, say "Choose 2" OR » Choose the number of the program from the list and click OK See Scrolling in popular programs, Scrolling in windows and lists, and Moving the insertion point. NOTE_ You can also select the next or previous word, line, or paragraph by moving the insertion point to either before or after the word, line or paragraph you want to select and saying "Select Next/Previous Word/Line/Paragraph" Selecting text You can use the following voice commands to select text in Microsoft Word and OpenOffice.org Writer. 148 Guide de I'utilisateur Select a word, line, or paragraph 1. Move the insertion point to the word, line, or paragraph you want to select 2. Say "Select <word>/<line>/<paragraph>" Select an adjacent word, line or 1. Move the insertion point to either before paragraph or after the word, line, or paragraph you want to select. 2. Say "Select <next>/<previous> <word>/<line>/<paragraph>" Select specific text or a range of > Select <text>* text (see also Handling multiple | » Select <text> Through <text>(Note: text matches) Outside the USA or Canada, say "Select <text> To <text>".) > Select from <text> to <text> * For <text> substitute whatever text you want select. Extend a selection > "Extend Selection Forward/Backward by <number> Words/Lines/Paragraphs" > "Extend Selection Up/Down by <number> Lines/Paragraphs" > "Extend Selection Left/Right by <number> Words" Formatting text in Microsoft Word This topic contains examples of voice commands to format text in Microsoft Word. For information about applying formatting to multiple instances of words or phrases, see Handling multiple text matches. Changing text properties Change text properties "Set Word/Line/Paragraph to Strikeout" "Underline this Word/Line/Paragraph" "Italicize Next <number> Words" "Bold This Page" 149 Chapter 7: Working in Programs Changing font and point sizes Change font "Set the Font to Twenty Four Points Times in the name and point Word/Line/Paragraph" size "Increase/Decrease the Font Size to Eighteen Points in the Word/Line/Paragraph" "Set the Font to Courier in the Selection/Word/Line/Paragraph/Page/Section/Document" "Decrease Selection by Two Points" Changing font properties Change font "Turn on Bold and Italics" properties "Format That Regular" "Italicize the Next <number> Words/Lines/Paragraphs," for example, "Italicize the Next Five Lines" "Unitalicize That" Changing capitalization "Capitalize the First/Last/Next <number> Words/Lines/Paragraphs," for example, "Capitalize the Next Five Words" "Lowercase the First/Last/Next <number> Words/Lines/Paragraphs, "for example, "Lowercase the Last Ten Words" "Toggle the Case of the Word" Changing font color Change font color | "Set Font Color to Green in This Line" "Set the Color to Red in the Selection" "Set It to Dark Blue" (refers to current word or selection) 150 Guide de I'utilisateur Changing line spacing Change line and paragraph | "Double Space the Paragraph" spacing "Single Space Selection" "Increase Paragraph Spacing to <number> Inches/Centimeters" Changing text justification Change text "Justify the Document" justification "Right Justify It" or "Right Align Selection" "Left Align This Line/Paragraph" "Set Initial Indent to <number> Inches/Centimeters" "Set Hanging Indent to <number> Inches/Centimeters on This Page" Creating bulleted or numbered lists Create and delete bullet points or list "Set the paragraph to numbers Bulleted/Numbered" "Delete Bullets From the Document" "Unnumber the Selection" Working with outlines ae) Say Create an outline "Set View to Outline" 151 Chapter 7: Working in Programs Email Programs This section contains the following topics: Supported e-mail programs _..oo0ooooooo ooo ceecec cc ceecccccceeeeeeeees 152 Working in e-mail programs |... ccc. 152 Commands for working with e-mail messages .................. 153 Commands for moving around in e-mail .................0.............. 153 Dictating e-mail and Web addresses _.................. eee. 154 Dictating E-mail and Calendar commands ............................ 155 Commands for Microsoft Outlook Express, Windows Mail, and Windows Live Mail en. 158 Supported e-mail programs The e-mail commands listed in this section work in the following desktop e- mail applications: «» Microsoft Outlook Express » Microsoft Outlook » Lotus Notes » Mozilla Thunderbird » Windows Mail » Windows Live Mail Dragon's Web application commands, along with many of the commands for desktop e-mail applications, work in these Web-based applications: =» Gmail (in supported Web browsers) =» Hotmail (in supported browsers) Note If you use Gmail or Hotmail, you cannot use Dragon's tools for adding contacts and scanning sent e-mail. Working in e-mail programs The commands described here work best with desktop e-mail applications. If you're using Web-based e-mail, see Using Rich Internet Application extensions for additional information. Check the list of supported e-mail programs to verify that Dragon works with your e-mail application. 152 Guide de I'utilisateur 153 To start an e-mail program » Say "Start Mail" to start your default e-mail program. To access and create e-mail messages Use the following commands to check for, open, and create messages. ao) Say Check for new messages "Check Mail" Open the selected e-mail message "Open Mail" Create an e-mail message Commands for working with e-mail messages To work with e-mail messages Use the following commands if you are working in your Inbox and have a message selected or open. ae) Say Reply to the sender of the "Reply to Mail" or "Reply" current message Reply to the sender and all "Reply to All" recipients of the current message Forward the current "Forward Mail" message Print the current message "Print Mail" Delete the current message | "Delete Mail" Send the current message "Send Mail" Close the active e-mail "Close Mail" This command does not close your message window mail program. It does not work in Netscape Messenger. Commands for moving around in e-mail To move around in email Use the following commands to move around when editing e-mail. Please note that only "Go to Body Field," "Go to Previous Field," and "Go to Next Field" are supported in Windows Live Mail. Chapter 7: Working in Programs —| fe) Say To move to the To field "Go to To Field" To move to the CC field "Go to CC Field" To move to the BCC field "Go to BCC field" To move to the Subject field "Go to Subject Field" To move to the Body field "Go to Body Field" To move to the First field "Go to First Field" To move to the Previous field "Go to Previous Field" To move to the Next field "Go to Next Field" To move to the Last field "Go to Last Field" Move up or down one line "Line Up" or "Line Down" Move up or down one page "Page Up" or "Page Down" Go to a specific place ina "Go to </ocation>," where location can be document or message window top, bottom, start, or end. Go back to the last place you "Go Back" See Using "Go Back" to move moved the cursor the cursor Note You can say "E-mail," "Message," or "Memo" in place of "Mail" in these commands. Dictating e-mail and Web addresses You can dictate e-mail and Web addresses as you normally speak them. To make sure that the address is lowercase, say "no caps on". 154 Guide de I'utilisateur 155 To Dictate info@samplecompany.com "no caps on info at sample company dot com no caps off" http://www.samplecompany | "no caps on http www dot sample company dot .com/sales com slash sales no caps off" » The "Web and E-mail Addresses" box must be selected on the Auto-for- matting dialog box. for you to dictate e-mail addresses as described here. » You can say the following abbreviations by pronouncing them as words: com, net, org, and sys. Say the following abbreviations by saying their letters: edu, gov, mil, ca, de, fr, jp, sp, and uk. « If an address contains nonwords or words that Dragon does not recognize (for example, "baxterex" in "juliasmith@baxterex.com"), you can correct the recognition error and the address will usually be recognized in the future. You can also add names that you commonly use to your Vocab- ulary. » Create text and graphics commands for addresses you dictate frequently. =» You can use the "Spell That" command to correct e-mail and Web addresses by spelling. » You can add the names in your address book to your Dragon Vocabulary by running the Learn From Sent E-mails tool. Dictating E-mail and Calendar commands Use the Dragon Voice Shortcuts in this topic to control your e-mail and Microsoft Outlook calendar. Just say commands containing your desired e-mail task. For example, say “Send e-mail to <contact name>," where <contact name> is the name of someone in your e-mail address book. Dragon opens a new message in your default e-mail client, with the address for the contact in the To field. If you are using Microsoft Outlook, you can also schedule meetings. For example, say “Schedule meeting with <contact name1> and <contact name2>,”" where <contact name1> and <contact name2> are the names of people in your Outlook contact list. Dragon opens a new calendar entry in Outlook, adding the selected contacts. You can also schedule a meeting for a specific date and time. For example, "Create an appointment on July 1 at 1 pm." Chapter 7: Working in Programs Before you begin » Before using the Dragon e-mail and Outlook calendar commands for the first time, you must run the Learn From Sent E-mails tool, so that Dragon knows your e-mail contacts. To run the tool, say "Open Accuracy Center, "then "Click Learn From Sent E-Mails," or click Vocabulary > Learn From Sent E-Mails. For more information, see Learn From Sent E-mails. Note that the tool works only with e-mail clients that keep data on your local computer. » Make sure Microsoft Outlook is the default e-mail client, before you start dictating calendar commands. The following table lists the types of e-mail and calendar commands that Dragon supports, an example command, and a description of what happens after you say the command. 156 Guide de I'utilisateur 157 Command Type Email the selected text, message or file(s) to one or more contacts Send e-mail to specific contacts who are listed in your e-mail address book or contact list Send e-mail about a specific subject Schedule a meeting with specific contacts Schedule a meeting or appointment about a specific subject Schedule a meeting or appointment at a specific time E-mail the selection to <name>... and <name> (Send | Create) [an | a] (e-mail | mail [note] | message) to <name> <name>...<name> and <name> (Send | Create) [an | a] (e-mail | mail [note] | message) (about | on) <subject> (Schedule | create | book) ([a] meeting | [an] appointment) with <name> <name>...<name> and <name> (Schedule | create | book) ([a] meeting | [an] appointment) about <subject> (Schedule | create | book) ([a] meeting | [an] appointment) [on] (month) | (day) [at] (time) Example command “E-mail the selection to Peter Moreno and Caroline Chang" "Send e- mail to John Doe and Jane Smith" "Send e- mail about project schedule" "Schedule a meeting with John Doe and Jane Smith" "Schedule a meeting about vacation time" "Create an appointment on July 1 at 1pm" What happens A new e-mail appears, addressed to the person (s) named, with as body the selected text (or email) or as attachment (s) the file(s) selected in Windows Explorer. A new e-mail appears with John Doe and Jane Smith's e-mail addresses in the To field. A new e-mail appears with the phrase "Project Schedule" in the Subject field. A new Meeting window appears with John Doe and Jane Smith listed as attendees. This command works only with Microsoft Outlook. A new Meeting or Appointment window appears with the phrase "vacation time" in the Subject field. This command works only with Microsoft Outlook. A new Meeting or Appointment window appears for the date and time you dictated. This command works only with Microsoft Outlook. Chapter 7: Working in Programs Command Example Type command What happens Movea Move [the] (e-mail | "Move e- The selected message message from | | message | mail to moves to the Outlook one Microsoft | selection | it | that | Inbox folder used in the Outlook folder | | this ) to [the] folder" command. to another <folder name> Note: If the folder name is folder unusual, you may need to add it to Dragon's Vocabulary. See Adding words or phrases to your Vocabulary. Create atask | Create task <about | "Create task | A task window opens, with in Microsoft | on> about the subject "today's Outlook today's shopping list." shopping list" Notes « If e-mail and calendar commands are not working in Microsoft Outlook, make sure the Natspeak Outlook Add-in is enabled in the Outlook Options. See the Microsoft Help for information about setting the options. =» The e-mail commands “mail it to...”, “send this to...”, and “forward that to...” have been removed from Version 12. You can continue to use “e- mail the selection to...” command. Enabling or disabling E-mail and Calendar commands To enable or disable e-mail and calendar commands, open the Options dialog box, Commands Tab and do one of the following: » Select or deselect the "Enable E-mail and Calendar commands" check box. The option is enabled by default. Commands for Microsoft Outlook Express, Windows Mail, and Windows Live Mail You can use the following voice commands using Microsoft Outlook Express, Windows Mail, and Windows Live Mail. 158 Guide de l'utilisateur Start the e-mail application Read messages Create and send a message Go to the Subject line in a mes- sage (Windows Mail and Outlook Express only) Go to your Address Book folder (for Outlook Express only) Go to your Windows contacts folder (for Windows 7 and Win- dows Mail (Vista) only) Reply to a message Forward a message 159 "Start Outlook Express" "Start Windows Mail" "Start Windows Live Mail" Instead of "start," you can also say "open," "launch" or "show". For example, say "show Outlook Express" "Check for New Mail" "Open Message" "Go To Next Unread Message" "Mark Message as Unread" "Go To Previous Message" "Delete Message" "Close the Message Window" 1. "Create Message" 2. "Move to Text Field" 3. Then, dictate the content of your message and when you ready to send, say "Send Message". "Go to Subject" "Go to Subject Field" "Go to Address Book" "Go to [the] [Windows] contacts" (for Windows 7 and Windows Mail (Vista) only) "Display contacts folder" (for Live Mail only) 1. "Reply to Author" to reply to the sender only, or "Reply to All" to reply to all recipients of the message 2. "Move to Text Field" 3. Then, dictate the content of your message and when you ready to send, say "Send Message". "Forward the Message" Chapter 7: Working in Programs Sort Inbox messages "Sort ascending | descending" "Sort e-mails ascending | descending" "Sort memos ascending | descending" Go to the Outbox (for Outlook "Go to [the] Outbox folder" Express in Windows XP and Windows Mail in Vista only) Access file-related commands (for | "Application menu" Windows Live Mail 2011 only) Note Words shown in [brackets] are optional. 160 Guide de I'utilisateur 161 Microsoft Outlook This section contains the following topics: Working with Microsoft Outlook ooo. cceeeceeeeeee 161 Reading and sending e-mail with Microsoft Outlook _........ 162 Making appointments in Microsoft Outlook |... 163 Adding contacts in Microsoft Outlook —2o0.....000ooo.oooe eee. 163 Writing notes in Microsoft Outlook |... 164 Using other Microsoft Outlook commands .............................. 164 Dialog box COMMANAS . ooo. nce cc ce veecccccneeeceee 165 Moving around in a message window .................0.......oeee eee. 166 Microsoft Outlook 2010 commands ...............o..ooo eee. 167 Working with Microsoft Outlook Dragon provides a number of natural language commands to use with Microsoft Outlook. Using these commands, you can avoid the multiple menu-selection and mouse-movement steps associated with the traditional Microsoft Windows interface. Because the number of valid commands is so large, you should just try saying what you want to do. If you get unexpected results, say "Undo That" to undo the action and try a different way to speak the command. Alternatively, you can open the Command Browser or the Dragon Sidebar for more information. You can cancel a selection by saying "Unselect That", selecting different text, or moving the insertion point to another part of the document. For information about applying formatting to multiple instances of words or phrases, see Handling multiple text matches. In addition, the following topics describe the natural language commands you can use to perform some common tasks using Microsoft Outlook: Reading and sending e-mail E-mail and Calendar commands Making appointments Adding contacts Writing notes Using other Microsoft Outlook commands For information on using Microsoft Outlook Express, see Commands for Microsoft Outlook Express, Windows Mail, and Windows Live Mail. Chapter 7: Working in Programs Reading and sending e-mail with Microsoft Outlook You can use the following voice commands to read, create, and send e-mail using Microsoft Outlook: Send a message with- | Say either of the following: out having Microsoft Outlook open e "Send e-mail to <contact name>" Or e "Start Microsoft Outlook" Read your e-mail 1. "Start Microsoft Outlook" Instead of "start", you can also say "open", "launch" or "show". For example, say "show Microsoft Outlook" . "Go To Inbox" . "Check for new mail" . "Open Mail Message" to read first unread message Reply to a message . "Reply to Message" or "Reply to This Message" to reply to the sender only, or "Reply to All" to reply to all recipients of the message . Dictate your reply . "Send Message" Create a new message | 1. "Create E-mail" . Dictate the address of the recipient . "Subject" . Dictate the subject line . "Text Field" or "Move to Text" . Dictate the text of the message . "Send Message" Miscellaneous e-mail e "Mark the Message as Unread" commands e "Copy this Message to a Folder" e "Flag Message for Followup" e "Close All Items" Tip: You can use the Send E-mail command even if Microsoft Outlook is closed. Here's how: 1. Say "Send E-Mail to <contact name>," where contact name is the name of someone in your Outlook Contacts. Dragon opens an Outlook mes- sage with the contact name entered in the To field. 162 Guide de I'utilisateur 2. Compose your message and send it as usual. Outlook remains closed after the message is sent. Making appointments in Microsoft Outlook You can use the following voice commands to make appointments in Microsoft Outlook: Open your 1. "Start Microsoft Outlook" calendar Instead of "start", you can also say "open", "launch" or "show". For example, say "show Microsoft Outlook" 2. "View Calendar" Create an 1. "Create New All Day Event" event 2. Dictate the subject line, for example, "Company Picnic" 3. "Set Start Time to <day>", for example "Set Start Time to Monday" (Note: Available only in Microsoft Outlook 2000 and Microsoft Outlook XP.) 4. "Press Tab Key" to move to the text box 5. Dictate any additional information you want for the event, for example "Be sure to bring your choice of beverage" 6. "Invite People to This Event" 7. Dictate the e-mail addresses of all the people you want to receive the invitation 8. "Send this appointment" Other "Make This an Online Event" appointment | "Set Reminder On" commands | "Show Time as Tentative" "Decline This Event" "Mark This Appointment as Unread" "Forward This Appointment" Adding contacts in Microsoft Outlook You can use the following voice commands to add contacts in Microsoft Outlook: 163 Chapter 7: Working in Programs Open 1. "Start Microsoft Outlook" your Instead of "start", you can also say "open", "launch" or "show". For address | example, say "show Microsoft Outlook" book . "View Address Book" Create . "Create New Contact" a new . Dictate a name in the Full name box, for example, "Joel Huffman" contact | 3 "press Alt Yankee" to open the Company field . Dictate a company name, for example "Mega Products Limited" . "Click Business" to open the telephone number field . Dictate a telephone number, for example "7815551212" (if "phone numbers" is selected on the Auto-formatting dialog box, Dragon will format the number in standard telephone number format.) Save "Save and Close This" the new contact Writing notes in Microsoft Outlook You can use the following voice commands to write notes in Microsoft Outlook: Open the 1. "Start Microsoft Outlook" Outlook Instead of "start", you can also say "open", "launch" or notepad "show." For example, say "show Microsoft Outlook" 2. "Open New Note" Create and 1. Dictate the text of the new note format anote | 2. "Right Align This", "Left Align This", "Justify This", or "Center This" to set the text alignment 3. "Set This <text property>" where <text property> is any font style or point size you want 4. "Find a Word" to perform a search Using other Microsoft Outlook commands You can use the following voice commands to access various features in Microsoft Outlook: 164 Guide de I'utilisateur 165 Miscellaneous commands Open the calendar view Open and view the journal properties Open Internet Explorer from Outlook Say "View Calendar" 1. "View Journal" 2. "View Properties" or "View Properties of Journal" "Switch to Web Browser" Dialog box commands When you create or edit e-mail messages in HTML format, you must use the same voice commands that you use in Internet Explorer to navigate in certain Outlook dialog boxes, such as the Find, Picture, and Font dialog boxes. You can identify these dialog boxes by the Internet Explorer symbol (a small document icon with the letter "e" in it) appearing in the upper-left corner of the dialog box header. To allow Dragon to recognize these commands, you must have the "Enable commands in HTML windows" option selected on the Commands tab of the Options dialog box. Chapter 7: Working in Programs Click a button "Click <button name>", for example, "Click Apply". Saying "Click" is optional. Show all check boxes and go to the first one | "Click Check Box"or "Check Box" Show all option (radio) buttons on the "Click Radio Button" or "Radio dialog box Button" Show all boxes with lists of choices "Click List Box" or "List Box" Open a list of choices "Show Choices" Close a list of choices "Hide Choices" Choose an entry from a list of choices "Choose <text>", for example, "Choose Ariel bold". Saying "Choose" is optional. Select the item identified by anumber such | "Choose <number>", for exam- as @& that appears if your choice matches ple, "Choose Eight". more than one thing Select the next matching object on the "Next", "Next Match", or "Next dialog box Control" Select the previous object on the dialog box | "Previous", "Previous Match", or "Previous Control" Click the selected edit box or other object. "Click That" Moving around in a message window See Scrolling in popular programs and Scrolling in windows and lists. 166 Guide de I'utilisateur 167 Microsoft Outlook 2010 commands (@oyanlantelare| Create an appointment "Create a new appointment at <time>" For example, "12:15 p.m." See Times in Auto-formatting dialog box.. Copy information from one "Copy to new contact" contact to another Ignore a conversation "Ignore conversation" Clean up a conversation "Clean up conversation" Clean up a folder "Clean up folder" Clean up a folder and all it's "Clean up folder and subfolders" subfolders Chapter 7: Working in Programs Microsoft Excel This section contains the following topics: Working with Microsoft Excel 2000000... cceccccceeeecccee tees 168 Dictating in Microsoft Excel with Full Text Control ........... 169 Basic commands for Microsoft Excel ...............0000....oooeeccceeee.. 170 Creating, opening, and closing a spreadsheet ................... 170 Editing in a spreadsheet ooo eee ccecccccceeecccccceeceeeeeeeeees 170 Saving, renaming, and moving to another a spread- NE sca areca cence ince deer utes sd exces tanec daa tisnceaucanidcedaudlcenensaceddannesbesttdaehast 171 Setting up a Spreadsheet ooo eeeceees 171 Viewing the spreadsheet ooo ceeccccceeeeeeeee 171 I a pseyicecanc a cate oscars Seances eai enn Massie cemented 172 Moving around a spreadsheet ooo... 172 Switching between open spreadsheets 8... 173 Formatting a Microsoft Excel spreadsheet ........................ 173 Working with cell contents in Microsoft Excel Working with Microsoft Excel Dragon provides a number of natural language commands to use with Microsoft Excel. Using these commands, you can avoid the multiple menu- selection and mouse-movement steps associated with the traditional Microsoft Windows interface. Because the number of valid commands is so large, you should just try saying what you want to do. If you get unexpected results, say "Undo That" to undo the action and try a different way to speak the command. Alternatively, you can open the Command Browser or the Dragon Sidebar for more information. You can cancel a selection by saying "Unselect That", selecting different text, or moving the insertion point to another part of the document. In addition, the following topics describe the natural language commands you can use to perform some common tasks using Microsoft Excel: Dictating in Microsoft Excel with Full Text Control Basic Microsoft Excel commands Formatting a Microsoft Excel spreadsheet Working with contents in Microsoft Excel 168 Guide de I'utilisateur 169 Dictating in Microsoft Excel with Full Text Control You can use Full Text Control commands and built-in commands to enter and revise content and to navigate between cells in Microsoft Excel. For a complete list of the commands you can use in Microsoft Excel, use the Command Browser. Dictation and Editing Modes There are two modes for using voice commands in Microsoft Excel. The two modes are described in the following table. Edition Mode Description Quick Allows you to enter new content into a cell, overwrite the current Edition | contents of a cell, or format the entire contents of a cell. When you Mode select a cell and begin dictating, a yellow background appears to Full indicate that the dictated text will be inserted into the cell. If the cell currently contains text, the new dictated text will overwrite the existing text. If you want to format the contents of a cell, select the cell, or select a portion of the cell’s contents using Full Text Control commands, and say a formatting command, such as "Set Font Arial 10 Points Bold". Allows you to edit the existing contents of a cell. If you want to add to Edition | or edit the current contents of a cell, select the cell and say "Edit Cell" Mode or "Press F2" to open the cell for editing. When you enter Full Edition Mode, the background color changes to blue. Entering Full Edition Mode is analogous to double-clicking a cell. Line and Paragraph commands, such as "New Line" operate within the selected cell in Full Edition mode. Using Full Text Control In general, Full Text Control is available in cells except when you type something into a cell before you dictate. For example: = If you dictate into a cell, then type some characters, and dictate more text into that cell, Full Text Control is available. = If you type at the beginning of a cell and dictate some text or numbers, Full Text Control is available only on the portion you dictated. =» Once you have edited a cell using any combination of typing and dic- tation, when you move back to that cell by voice, Full Text Control is avail- able in the entire cell. =» The commands that quote text from the screen (select <xyz>, correct <xyz>, insert after <xyz>...) work thanks to a functionality called Full Text Control. This functionality depends on Dragon’s ability to constantly Chapter 7: Working in Programs obtain information from the text field about its content—for instance, in order to know where words and sentences begin and end, so Dragon can apply spacing between words and capitalization at the beginning of sen- tences. Most standard text fields allow full Full Text Control capabilities. For more information, see The Full Text Control Indicator. Basic commands for Microsoft Excel You can use the following voice commands to perform basic operations using Microsoft Excel. Creating, opening, and closing a spreadsheet Say Create a new spreadsheet "Create New File" or "Create New Workbook" Open an existing 1. "Open File" or "Open Document" spreadsheet 2. "<file name>", for example, "My Spreadsheet" 3. "Press Enter" Close a spreadsheet "Close File" or "Close Document" Editing in a spreadsheet Say Create a new line within a cell "New Line" Edit the contents of a selected cell "Edit cell" Or "Edit selection" Complete a cell entry and stay in the cell "Apply" Complete a cell entry and move down one cell (Quick "Press Enter" Edition mode only) Cancel a cell entry and remain in the cell "Press Escape" or "Cancel" 170 Guide de I'utilisateur 171 Saving, renaming, and moving to another a spreadsheet Save a spreadsheet as 1. "Save file" a .xIs file 2. Dictate a file name (only needed if this is the first time the file has been saved) 3. "Click Save" Save a spreadsheet in 1. "Save File as Web Page" HTML format 2. "Click Save" 3. (If a dialog box appears warning of a format loss) "Click Continue" Rename a spreadsheet | "Rename the Worksheet" Moving to another open | "Go To the Next/Previous Worksheet" spreadsheet Setting up a spreadsheet To Set printing area 1. "Fit to <number> Pages Wide" 2. "Fit to <number> Pages Tall" Viewing the spreadsheet a ie) Say Enlarge or reduce the spread-} "Zoom to <number> Percent", for example, sheet view "Zoom to Fifty Percent" Change the display - "Hide/Unhide This Row/Column" - "Hide/Show the Drawing Toolbar" - "Hide/Unhide the Formulas in This Column/Row" Chapter 7: Working in Programs Print a range of "Print Workbook" pages "Print the Selection" "Print Column <number> to Column <number>" "Print Next <number> Rows" Preview a printout | "Go To Print Break Preview" Print part of a "Set Print Area to Selection" page "Set Print Area to the First/Next/Previous <number> Rows/Columns" "Print the Selection" Moving around a spreadsheet Move to new | "Next/Previous Row/Column" location "Start of This/Next/Previous Row/Column" "Row/Column <number/letter>", for example, "Row Five" or "Column A". If the column includes two or more letters, say the alpha-bravo form of the letter, for example to go to Column AB, say "Column Alpha Bravo" "Start of Row/Column" "Next/Previous Cell in the Row/Column" Start "Start Scrolling Down" automatic downward scrolling Start "Start Scrolling Up" automatic upward scrolling Move to the "Scroll Down" bottom of the spreadsheet Move to the "Scroll Up" top of the spreadsheet 172 Guide de I'utilisateur Stop "Stop Scrolling" automatic scrolling Increase the | "Scroll Faster" rate of automatic scrolling Decrease the | "Scroll Slower" rate of automatic scrolling Move down "Line Down" one row Move up one__| "Line Up" row Switching between open spreadsheets Switch between 1. Say "List windows for Microsoft Excel" open spreadsheets | Do one of the following: » Say "Choose n", where n is the number of the window you want to switch to. For example, say "Choose 2" Or » Choose the number of the program from the list and click OK Formatting a Microsoft Excel spreadsheet You can use the following voice commands to format a Microsoft Excel spreadsheet: 173 Chapter 7: Working in Programs Change column width "Set Column Width to <number>" "Set Width to <number> in Column <number>" Change row and column "Shade This Row/Column" appearance "Apply Pattern to Current/This Row/Column" "Center the Next/Previous <number> Rows/Columns" "Indent the Next/Previous <number> Rows/Columns <number>" "Bold/Italicize This Row/Col- umn/Cell" Working with cell contents in Microsoft Excel You can use the following voice commands to work with content in Microsoft Excel. See also Basic commands for Microsoft Excel. 174 Guide de I'utilisateur Edit the contents of a selected cell Sum or average a column or row of numbers Sort a column or row of numbers Change contents from decimals to fractions Lock or unlock contents Fill a cell, row, or column Delete the contents of a cell, row, or column Hide the contents of a cell, row, or column "Edit cell" Or "Edit selection" 1. Move the insertion point to the cell where you want the sum to appear 2, "Sum/Average the Values on the Right/on the Left/Above/Below" 1. Select the row, column, or range of cells you want to sort 2. "Sort the Selection" 1. Move the insertion point to the row, column, or cell you want to change 2. "Set this Row/Column/Cell to Fractions in <number>", for example "Set this Cell to Fractions in Eighths" 1. Move the insertion point to the row, column, or cell you want to lock or unlock 2. "Lock/Unlock This Row/Column/Cell" 1. Move the insertion point to the row, column, or cell you want to fill 2. "Fill This Cell Up/Down/Right/Left <number> Cells/Rows/Column", for example, "Fill This Cell Down Two Rows" 1. Move the insertion point to the row, column, or cell you want to clear 2. "Clear All From This Row/Column/Cell" 1. Move the insertion point to the row, column, or cell you want to hide 2. "Hide This Row/Column/Cell" Chapter 8: Working with Web applications Chapter 8: Working with Web applications This section contains the following topics: Using Rich Internet Application extensions ....................0. 2.2 e cece ee eee eee 177 Browser requirements for Web application Support ........................... 179 ERaOng Wes AppliCaliGh SUBBONE voiiitcceuccsoceisdepetaicbeievencatvsadesesaciads 180 How to tell if Web application support is active ..........0....0.20.2020.222022-. 182 UPS CALTIGN | s.cckdttrasmdentasianeeicendideiddiceds cheaepiesiadenleidecsaedgueeielieeadankats 183 UP PU ee eicacuradctancaccuseesacuemadeidale i oeabutndiitthanseacauselatiendiatueuaacesccs 185 Editing text in a supported Web application ..................0.0.0....22222.0222- 188 Re TN a i tesla icn nasty telnet sda pan etendeiece ta caease a 189 Pe NS Na ia Liane ucanel cide tase da sucadebbutiadeicenedesadeadeondeniecozeamens 190 OUST as ed a wc es eel eters anid 190 Using Dragon's Web capabilities without RIA .........2......0.0.2.2.20. 2. ee eee 190 If you have problems using Web application support ......................... 191 Using Rich Internet Application extensions This topic describes functionality made possible by Dragon's Rich Internet Application (RIA) extensions at the time of the Version 12's releases. RIA extensions enable you to use supported Web browsers to dictate content and commands. The feature uses Full Text Control in supported browsers and Web applications to help you perform common tasks by voice. For example, you can say "Click Inbox," or "Go to Subject" or "Click Sent Mail." Also see Using Dragon's Web capabilities without RIA. Supported Web applications » Gmail =» Hotmail Windows Live E-mail Some Internet service providers rebrand Hotmail as Windows Live E-mail. Dragon's RIA extensions are also available for those implementations. 177 Guide de I'utilisateur 178 Supported Web browsers Rich Internet Application (RIA) extensions are available in the following Web browsers and versions: « Internet Explorer, version 9 (32-bit mode only) = Mozilla Firefox, version 12 or later =» Google Chrome, version 16 or later If you don't have one of these browsers in the version listed, you can still use Dragon's existing capabilities for commands and dictation on the Web, but you will not have the full benefit of Web application support. IMPORTANT In the specific web applications it supports, the RIA feature adds to Dragon’s usual capabilities in the particular supported Web browser. Dragon's functionality differs significantly between Web browsers. Please see Working with a Web browser. For example: In Chrome, you cannot select hyperlinks by name or use commands like “refresh page” and “open new tab”. For these actions, you must use global commands, such as mouse commands or press commands Such as “press F5” and “press control t”. Before you begin 1. Make sure you have the right browser. 2. Launch Dragon and launch your browser. If the browser asks you to enable the extensions, click "Yes." 3. Restart your browser. 4. Go to the site for the Web application you want to use and log in to your account. 5. Determine if the feature is active. For more information, see Enabling Web application support. Displaying the commands this feature adds Use the following procedures to display, hide, or print the RIA commands available in a supported Web application. To display a list of the commands for the current Web application + Say "[click] Show Site Commands" or click the link. To hide the command list » Say "Hide Site Commands" or click the link. To print the command list for reference 1. Say "Show Site Commands" to open the list. 2. Click the Printer icon on the Website commands window. Chapter 8: Working with Web applications For information on commands you can use to edit text in Web applications, see Editing text in a Web application. Resolving problems For more help with this feature, see If you have problems using Web application support. Browser requirements for Web application support Rich Internet Application (RIA) extensions are available in the following Web browsers and versions: « Internet Explorer, version 9 (32-bit mode only) « Mozilla Firefox, version 12 or later » Google Chrome, version 16 or later If you don't have one of these browsers in the version listed, you can still use Dragon's existing capabilities for commands and dictation on the Web, but you will not have the full benefit of Web application support. IMPORTANT In the specific web applications it supports, the RIA feature adds to Dragon’s usual capabilities in the particular supported Web browser. Dragon's functionality differs significantly between Web browsers. Please see Working with a Web browser. For example: In Chrome, you cannot select hyperlinks by name or use commands like “refresh page” and “open new tab”. For these actions, you must use global commands, such as mouse commands or press commands Such as “press F5” and “press control t”. Enabling the feature After you install Dragon, and open a supported browser, the browser may prompt you to enable Dragon's Web application support. Click Yes to turn the feature on. For more information, see Enabling Web application support. After you enable the RIA extensions, restart your browser. If you use Windows XP Internet Explorer 9 is not available for Windows XP. To use RIA extensions with Windows XP, use Firefox or Chrome. If you use Google Chrome The feature is not supported when you are in Chrome's Incognito mode. 179 Guide de l'utilisateur Enabling Web application support Use this topic to review or enable Dragon's Web application support and Full Text Control. The easiest way to enable Web application support, also referred to as Rich Internet Application (RIA) support, is by clicking "Yes" to the prompt to enable the browser extensions after you install Dragon. The prompt may appear the first time you open a supported browser after a fresh installation of Dragon. Say or click the links below for instructions about how to enable the extensions or to check your Web browser's extension settings. In Internet Explorer 9 (32-bit mode) or later . Click the cog icon = : on the Title bar. 2. Click "Manage Add-ons." . Scroll the Add-ons list to the section for Nuance Communications, Inc., as shown here. Name ‘Publisher Status File date Nuance Communications, Inc, Dragon NaturallySpeaking Rich Internet Application Support - Plugin © Nuance Communications, Inc. Enabled 6/13/2012 é Dragon NaturallySpeaking Rich Internet Application Support - Extension Nuance Communications, Inc, Enabled 6/13/2012 y Oracle America, Inc, Naval Pua ly SSbilelte a a Oracle Amst tdaamam pins, gpa If the Status column indicates that either the Plugin or Extension is "Dis- abled," do the following: » Select the name of the item from the list. a Click "Enable"at the bottom of the Manage Add-ons dialog box. Click "Close" to close the Manage Add-ons dialog box. . Close and reopen the browser. The feature will now be enabled. See also How to tell if Web application support is active. In Mozilla Firefox 12 or later 1. 180 Click the Firefox button to open the Firefox file tab (the exam- ple is from Firefox 12.0). . Click "Add-ons" to open the Extensions pane. The Dragon RIA extension shows, similar to the following example. Chapter 8: Working with Web applications Dragon NaturallySpeaking Rich Internet Application Support More Disable rs Dragon NaturallySpeaking Rich Internet Application Support 1.0.0.5 } 3. If the extension is disabled, click "Enable." 4. Click "Plugins" to open the Plugins screen, and look for the Dragon RIA plugin, as shown in the following example. 5 Dragon NaturallySpeaking Rich Internet Application Support 1.0.0.49 ¢ Dragon NaturallySpeaking Rich Internet Application Support - Plugin More Disable AP GanalgFar Puan POGOe pA gt pm gat 5. If the extension is disabled, click "Enable." See also How to tell if Web application support is active. Be careful when you upgrade! When you upgrade Firefox, you'll see a window prompting you to choose which add-ons you want to keep active. You must select the Dragon RIA extension, or Firefox will automatically disable it. If this happens, use the steps above to re-enable it. In Google Chrome 16 or later 1. Click the Wrench icon “S beside the Address bar to open the Google Cus- tomization and Control menu. 2. Click "Settings." 3. Click "Extensions." The Dragon RIA Extension for Chrome displays, as shown: Extensions Developer mode Dragon RIA Extension for Chrome 14 ¥\) Enabled Remove Suppor for using Rich Intemet Applications with Dragon. 4. Close and reopen the browser. If necessary, click "Enable" to enable the Dragon Rich Internet Application extension. A checkmark appears in the "Enabled" checkbox when the Dragon RIA extension is enabled, as shown. See also How to tell if Web application support is active. Resolving problems Please see If you have problems using Web application support. 181 Guide de I'utilisateur 182 How to tell if Web application support Is active After you install Dragon, your Web browser may prompt you to enable Dragon's Rich Internet Application (RIA) extensions. Click "Yes" to turn the feature on. Here's an example of how the RIA extension displays in Google Chrome: Extensions Developer mode Dragon RIA Extension for Chrome 1.4 “1 Enabled | ‘Rema Suppor for using Rich Intemet Applications with Dragon If you need to turn on Dragon's RIA extensions or verify that they are turned on, please see Enabling Web application support. What you'll see in your Web application When you are in a Supported Rich Internet Application and the feature is enabled, you'll see a small apostrophe icon @ to the left of interface elements that you can click by voice, as shown here in Gmail: Google Gmail - i Save Now WW Discard ie COMPOSE WW Inbox (2,726) @ Starred important Add Cc Add Bec fw Sent Mail WW Drafts (83) subject All Mail Attach a file we te at ae eee 4 es a ine eee ee a } oe alll Sead dala fw 5 You'll also Know that the feature is enabled if you place your insertion point in a text field, such as an e-mail subject field or message body and the Text Control Indicator lil on the DragonBar is green. Resolving problems If this is the first time you've tried using a supported web application with Dragon, try restarting your browser and reconnecting to the web application. If you are using a Web application and browser that support RIA extensions, but the feature is not active, please see If you have problems using Web application support. Chapter 8: Working with Web applications If you can't use Rich Internet Application support, such as if you are using a Web application or browser that is not supported, you can still use Dragon to enter text and dictate commands. For more information, see Using the Dictation Box, Web browser commands and Dictating e-mail and Web addresses. Using Gmail Use Rich Internet Application (RIA) support when you write and send Gmail messages. RIA extensions enable you to use supported Web browsers to dictate content and commands. The feature uses Full Text Control in supported browsers and Web applications to help you perform common tasks by voice. For example, you can Say "Click Inbox," or "Go to Subject" or "Click Sent Mail." Also see Using Dragon's Web capabilities without RIA. Before you begin Before you begin, make sure » The Gmail Web extension is active. Please see How to tell if Web appli- cation support is active. » You are logged into your Gmail account and have Gmail open. » You're using Gmail's latest interface layout. Dragon's Gmail support only works with the newest Gmail interface and not with Gmail "Classic." Writing e-mail messages Use the following steps to write e-mail messages. At any time you can say "Show Site Commands" to display a list of commands. 1. To start anew message, say "Click New" or "Click Compose," as required. 2. Do the following in any order: «» When you're ready to enter the e-mail address you'll be sending to, say "Go To To" and dictate the e-mail address of the person you'll be sending the message to. If you see a list of suggested addresses, choose one from the list by say- ing "Choose <n>," where <n> is the number shown for the address you want to use. If the address is not in the list, continue dictating the address. » Say "Go To Subject" and dictate your subject text. » Say "Go To Body" and dictate your message. 3. Click the Send button. 183 Guide de I'utilisateur Using commands in Gmail RIA extensions add the following voice commands to Gmail. See also Editing text in a supported Web application. Open a pop-up window that lists "Show Site Commands" or "Show available commands Web Site Commands" To close the pop-up window "Hide Site Commands" View your Inbox "Click Inbox" or "Go To Inbox" View sent mail "Click Sent Mail" or "Go To Sent Mail" View mail labeled Important "Click Important" or "Go To Important" View mail labeled Starred "Click Starred" or "Go To Starred" View draft mail "Click Drafts" or "Go To Drafts" Compose a new message "Click Compose" or "Compose New Email" Reply to the current message "Click Reply" "Click Reply To All" Place your cursor in the Subject field "Go To Subject" Place your cursor in the Body field "Go To Body" Select an e-mail address to insertinthe | "Choose <n>" where <n> is the To field when you see the auto-complete | number shown for the address you field want. Save your message as a draft "Click Save Now" or "Save Message" Close and delete your message without "Click Discard" or "Discard Message" saving it Print the list of commands "Show Site Commands" or "Show Web Site Commands" and click the Print icon Using Dragon's Web capabilities without RIA If RIA extensions aren't available for your Web browser or Web application, you can still use many of Dragon's features on the Web. For example, you can 184 Chapter 8: Working with Web applications dictate in any text field, such as commenting fields in Facebook and instant messaging programs, move around Web pages, click links, and perform keyword or Web site searches. In Internet Explorer, you also have Full Text Control without RIA. When Dragon notices that you are dictating in an unsupported application, it opens the Dictation Box, which also features Full Text Control. You can also use keyboard commands such as “press Alt d,” “press Enter,” “press tab,” “press F5,” “page down,” and commands for clicking and dragging the mouse, such as “MouseGrid 3,” “mouse right-click.” For more information about Dragon's Web capabilities, see Working witha Web browser. Using Hotmail Use Rich Internet Application (RIA) support when you write and send e-mail with Hotmail. RIA extensions enable you to use supported Web browsers to dictate content and commands. The feature uses Full Text Control in supported browsers and Web applications to help you perform common tasks by voice. For example, you can say "Click Inbox," or "Go to Subject" or "Click Sent Mail." Also see Using Dragon's Web capabilities without RIA. Windows Live E-mail Some Internet service providers rebrand Hotmail as Windows Live E-mail. Dragon's RIA extensions are also available for those implementations. Before you begin Before you begin, make sure » The Hotmail Web extension is active. Please see How to tell if Web appli- cation support is active. =» You are logged into your Hotmail account and have Hotmail open. Writing e-mail messages Use the following steps to write e-mail messages. At any time you can say "Show Site Commands" to display a list of commands. 1. To start anew message, say "Click New" or "Click Compose," as required. 2. Do the following in any order: » When you're ready to enter the e-mail address you'll be sending to, say "Go To To" and dictate the e-mail address of the person you'll be sending the message to. If you see a list of suggested addresses, choose one from the list by say- ing "Choose <n>," where <n> is the number shown for the address you want to use. If the address is not in the list, continue dictating the 185 Guide de I'utilisateur address. » Say "Go To Subject" and dictate your subject text. » Say "Go To Body" and dictate your message. 3. Click the Send button. Using commands in Hotmail RIA extensions add the following voice commands to Hotmail. See also Editing text in a supported Web application. 186 Chapter 8: Working with Web applications Open a pop-up window that "Show Site Commands" or "Show Web Site lists available commands Commands" Close the pop-up window "Hide Site Commands" View all mail, when filter menu | "Click All" is active View unread mail "Click Unread" View mail from contacts "Click Contacts" View mail containing social "Click Social Updates" network updates View mail from groups and "Click Groups" mailing list subscriptions View mail from businesses and | "Click Newsletters" organizations View all uncategorized mail "Click Everything Else" Compose a new message "Click New" Reply to the current message "Reply" "Reply To All" Place your cursor in the "Go To Subject" Subject field Place your cursor in the Body "Go To Body" field Save your message as a draft "Click Save Draft" Close and delete your message | "Click Cancel" without saving it 187 Guide de I'utilisateur To Print the list of commands "Show Site Commands" or "Show Web Site Commands" and click the Print icon Editing text in a supported Web application Use this topic for examples of how you can edit text in any of the Web applications that Dragon supports. In supported browsers, you'll have Full Text Control, so that you can dictate content and use a broad range of Dragon commands. You'll also be able to navigate between mail fields and perform common tasks like "Click Inbox" and "Click Compose." 188 Chapter 8: Working with Web applications Editing text a ie) Say Delete the last text Dragon entered Scratch That Correct selected text or the last text Dragon | Correct That entered Spell a word to add it to the vocabulary Return the cursor back to where you last placed it in documents and e-mail messages Correct the previous correction Correct the next correction Train Dragon about how you pronounce a Train That new word Hyphenate selected words Compound Selection Hyphenate a string of words Compound <text> through <text> (North America) Compound <text> to <text> (Outside the U.S. and Canada) Inserts selected text before the last text that | Insert Before That Dragon entered Inserts selected text after the last text that Insert After That Dragon entered Inserts selected text before some text that Insert Before [text] you quote from your existing content Inserts selected text after some text that Insert After [text] you quote from your existing content 189 Guide de I'utilisateur Selecting text a ie) Say Select text you specify in your document Select <text> Selects the next text item, such as the next word, line or paragraph, Select or the next instance when there are multiple text matches Again Selects the previous text item, such as the next word, line or Select paragraph, or the next instance when there are multiple text matches | Previous Selects the next text item, such as the next word, line or paragraph, Select or the next instance when there are multiple text matches Next Select the last text you dictated Select That Capitalizing text aK) Say Capitalize the first letter of each word in the last text you Cap That dictated APPLY ALL UPPERCASE All Caps That apply all lowercase No Caps That Capitalize the first letter of each word in selected text Cap Selection Apply all capital letters to text you have selected All Caps Selection Makes all capital letters lower case in selected text No Caps Selection Using Dragon's Web capabilities without RIA If RIA extensions aren't available for your Web browser or Web application, you can still use many of Dragon's features on the Web. For example, you can dictate in any text field, such as commenting fields in Facebook and instant messaging programs, move around Web pages, click links, and perform keyword or Web site searches. In Internet Explorer, you also have Full Text Control without RIA. 190 Chapter 8: Working with Web applications When Dragon notices that you are dictating in an unsupported application, it opens the Dictation Box, which also features Full Text Control. You can also use keyboard commands such as “press Alt d,” “press Enter,” “press tab,” “press F5,” “page down,” and commands for clicking and dragging the mouse, such as “MouseGrid 3,” “mouse right-click.” For more information about Dragon's Web capabilities, see Working with a Web browser. If you have problems using Web application support If you're having problems using Dragon with a supported Web application, this list can help you identify the cause and find a solution. Is the Web application supported in your browser? Rich Internet Application (RIA) extensions are available in the following Web browsers and versions: « Internet Explorer, version 9 (32-bit mode only) « Mozilla Firefox, version 12 or later =» Google Chrome, version 16 or later If you don't have one of these browsers in the version listed, you can still use Dragon's existing capabilities for commands and dictation on the Web, but you will not have the full benefit of Web application support. IMPORTANT In the specific web applications it supports, the RIA feature adds to Dragon’s usual capabilities in the particular supported Web browser. Dragon's functionality differs significantly between Web browsers. Please see Working with a Web browser. For example: In Chrome, you cannot select hyperlinks by name or use commands like “refresh page” and “open new tab”. For these actions, you must use global commands, such as mouse commands or press commands such as “press F5” and “press control t”. Enabling the feature After you install Dragon, and open a supported browser, the browser may prompt you to enable Dragon's Web application support. Click Yes to turn the feature on. For more information, see Enabling Web application support. After you enable the RIA extensions, restart your browser. If you use Windows XP Internet Explorer 9 is not available for Windows XP. To use RIA extensions with Windows XP, use Firefox or Chrome. 191 Guide de I'utilisateur 192 If you use Google Chrome The feature is not supported when you are in Chrome's Incognito mode. Is the feature active? When you are in a supported Rich Internet Application and the feature is enabled, you'll see a small apostrophe icon @ to the left of interface elements that you can click by voice, as shown here in Gmail: Google Gmail - i Save Now WW Discard W COMPOSE WW Inbox (2,726) @ Starred WW important Add Cc Add Bec Sent Mail W Drafts (83) at All Mail Attach a file whe e*@n es es ee “ 1 en Rm te > Ng ae wo »6.ate- mrs. 2 Pe _ eee 23 ‘ 3 You'll also Know that the feature is enabled if you place your insertion point in a text field, such as an e-mail subject field or message body and the Text Control Indicator ll on the DragonBar is green. Is your browser extension or plug-in enabled? Your Dragon installation includes extension and/or plug-in and files that Web browsers use to provide you with Rich Internet Application support. If you are having trouble, make sure the RIA plug-in or extension is enabled for the browser you are using. Typically, you can do this from a Tools or Options menu. After enabling RIA, restart your browser. For details, see Enabling Web application support. Be careful when you upgrade! When you upgrade Firefox, make sure you choose to keep the Dragon RIA extension active when prompted, or Firefox will automatically disable it. If this happens, you can re-enable it. If you were running Internet Explorer 8 when you installed Dragon and you upgrade to Internet Explorer 9, you need to install the RIA plug-in and extension files. To do so, go to your original Dragon installation file (typically this is located on a DVD) and launch setup.exe. When you see the installation wizard, select the Repair option and click Next. Chapter 8: Working with Web applications Could there be an issue with the site? Changes a site makes to its layout or functionality can cause compatibility problems for Dragon. We make every effort to keep up with these changes, but if you encounter difficulties, please contact Dragon NaturallySpeaking Support. Are you using a different language? To use Rich Internet Application (RIA) support, you must set the language of the Web application to the same language as your the user profile. If your profile is set up in English, you must have your Web application (Hotmail or Gmail) set up in English. RIA does not require that your Web browser be in the same language as your profile, but it must be if you want to use other Web browser commands. If you want to work in a different language, you can create another user profile with that language and load it into Dragon when you need it. Is the Dictation Box behaving in an unexpected way? Sometimes the Dictation Box misunderstands the context of what you're working on and it displays text you didn't dictate, and that you can't edit. This can happen when the focus of the application you're using is on a field you can't edit and: » you intentionally open the Dictation Box, or » you speak into your microphone, prompting the Dictation box to open automatically For example, if you have your e-mail application open with an item in your message list selected, the Dictation Box may display the header text of that message. If this happens, just go to the Dictation Box and say or click "Cancel" to close it. Are you trying to play back dictation? To play back dictation in Web applications, please use voice commands such as "Play that back," "Read that," and "Read selection." In Web applications, Dragon does not support playback of dictation using menus and buttons. Playback restricted to the current field In a Web application like Gmail or Hotmail, playback is limited to the current dictation for the current field. This means that when you move to another field, you can no longer play back dictation for previous fields, even if you go back to them. For example, if you dictate an address in a message's To field and then you go to the Subject field, you can't play back dictation for the To field. If you return to the To field and dictate another address, you can play back the new dictation but not the original dictation. 193 Guide de l'utilisateur 194 Are you working offline? Offline mode is not supported for working with Web-based documents. Are you having trouble opening the Correction menu? Dragon does not currently support the following methods for opening the Correction menu when working in Web applications » Using the hot key. By default, this is the Minus key (-) » Double-clicking on selected text » Clicking the Correction button on the DragonBar Extras toolbar Chapter 9: Working with Web browsers Chapter 9: Working with Web browsers This section contains the following topics: Working with a Web browser ear TUIVCy RIS PIS RN arsed n scons cc ses ceheterecdecadeucteve enue eeensends 196 WET USEF COINS iocccenncsid-bcouaddccacvancuienidaivindaccdseeueviienaeiade 201 Internet Explorer COMUTIANGS occ sccc ccceccncesiciceenvscsacseeywiesestivddevescseieuese 205 UPS OS WL PE as vidpacorricertieeradwwaimiedecomsaepiealeseeinveaistavinesinianieds 207 Working with a Web browser Dragon includes many commands designed specifically for use with Web browsers such as Internet Explorer, Mozilla Firefox, and Google Chrome that enable you to surf the Web by voice. Important: Please keep in mind that Dragon’s capabilities differ significantly among Web browsers, both in terms of commands and in terms of text control. Note in particular: In Firefox and Chrome, there is no Full Text Control outside of Web pages specifically supported by the Rich Internet Applications feature. Dragon has many commands specific to Internet Explorer, including com- mands to open list boxes and activate text boxes or check boxes. In Chrome, you cannot activate hyperlinks by name. For Chrome, Dragon has no commands such as “go to Address bar”, “open new tab”, “go home”, “refresh page”, etc. However, remember that you can take advantage of Dragon’s global command capabilities: mouse-related commands (such as “MouseGrid 3 9”, “mouse click”, and “move mouse upper left”) and key-pressing commands (such as “press Alt d”, “press Enter”, “press control t”, “press tab”, “press F5”, “press Escape”, “page down”). The following topics cover various Web-related capabilities: Web browser commands 195 Guide de I'utilisateur 196 Internet Explorer commands Using tabs in Firefox Using Rich Internet Application extensions In the Dragon Help, see: Following links and clicking buttons Specifying Web addresses Going to text boxes and selecting check boxes and option buttons Notes » You cannot select icons on the toolbar, Java ™ or ActiveX ® applets, or items in the History, Search, or Channels panels by voice. » The "Enable commands in HTML windows" box must be selected on the Commands tab of the Options dialog box to use Internet Explorer and Fire- fox commands. » You can use the same voice commands that you use with Internet Explorer to navigate in other applications that run within an HTML window. This includes Help windows based on HTML, such as this Help topic. » Onsome versions of Windows, you can control Internet Explorer menus and dialog boxes by voice only if the "Voice-enable menus, buttons, and other controls, excluding" box is selected on the Miscellaneous tab of the Options dialog box. » Onsome versions of Windows, Microsoft Active Accessibility should be installed before using voice commands with Internet Explorer. If Microsoft Active Accessibility is not installed, you must always start Dragon before you start Internet Explorer. If Internet Explorer is already running, close it, start Dragon, and then restart Internet Explorer. Searching the Web by voice Use the Dragon Voice Shortcuts in this topic to perform the following types of Web searches: » Search the Web: Starts a Web search in your default browser. Dragon displays your search string for editing if needed, and then uses your default search provider to search the Internet for your search terms. See Search the Web for details. » Search a specific Web site: Starts a Web search of a specific site in your default browser. Dragon displays your search string for editing if needed, and then uses your default search provider to search a specific Web site for your search terms. See Search a specific Web site for details. » Search a category on the Web: Starts a Web search of a specific cat- egory of information in your default browser. Dragon displays your search Chapter 9: Working with Web browsers string for editing if needed, and then uses your default search provider to search a specific category for your search terms. See Search a category on the Web for details. You can also Search the Web using dates, times, names, or currencies and Directly open a Web site with Google's "I'm feeling lucky". Notes = The option to edit the search string before it is sent to your browser is configurable, so you can turn it off if you prefer. See Display search text before performing search for details in the Dragon Help. » Depending on your Web browser and the complexity of the search, dis- playing the results may take a few moments. =» Your Web browser does not have to be open to start a Web search by voice. Dragon recognizes when you use a voice search command and opens your default browser for you. See your browser's documentation for information on setting the default browser. The following table lists the types of Web searches you can perform, the commands that Dragon supports, examples of how to use the commands, and descriptions of what happens after you say them. 197 Guide de I'utilisateur Search type Search the Web Searcha specific Web site 198 Search [the] Web for [the] <dictation> Search <Web site> for [the] <dictation> Example commands "Search the Web for Italian restaurants in Boston" "Search eBay for waffle irons" or "Search Yahoo for movies in Boston" What happens Optionally, Dragon displays your search string so that you can edit the keywords if necessary. Your default Web browser opens and displays the results of a search for the phrase "Italian restaurants in Boston" using your default search engine. Optionally, Dragon displays your search string so that you can edit the keywords if necessary. Your default Web browser opens and displays the results of searching eBay for the phrase "waffle irons”. Dragon supports Web site searches for the following Web sites: About (for about.com) AltaVista Amazon Answers (for answers.com) AOL Ask Bing Creative Commons eBay Facebook (login required) Google IRS MSN MySpace Twitter Wikipedia Yahoo! YouTube CY=F- Tel a] type Searcha category on the Web Search <category> for <dictation> Example commands "Search video for JFK inaugural address" Chapter 9: Working with Web browsers What happens Optionally, displays your search string so that you can edit the keywords if necessary. Your default WDragoneb browser opens and displays the results of a search on the words "JFK inaugural address" in your default search engine's video category. Dragon recognizes the following search categories: Search (images | pictures | photos) for <dictation> Search (video | movies) for <dictation> Search (news | events) for <dictation> Search (products | shops) for <dictation> Search (maps | places) for <dictation> 199 Guide de I'utilisateur CY=F- Tel a] type Search the Web using dates, times, names, or calculations Directly open the top-ranked Web site for your search term Note Search the Web for <date, time, name, or calculations > "Open top Web site (on | about | for ) [the] <specific topic or Web site>" Example commands Remember to say the words without pausing. Also, you can leave out punctuation and Dragon adds it for you. For example, Say: “Search Google for 87 divided by 12” "Search the Web for 11 o'clock am November 11 1945" (Dragon displays the search terms as "11:00 AM November 11,1945") "Search the Web for 57 Euros in US dollars" "Search the Web for Winston Churchill" "Open top Web site for University of Kansas" You can also substitute "Web page" or "site" for "Web site" What happens Optionally, Dragon displays your search string so that you can edit the keywords if necessary. Dragon searches the Web as requested using your default browser and search engine. Optionally, Dragon displays your search string so that you can edit the keywords if necessary. Dragon opens your default Web browser and displays the top-ranked page for the phrase "University of Kansas" The "Find a Web site (on | about | for ) [the] <specific topic or Web site>" command has been removed from Version 12. You can continue to use "Open top Web site (on | about | for ) [the] <specific topic or Web site>" command. Using Google's I'm feeling lucky To find Google's top-ranked Web site for a search term using "I'm feeling lucky": 1. Open the Google home page, for example, www.google.com. 2. Dictate or type your search terms in the search box. Chapter 9: Working with Web browsers Enabling or disabling searching the Web by voice To by voice, open the Options dialog box, Commands Taband do one of the following: » Select or deselect the "Enable Web search commands" check box. The option is enabled by default. Web browser commands Important: Please keep in mind that Dragon’s capabilities differ significantly among Web browsers, both in terms of commands and in terms of text control. See Working with a Web browser. Text in italics represents words or numbers that can change. For demonstrations of how to use these commands, see the Dragon tutorial. Starting your browser Start Internet Explorer "Start Internet Explorer" "Start Microsoft Internet Explorer" Start Mozilla Firefox "Start Firefox" "Start Mozilla Firefox" Start Google Chrome "Start Google Chrome" "Start Chrome" Instead of "start," you can also say "open," "Iaunch" or "show. Navigating the Web Please note that not all of these commands work in all browsers. 201 Guide de l'utilisateur 202 Move the insertion point to the Address Bar Go to the Web address in the Address Bar Refresh the current page from the Web Click a button Follow a link that is a word or phrase Click onan image that is a link Stop loading a Web page Load the previous page in the history list "Go to Address Bar" See also New commands for Internet Explorer 9 "Click Go" or "Go There" "Refresh page" or "Reload page" The button name or part of the button name. You can also say "Click" followed by all or part of the button name. or "Click <button>," where button represents the text shown ona button on an HTML window. If there are multiple buttons with similar names ona page, Dragon displays a number next to each link that appears. For example, "2." Next, you say the number of the button you want to click. A vertical red arrow points to your choice and then Dragon opens the link to open the associated Web page. "Click" plus the link text or part of the text. or "Click </ink text>," where link text represents the text shown on a button on an HTML window.lIf there are multiple text links on the page, say the number of the link you want to click, or say the text for the link. A vertical red arrow highlights your choice and then Dragon opens the link to open the associated Web page. Say "Click" and the text that appears when the mouse pointer moves over the image, for example, "Click Dragon" when "Dragon" is the text that appears. "Stop Loading" "Go Back" Load the next page inthe history list Load your home page Opena browser tab ina new browser window Opena currently displayed Web page in another browser tab that stays in the background Chapter 9: Working with Web browsers "Go Forward" "Open this in a new window" "Open this in a background tab" Entering text and data The following commands work only in Internet Explorer: 203 Guide de I'utilisateur Show all places on the page where | "Click Type Text" you can enter text or "Click Edit Box" Show all check boxes on the page | "Click Check Box" and go to the first one Show all images on the page with | "Click Image" links Show all option (radio) buttons on | "Click Radio Button" the page Show all boxes on the page with "Click List Box lists of choice Show all boxes on the page with "Click Combo Box" lists of choices where you can also type in text. Open a list of choices "Show Choices" Close a list of choices "Hide Choices Choose an entry from a list of "Choose <text>," for example, "Choose choices Hardware Compatibility Guide." Saying "Choose" is optional. Click the selected link, edit box, or | "Click That other object. Notes If you're using Dragon with Gmail or Hotmail, make sure your browser's Rich Internet Application support is enabled. A component of Dragon, this feature gives you important commands as well as Full Text Control in those Web applications. For more information, see Using Rich Internet Application extensions. You can use most text selection commands when you work with text that you enter in a Web form. Use the "Choose <n>," "Next Match, "Previous Match," and "Click That" commands listed under Navigating the Web to select among multiple choices. 204 Chapter 9: Working with Web browsers Moving around a Web page a ie) Say Move the page down by a screen Move the page up by a screen Move down to the bottom of the page Move up to the top of the page Move the page down by a few lines of text Move the page up by a few lines of text Go to the next frame ina multiframe page Go to the previous frame in a multiframe page Go to the next pane ina multipane page Go to the previous pane in a multipane page Display the top of the current page Display the bottom of the current page Start automatic downward scrolling Start automatic upward scrolling Stop automatic scrolling Increase the rate of automatic scrolling ["Scrol'stower"™ Decrease the rate of automatic scrolling "Scroll Slower" Internet Explorer commands The following commands are specific to Internet Explorer 7, 8, and 9. To see lists of Dragon commands supported in Internet Explorer, open the Dragon Sidebar or Command Browser. New commands for Internet Explorer 9 Dragon works with Internet Explorer 9 to provide voice support for pinning Web sites or specific Web pages to the Windows Start menu. Then, when you open the Web site or page from there, it displays as a separate browser icon on the Windows taskbar. 205 Guide de I'utilisateur 206 To pin a Web site or page to the Start menu 1. Say "Pin this [web] site | page to Start menu." A dialog box displays, where you can update the address for the Web page to be added. 2. Say orclick Add to complete the command. Internet Explorer 9 supports entering Web search terms in the same box that displays the Internet address of the page you are viewing. The box is called the @ http://www-facebook.com P+Bcx One Box or Address Bar. To move the cursor to the One Box » Say "go to the One Box." Notes Home button and Home menu Internet Explorer 9 has both a Home button “, which displays in the top-right corner of the browser window, and a separate Home menu, available from the Command bar as shown here: fp ~ Bl + | me + Pager Safetyy Toolky @v If both are displayed, Dragon usually recognizes the Home button when you say the "Home" command. Tools menus Internet Explorer 9 has a main Tools menu, which displays when you click the cog icon “Jin the top-right corner of the browser window, and a secondary Tools menu on the Command bar. If both are displayed, Dragon usually opens the main Tools menu when you say the "Tools" command. Using tabs » open new tab » open last tab » open next tab » open previous tab » close tab » switch to the last tab » switch to the next tab » switch to the previous tab » view the next tab » view the last tab » view the previous tab » view the [nth] tab (can use the numbers one to eight) Using Quick tabs » display quick tabs » hide quick tabs » unhide quick tabs » open quick tabs » show quick tabs » turn quick tabs on » turn quick tabs off » view quick tabs Using feeds » open feeds » close feeds » show feeds » display feeds » view feeds » hide feeds » unhide feeds » toggle feeds » switch to feeds Using tabs in Firefox Chapter 9: Working with Web browsers The following commands are specific to Mozilla Firefox. To see lists of Dragon commands supported in Firefox, open the Dragon Sidebar or Command Browser. Using tabs » add anew tab » open anew tab » click the next tab » click the previous tab » goto to the next tab » goto the previous tab » close tab 207 Chapter 10: Working on Your Desktop Chapter 10: Working on Your Desktop This section contains the following topics: SoCRIPR IFIED eAUICL CIG IIE) POU IIS sss occ ns Se ecpbesancaaddenigaundebeuceaanannd 209 Using Windows DEGk lop CCrmiinians igaoo occ cccccecssan ceatiucvsniauweesenesetiontin 211 EG FI cacrdcvccvesnetiidstaadaiscassacaauhaoiis besabhedexonshopelsaeidaneesbace 214 Selecting buttons and dialog box options ................0........ 0.2. cece eee 215 Se CTI THOS IS GIRO DON ci csincesiuvaseucnsscusscensnaiarsaanivacecesaareieaeinne 216 SIZ IG SIG SUE VS wae sc esdd cess thcscidensiucsbeneueparecscicenae 216 Selecting ANd OPENING ICONS 2... nccc ces cc cece cess sec ceeebesdscsensencseraveneessctenes 217 Scrolling tri VeiMwS BiG SCS acco asd sk cccsccnewccsccasccceceswencandstaesseeasnes 217 Searching your Desktop by Voice ..........0....0. 0.2.20 c cece cece ee eee cece ee eceeeeee 218 Switching between programs and windows ..................2..2.ececececececeees 219 Starting and exiting programs Use the following voice commands to start programs that appear anywhere on your Start menu or your Desktop. Attention The "Start <program name>" command can be turned off to reduce computer memory use and eliminate misrecognitions of dictation as commands. See Enable launching from the Start menu in the Dragon Help. To start a program » Say "Start" followed by the program name. Instead of "start," you can also say "open," "launch" or "show." For example, say "open Notepad." Shorter names for popular programs For the popular Windows programs listed here, you can use shorter program names in addition to the standard program label shown on the Start menu or 209 Guide de I'utilisateur 210 under the program icon on the Desktop. For other programs you'll need to say the standard program label. «= MS Word, Microsoft Word, Microsoft Office Word » MS Excel, Microsoft Excel « MS Outlook, Microsoft Outlook » Outlook Express =» MS PowerPoint, Microsoft PowerPoint =» MS Access, Microsoft Access «» MS InfoPath, Microsoft InfoPath » Internet Explorer, Microsoft Internet Explorer « Firefox, Mozilla Firefox » Chrome, Google Chrome =» Corel WordPerfect, WordPerfect » Acrobat Reader » Lotus Notes Examples: » Say "Start Microsoft Word" Or » Say "Start Acrobat Reader" Notes » You can also start your standard desktop email client by saying "Start Mail." See Working in e-mail programs for details. To start any other programs To start other Windows desktop programs, you need to know the name of the program shortcut or icon. Say "start" and then the text on the program icon label. Examples: Microsoft Visual Basic, listed in Windows like this: >» Say "Start Microsoft Visual Basic 2008 Express Edition" OR Adobe Acrobat Pro, listed in Windows like this: Adobe Acrobat 9 Pro » Say "Start Adobe Acrobat 9 Pro" Chapter 10: Working on Your Desktop Tip To simplify start commands or to run programs using names of your choice, you can rename Desktop icons or create new Windows Shortcuts. See your Windows documentation for details. To exit a program » With any window that has the active focus on your screen, say "Close Window," or say "Click Close" Notes » TO access some built-in items on the main section of the Windows Start menu, including Shut Down, Help, Run, and the Favorites, Find, and Set- tings menus, you must say "Click Start" or "Click Start Menu" and then say the menu names you want until you reach the program. For exam- ple, to start the Find Files or Folders tool, say "Click Start" and then "Find Files or Folders." » Insome versions of Windows you must close any open applications before you can use the voice command "Shut Down Windows" to exit Windows. » Onsome versions of Windows, you can control Internet Explorer menus and dialog boxes by voice only if the "Voice-enable menus, buttons, and other controls, excluding" box is selected on the Miscellaneous tab of the Options dialog box. » TO use Dragon to operate Windows menus and dialog box controls by voice, the option Voice enable menus, buttons and other controls must remain enabled in the Miscellaneous tab of the Options dialog box. The setting ensures that the Windows Active Accessibility feature allows voice control of Windows menus and controls. This option is turned on by default. Using Windows Desktop commands You can use voice commands to perform many actions on the Windows Desktop, as shown in the table below. Notes » Instead of dictating the verb "open," you can also say "start," "launch" or "show." For example, say "start Notepad." » For details about how to say program names, see Starting and exiting programs. » See About the Command Browser for more variants of all commands listed here and see Creating new commands in the Dragon Help for infor- mation about how to create your own commands. » Items in square brackets are optional. 211 Guide de I'utilisateur a ome(om dal t You can say Open Windows special folders Open your My Computer "Open My Computer" window Open your My Documents "Open My Documents" folder Open your My Pictures "Open My Pictures" folder Open your My Music folder | "Open My Music" Open your My Videos "Open My Videos" folder Start applications and utilities Start a program by name "Open <program name>" Note: This command can be turned off to reduce computer memory use and eliminate misrecognitions of dictation as commands. See Enable launching from the Start menu in the Dragon Help. Open Windows Explorer "Open Windows Explorer" Open Windows Help and "Open Windows Help" Support Center Open the Windows Task "Open Task Manager" Manager Open the Windows Run "Open Run dialog" dialog box Open the Windows System | "Open System Configuration Utility" Configuration Utility (msconfig) Open the Windows Control | "Open Control Panel" Panel Open the Windows Print "Open Print Manager" Manager Add a printer to your "Add a new printer" Windows system 212 Chapter 10: Working on Your Desktop a ome(om dal You can say Add or remove programs "Open Add or Remove Programs window" to your Windows system Change the Windows "Change Display Settings" Display Settings Change the Windows "Change screen resolution" screen resolution Change Windows Power "Change power settings" Settings Navigate between windows Switch between windows > "List programs" or "List all windows" or "List windows for Dragon" and then "Choose n," where n is the number of the window you want to switch to. For example, say "Choose 2" OR >» "Switch to previous window" OR > "Switch to next window." Switch to a specific > "Switch to <program name>" For example, say program or document "Switch to Microsoft Word" OR > "Switch to <document name>" OR > "List windows for <program name>" See Switching between programs and windows Work with windows Enlarge the active window | "Maximize window" to the size of your monitor's screen Minimize the active "Minimize window" window Minimize all windows and » "Show Desktop" display the Windows » "Minimize [all] windows" Desktop 213 Guide de I'utilisateur 214 a ome(om dal You can say Return a maximized "Restore window" window to its original size Restore all minimized "Restore [all] windows" windows Controlling menus You can open, close, and choose items from the menus in most programs by voice. To control the menus in a window, the window must be active. To open a menu » Say one of the following: "Click" followed by the name of the menu. Just say the menu name. Example: "Click File" or "File" Dragon's default setting is to require that you say "Click" to select menus and controls. See Require "Click" to select menus in the Dragon Help. To choose an item from an open menu > Just say the item (you can still say "Click" but Dragon doesn't need you to). Example: If the File menu is open, say "New" To close a menu » Say "Cancel" Notes = Say "Click Start Menu" or "Click Start" to open the Start menu. You must say "Click" to open the Start menu. By default, you must say "Click" before the name of menus in commands. To change the setting, see Require "Click" to select menus in the Dragon Help. » Saying "Cancel" is equivalent to pressing the ESC key. =» Insome versions of Windows, a feature called Active Accessibility allows you to control certain windows menus and controls by voice. If your ver- sion of Windows supports Active Accessibility, the "Voice-enable menus, buttons, and other controls, excluding" option on the Miscellaneous tab of the Options dialog box must be on in order to use voice commands to con- trol menus. When you first install Dragon, this option is on by default. Chapter 10: Working on Your Desktop » When using Microsoft Office XP applications running on the Microsoft Win- dows XP operating system you may not be able to control certain menu items by voice if those menu items have changed their position as a result of an automatically expanding menu. If you need voice control of menu items at all times, then you can turn off the expanding menu fea- ture in the Customize dialog box of the Microsoft Office XP application you are using. Open the Customize dialog box from the Toolbars sub- menu of the View menu. In the Options tab of the Customize dialog box, select the "Always show full menus" option. Selecting buttons and dialog box options You can select buttons and dialog box options by voice. The dialog box must be the active window. To select a button or option » Say "Click" followed by the name of the button or option, as it appears in the window, or just say the name. Saying "Click" before the name of the button or option is optional. If you want to require it, for example, to improve recognition accuracy of commands over dictation, you can specify that "Click" must be spoken on the Commands tab of the Options dialog box. Example To change the measurement units in a Microsoft Word document: a say "Click Office Button" » say "Click Word Options" (to open the Microsoft Word Options dialog box) » say "Click Advanced" (to open the Advanced tab) » scroll down to Display > Show measurements in units of: <choose one option> a say "Click OK" (to accept the new measurement unit and close the Options dialog box.) To open a list If the list is selected (the item displayed is highlighted), say "Expand List" or "Drop List." If the list is not selected say the name of the list. To open the next list, say "Press Tab" and then either "Expand List" or "Drop List." To click the Close or OK buttons » Say "Close" or "Click Close," "OK" or "Click OK." 215 Guide de I'utilisateur 216 Notes » You cannot say the following items: file names in dialog boxes, folder names in dialog boxes, names of items within list boxes, and toolbar icons. =» Onsome versions of Windows, you can control Internet Explorer menus and dialog boxes by voice only if the "Voice-enable menus, buttons, and other controls, excluding" box is selected on the Miscellaneous tab of the Options dialog box. Selecting tabs in a dialog box You can select tabs on a tabbed dialog box (such as the Options dialog box in Dragon) in the following manner: Select the next tab "Move to Next Tab" "Go to Next Tab" "Click Next Tab" Select the previous tab "Move to Previous Tab" "Go to Previous Tab" "Click Previous Tab" Note If the tab has a caption with a shortcut key (underlined character) you can say "Click" followed by the name of the tab. Resizing and closing windows You can resize and close windows by voice. To resize a window 1. Make the window you want to resize active. 2. Say "Maximize Window," "Minimize Window," or "Restore Window." To close a window 1. Make the window you want to close active. 2. Say "Close Window." Note These commands only work when you are using an English version of your operating system. If you have a different version of the operating system, you Chapter 10: Working on Your Desktop must say "Click" and the command used by that system in place of "Maximize, """Minimize," or "Restore." Selecting and opening icons You can select icons on the Desktop in the following manner: To select a desktop icon 1. Point to the Windows desktop and say "Mouse Click" to make the desktop active. 2. Say the name of an icon. For example, "My Documents." The icon becomes highlighted to indicate that it is selected. 3. To select another icon, say "Move" followed by a direction (Left, Right, Up, or Down) and the number of icons (up to 20) you want to move. For exam- ple, "Move Right 1" or "Move Up 3." You can open icons on the desktop in the following manner: To open a desktop icon (including an application) 1. Point to the Windows desktop and say "Mouse Click" to make the desktop active. 2. Say "Open" and the name of anicon. For example, "Open My Documents." You can close an open window in the following manner: To close an open window 1. Point to the open window and say "Mouse Click" to make the window active. 2. Say "Close Window." Scrolling in windows and lists With Dragon you can scroll within a window or list in a dialog box. To scroll vertically » Make sure the insertion point is in the list of a dialog box and say "Move Down" or "Move Up" followed by the number of lines (up to 20) you want to scroll. This presses the Up or Down Arrow key the number of times you specify. You can also say "Page Up" or "Page Down" to press the Page Up or Page Down key. Examples: "Move Up 10" "Move Down 4" "Page Up" 217 Guide de I'utilisateur 218 To scroll horizontally » If the list or window has a horizontal scroll bar, make sure the insertion point is in the list or dialog box and say "Move Left" or "Move Right" followed by a number up to 20. This presses the Left or Right arrow keys the number of times you specify. Examples: "Move Left 10" "Move Right 5" Note You can use these commands to scroll Help windows by voice. Searching your Desktop by voice Use the Dragon Voice Shortcuts in this topic to search your Desktop by voice. The search commands require that you have third-party indexing/search software installed. Dragon supports the following search software: » Google Desktop » Windows Vista search » Windows 7 search The following table lists the types of Desktop commands that Dragon supports, an example command, and a description of what happens after you say the command: Command Type Search your computer Search e- mail Find the top- ranked email Search documents Search your Web history, favorites, or bookmarks search [the] computer for [the] <dictation> search e-mail for [the] <dictation> find [an] email (about | on) [the] <dictation> search [the] (documents | files) for [the] <dictation> search [the] <category> for [the] <dictation> Example command "Search the computer for budget spreadsheets" "Search e- mail for the budget" "Find an email about the vacation schedule" "Search documents for budget" "Search the Web history for the budget forecast" Chapter 10: Working on Your Desktop What happens The search engine displays all indexed items with the keywords "budget spreadsheets". The search engine displays all indexed email with the keyword "budget " Note: You can use the terms e-mail, mail, or message interchangeably. The search engine displays the top-ranked email for the keyword "vacation schedule”. The search engine displays all indexed documents with the keyword "budget". Note: You can use the terms documents and files interchangeably. The search engine displays search results containing all pages from your Web history that use the keyword "budget". Valid search categories are: - favorites - bookmarks - Web history Enabling or disabling searching the Desktop by voice To enable or disable searching the Desktop by voice, open the Commands tab of the Options dialog box and do one of the following: » Select or deselect the "Enable Desktop search commands" check box. The option is enabled by default. Switching between programs and windows Use this procedure to do any of the following: 219 Guide de I'utilisateur « List and switch between open programs or windows. » List and switch between windows of multi-document applications. « List and switch between open Dragon windows. Note You can use this command to switch to your Web browser, but this command does not list open tabs in your web browser. For information on browser tabs, see Working with a Web Browser. To switch between open programs or windows 1. Do any of the following: > To list all open programs, say "List Programs" or "List all windows." The List of Open Applications window opens. For example, StnelGpeviniow Choose the window to activate. You may say “choose 1” or another number, or double-click the item. (x] Microsoft Excel © DNS 12 Documents - Windows Internet Explorer )) user_voc (\ DragonBar - Professional € www. vtstateparks.com/pdfs/rule_current.pdf - Google Chrome (@®) Tunes MW Snap - List of Open windows.png is dns_main_help_enx. fiprj - MadCap Flare V7 (W] Document2 - Microsoft Word 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Or > To list open windows of multi-document applications, say "List windows for <program name>" For example, say "List windows for Microsoft Word" The List of Windows opens. For example, 220 Chapter 10: Working on Your Desktop Choose the window to activate. You may say “choose 1° or another number, or double-click the item. [Wi] My Blog Post.docx - Microsoft Word [Wi] Save our Children.docx - Microsoft Word [W] My Budget.docx - Microsoft Word To list all open Dragon windows, say "List windows for Dragon" or "List Dragon windows". The list of Dragon windows opens. For example, “(6 List of Windows - Dra Choose the window to activate. You may say “choose 1” or another number, or double-click the item. oe Accuracy Center (S DragonBar - Professional 54 MyCommands Editor DragonPad - Document For information about dictating program names, see Starting and exiting pro- grams. 221 Guide de I'utilisateur 2. To switch to an open program or window: » Say "Choose n," where n is the number of the program or window you want to switch to, or just say the number next to the word. For example, say "Choose 2" or"2" OR » Choose the number of the program or window from the list and click OK. 222 Chapter 11: Controlling the Mouse and Keyboard Chapter 11: Controlling the Mouse and Keyboard This section contains the following topics: COTPONNP iy TS oe OIG ans cocci cosa accaus deeinceneiecederadduadebakeeluaresesiada 223 PACIFIED GS MOUSE POMINER 6 icesiocei ot ci pasexdeleayeep iat beccesey eabtedcesceuuanes 225 DS Pe AS osteitis icdduccadyscaoebecthieueausncekiodaomnitisneadeciaeae mentees 225 COBUA all TIVES COMIITIANIOS oiossacacscivviviiiadeddavicesscaesheesiaetaeiecevaseseubenecs 225 SLOG) NIGUIS IMC VOIIGIVE ecciscscsnuneniccicidealescsieassveiaceeasaeniaesaponnsbix 226 Positioning the mouse pointer with MouseGrid ................0.0.02.2.2ece eee 227 Clicking and dragging the mouse .......................2..0 cece cece cece cece cece eeeees 227 RANGER Reet WA I oo 5 ois oo dee dattndcauciencbaageueeclaaluauaveduceccuetssiiass 225 LAPS CHIPUES TITS UIE a aac ocean tscnsd cccenaninccsosteniidesseeedeaalasceeagsesideesceasens 228 SEOPONIC MIGUES TNOVEMIGNE coo ooosc crceincccccceencsebiasiexeacsdsdcenecesucdsdeeacssne 229 Controlling the keyboard When Dragon is running, you can control the keyboard by voice. 223 Guide de I'utilisateur S Then say ay Key" "Function 1" to "Function 12" "Keypad" followed by any numeric keypad key: 0...9, .,/, *, -, +, Enter). "Shift," "Control," or "Alt" (alone or in combination) followed by any other key. 224 Chapter 11: Controlling the Mouse and Keyboard Notes =» You can say "Press" or "Type" followed by any combination of modifier keys (Shift, Control, Alt), and then any letter, number, symbol, arrow key, and so on. » You can say "Press Tab" to move around a dialog box ora list and "Press Enter" to select items. » You cannot undo a keystroke by saying "Scratch That." For example, if you say "Press Cap A" then "Scratch That," "A" remains in the document. You can, however, say "Undo That." Moving the mouse pointer You can move the mouse pointer up, down, left, or right using the mouse pointer commands. Move commands The following commands are always available and can move the pointer a short distance (up to 10 units): Then say Then say "Up" "<1—10>" "Down" W Left" W Rig ht" Examples: "Mouse Down Two" "Mouse Right Eight" Optional move commands You can use the following movement commands if the "Enable mouse motion commands" box on the Commands tab of the Options dialog box is selected. 225 Guide de I'utilisateur Say Then a direction Then a speed (optional) a Povrame You can say a speed command at any time while the pointer is moving to speed the movement up or slow it down. Examples: "Move Mouse Down Faster" "Mouse Move Lower Right Very Fast" "Mouse Move Up Very Fast (pause) Slower (pause) Stop" Stopping mouse movement While the mouse pointer is moving, you can stop the movement by saying one of the following commands: : "Stop" » "Cancel" Notes » You can combine moving the mouse pointer with clicking the mouse or marking and dragging the object in a single voice command. » You can disable the mouse motion commands by clearing the check box "Enable mouse motion commands" on the Commands tab of the Options dialog box. =» The default mouse motion speed is 2 (on a scale from 1 to 25). You can change the default speed by clicking the Speed button on the Commands tab of the Options dialog box and selecting a new speed. 226 Chapter 11: Controlling the Mouse and Keyboard Positioning the mouse pointer with MouseGrid You can position the mouse pointer anywhere on the screen using MouseGrid. The movement can be relative to the full screen or the active window. To position the pointer with MouseGrid 1. Say "MouseGrid" to place the MouseGrid over the full screen or say "Mouse- Grid Window" to place it over the active window. MouseGrid divides the screen or window into nine numbered areas. 2. Say the number (from 1 to 9) to position the pointer in that numbered area. To position it again, say another number. You can pause slightly after each number you say. Examples: "MouseGrid 3 2 5" "MouseGrid Window 7 8" Notes To have MouseGrid close automatically, end the MouseGrid command with "Go." For example, say "MouseGrid 5 3 Go." To undo the last MouseGrid action, say "Undo That." To close MouseGrid, say "Cancel." MouseGrid will close when the microphone is turned off, or when you say the command "Go To Sleep." You can combine the MouseGrid command with clicking the mouse or marking and dragging the object in a single voice command. For exam- ple, you can say "MouseGrid 5 3 Double-Click." Clicking and dragging the mouse You can click and drag the mouse by voice. 227 Guide de I'utilisateur Clicking the mouse Then say Then say a Er Feowcise | Ee "Press" or "Type" "Shift" "Right Click" "Left Click" "Control" "Right Click" "Left Click" Examples: "Mouse Double-Click" "Mouse Right-Click" "Press Shift Right Click" "Type Control Left Click" Dragging the mouse You can use the following movement commands if you select the Enable mouse motion commands check box on the Commands tab of the Options dialog box. Say Then a direction Then a speed (optional) "Mouse Drag" (to move) "Very Fast" "Control Mouse Drag" (to "Right" "Much Faster" copy) "Control Drag Mouse" "Upper Right" "Very Slow" "Upper Left" "Much Slower" 228 Chapter 11: Controlling the Mouse and Keyboard You can say a speed command at any time while the pointer is moving to speed the movement up or slow it down. Examples: "Drag Mouse Down Faster" "Mouse Drag Lower Right Very Fast" "Mouse Drag Up Very Fast (pause) Slower (pause) Stop" "Shift Drag Mouse Up" Stopping mouse movement While the mouse pointer is moving, you can stop the movement by saying one of the following commands: . "Stop" » "Cancel" Notes » You can combine dragging the mouse pointer and clicking the mouse. For example, to open an application from the Desktop, you can say "Mouse Drag Lower Left" and when the Desktop icon is selected, say "Double- Click." » You can disable the mouse motion commands by clearing the check box "Enable mouse motion commands" on the Commands tab of the Options dialog box. 229 Chapter 12: Improving recognition accuracy Chapter 12: Improving recognition accuracy There are many things you can do to improve recognition accuracy. » Positioning the microphone correctly » Speaking clearly and continuously » Run the Accuracy Assistant » Run the Acoustic Optimizer » Use recognition modes » Train misrecognized commands » Train individual words and phrases » Run General Training again » Run the Let Dragon search for words tool » Personalize your Vocabulary Top 10 ways to improve accuracy Here's our top 10 list of ways to optimize Dragon's ability to recognize your speech. 1. Use careful dictation practices Dictating with Dragon is different than talking to someone. When we talk, we often hesitate, mumble, slur words, or leave words out altogether, but we're still able to understand each other. And people can easily filter out noise, which lets us understand each other, even in noisy environments, like restaurants, but speech software needs help separating dictation from other sounds. With dictation, the idea is to speak in a consistent speed and volume - try not to hesitate, exaggerate your pronunciation, or talk loudly or slowly. So make sure background noise doesn't drown you out and that you have the microphone close enough for Dragon to hear you properly, usually about an inch from your mouth and to one side. Also, remember to dictate using complete phrases, so that Dragon 231 Guide de I'utilisateur 232 gets the context. For example, we use our experience and common sense to decide whether someone said "I Scream," or "Ice Cream." But Dragon does- n't understand what words mean, so it can't use common sense the way we do. Instead, Dragon interprets your speech by using its knowledge of words that tend to appear together. Dragon calculates how frequently you use words and phrases and can offer you suggestions when it makes mistakes. Try to think about your whole phrase or sentence before you start dictate it, and you'll be on your way to dictation mastery. For more information, see Dic- tation Basics. . Import lists of words or phrases Rather than adding words or phrases one at a time, you can import one or more lists. The lists can even include spoken forms. This method can be particularly useful for businesses that have a lot of people dictating similar names or words or if you need to use more than one user profile. For more information, see Preparing a list of custom words to add to a Vocabulary. . Learn from specific documents You can select specific documents or entire folders containing typical documents, your own or those of others, that reflect the type of dictation you will typically do. You can then train Dragon how you pronounce unusual words or about proper names you need to dic- tate. For example, if you were an academic and ran the tool to add words from essays and articles in your field of study, or a blogger using a lot of new acronyms, Dragon would automatically learn your words, word frequency and contexts, and make better guesses about your speech. Dragon also moves words from its backup dictionary to its active vocabulary based on the scan. If there are a lot of words to train, you'll need to plan this activity when you have a few minutes to spend adding the words. . Learn from sent e-mails Similar to Learn from specific documents, this tool helps refine your profile by analyzing representative text, only in this case it analyzes e-mail messages sent from your installed email program. In addition to analyzing frequency of word use and typical word sequences, it can suggest contact names you may want to add to the vocabulary. Note: For the first run, plan this activity when you can let Dragon use your computer for 5 to 30 minutes. Subsequent scans build on the first one, how- ever, and are much faster. . Run Accuracy Tuning This process refines your user profile by analyzing audio and text data that Dragon archives from your dictation. You can launch Accuracy Tuning from the DragonBar Audio menu or schedule it to run later. Choose a time when your computer is on but you can close Dragon - for example, when you typically have a meal or a meeting. . Perform additional training Dragon learns about how you pronounce words and your vocal tones when you create your user profile, but it can learn more if you read one or more of the supplied training texts. If you skipped the General Training step when you created your profile, we rec- ommend that you read a training text after a few hours of using Dragon. On the DragonBar, select Audio > Read Text to Improve Accuracy. 7. 10. Chapter 12: Improving recognition accuracy Turn off what you don't use Visit the Performance Assistant for useful strategies for optimizing accuracy and speed with Dragon. For example, you can turn off the ability to "voice-click" menus, buttons and other controls in some or all programs, or the ability to open items from the Windows Start menu or desktop. Turning off these options reduces Dragon's use of com- puter resources and reduces the possibility of isolated words or phrases being executed as commands, such as "Click Send" or "Open Network." Use Smart Format Rules to have Dragon recognize when you change a custom or built-in auto-formatting option or word property for alphanumeric text or a word. Dragon automatically applies formatting to many common spoken forms of text, such as Web and e-mail addresses, street addresses, dates, numbers, units of measure, and so on. The Smart Format Rules fea- ture recognizes your changes to rules and offers to customize the settings to suit your needs as you work. You can also add custom word properties to words to make Dragon's text entry more intuitive and efficient. By setting word properties, you specify a variety of options that can be associated with vocabulary entries. You can specify that a word be preceded or followed by specific characters and customize properties for placement or handling. For example, question marks and exclamation marks have default properties of "Precede by (nothing)" and "Format the next word capitalized." Or, you can specify one or more for words. If the Use Alternate Written Form checkbox is selected for "meter," when you dictate the word after a number Dragon enters only "m." For example, of the Alternate Written Form check- box is not selected, and you dictate "meter," Dragon types the full word, "meter." Make corrections You can prevent many errors using the methods listed above, but if an error does happen, correcting it will help Dragon to learn. Redictating or retyping words or phrases are sometimes the fastest approach, but Dragon provides a lot of flexibility about how and when you correct errors. Save your user profile Remember that as Dragon works on your doc- uments with you, it needs to save what it learns. Whenever you correct dic- tation with the keyboard, train words, or perform any of the other accuracy optimization operations, you must to save your user profile to save your changes for your next dictation session. Using Smart Format Rules Smart Format Rules may display when Dragon notices that you corrected dictated text corresponding to an Auto-Formatting option or Word Property. Through this optional feature, Dragon displays reaches out to offer one or more adjustments to its settings. 233 Guide de I'utilisateur 234 When Dragon presents a Smart Format Rules box, you can choose one of the adjustments it offers. Or you can just ignore the dialog box and continue working, or say “cancel” and the box will close. Here is an example of the Smart Format Rule for units of measure that appears if you change the standard abbreviation for kilograms, which is kg: S Smart Format Rules 1 7)) Say "Choose" followed by a number, or just ignore this box. "choose 1" Never abbreviate units of measure "choose 2" Always use the alternate written form ‘kilograms’ What to do when a Smart Format Rules box displays When Dragon displays a Smart Format Rule, you can usually do any of the following: » If you don't want Dragon to auto-format the text using this rule now and in future dictation, say choose 1 - Never <apply rule>, where apply rule represents the auto-formatting rule you changed with your dictation. « If you want Dragon to use the same auto-formatting setting the next time you dictate it and in the future, say choose 2 - Always <apply rule>. « If you don’t want to adjust any rule, ignore this box. It will go away when you continue dictating or working in your document. You can also say “Cancel” to dismiss the box. For Smart Format Rules about entering zeros rather than the word "million," for numbers greater than or equal to 10, and for word properties, the choices are slightly different. The Smart Format Rules display the applicable choices in those cases. For details and examples, see Options controlled by Smart Format Rules below. When the Smart Format Rules box displays The Smart Format Rules box displays when you edit auto-formatted text using » the Correction menu » the Spelling window or « the keyboard. Showing the last Smart Format Rule If a Smart Format Rules box displays and you continue dictating or cancel it accidentally, you can redisplay it by saying the command "Show Smart Format Rule." Previously accepted rules can not be displayed. Disabling Smart Format Rules If you want to turn off the Smart Format Rules feature, Chapter 12: Improving recognition accuracy 1. Select Tools menu > Options from the DragonBar. For example, say "Switch to DragonBar," then "Click Tools," then "Options." 2. Onthe Options dialog box, Correction tab, say "click Show Smart Format Rules" to clear the checkmark beside the option. 3. Say "Click OK" to close the dialog box and apply your changes. Restoring a Smart Format Rule You can restore a default in the Auto-formatting dialog box or Word Properties dialog box. Another way to restore a setting: correct the text to the format you want and pick the corresponding rule from the Smart Format Rules box that your correction triggered. Options controlled by Smart Format Rules Auto-formatting Web and e-mail addresses Turns on automatic e-mail and Web address formatting, so that you can dictate them as you would normally say them out loud. For example, if you say "jane dot smith at my adventure travel dot com" Dragon enters "Jane.Smith@myadventuretravel.com." Dragon substitutes the @ sign for the spoken "at," uses a period for "dot," and omits spaces. Or if you say "www dot nuance dot com," Dragon enters www.nuance.com. Auto-formatting street addresses Turns on automatic formatting of postal addresses. For example, if you say "49 orchard lane boston massachusetts oh two four four six," Dragon enters "49 Orchard Lane, Boston, MA 02446." Certain addresses can be hard for Dragon to interpret. For example, "Two Hundred Forty Fifth Street" could be interpreted as 245th Street, 200 45th Street, or 240 5th Street. In a situation like this, Dragon uses context to try to determine what you meant. In some cases, using the word "And" can help to narrow down the choices. In the example above, saying "Two Hundred And Forty Fifth Street" would eliminate 200 45th Street as a possibility. For user profiles whose region setting is UK or Canada: This option also enables the proper formatting of UK postcodes and Canadian postal codes. For example, you could format a postcode for London by saying "W Two Four RJ" to enter W2 4RJ, and format a postal code for Toronto by saying "M Five H Two L Two" to enter M5H 2L2." See Choose your region and vocabulary in the Dragon Help. For user profiles whose region setting is United States: If you are using a U.S. English user profile, you can enable UK postcodes and Canadian postal codes from the UK and Canadian postcodes option in this dialog box. 235 Guide de I'utilisateur 236 See Choose your region and vocabulary in the Dragon Help. Auto-formatting titles Inserts abbreviated versions of any title in Dragon's Abbreviated titles list. For example, "Mr." for "Mister," or "Pres." for "President." Auto-formatting dates Controls how Dragon formats dates when you dictate the day, month, and year together. Use the drop-down button to select the format you want to use most often. Available formats are: Dates As Spoken Month D, YYYY Month DD, YYYY Mon D, YYYY Mon DD, YYYY M/D/YYYY M/D/YY MM/DD/YYYY MM/DD/YY MM-DD-YY D Month, YYYY D/M/YYYY D/M/YY DD/MM/YYYY DD/MM/YY DD-Mon-YY YYYY-MM-DD If you clear the "Dates" checkbox, Dragon will not apply automatic date formatting. For example, after clearing the checkbox, if you dic- tate "July twenty seventh," Dragon will write "July 27th." By default, Dragon does not use the numeral form of numbers smaller than 10, whether for cardinal numbers (one, two, three...) or ordinal numbers (first, second, third...). If the "Dates" checkbox is cleared, Dragon writes "the 10th of June" and "the seventh of June" unless you change the default setting "Numbers, if greater or equal to" on the Chapter 12: Improving recognition accuracy Auto-Formatting Options dialog box. « If you use the "Dates As Spoken" setting, Dragon needs you to dictate dates in an unambiguous way, using the name and not the digit for the month. For example, with "Dates As Spoken" selected, Dragon will cor- rectly format "January eleven two thousand nine" and "the seventh of February two thousand four" using date formats, but will format "eleven one two thousand nine" as a number. If you dictate dates differently, for example you use digits to say the month, try selecting the value that best matches how you dictate the date. For example, if you normally say "eleven one two thousand nine", setting the date format to "D/M/YYYY" will cause Dragon to cor- rectly transcribe the date. « If you omit the year, for example, you say "July twelve", Dragon tran- scribes "July 12" ("The twelfth of July" becomes "12 July") regardless of which date formatting you select. Auto-formatting common abbreviations Enables Dragon to recognize most standard abbreviations while transcribing your dictation. For example, Dragon would rewrite "versus" as "vs.", "Institute" as "Inst.", and "Department" as "Dept." For more information about dictating abbreviations, see Dictating abbreviations and acronyms. Auto-formatting contractions Enable this option if you want Dragon to expand contractions when you dictate them. For example, if you say "Don't go near the water", Dragon transcribes "Do not go near the water". If you leave this option turned off, Dragon enters contractions the way you dictate them. Note: In some situations, the formal expression of a contraction may be ambiguous. For example, the phrase "It's always" could either mean "It is always" or "It has always," depending on the tense of the verb that follows. In this situation, Dragon always expands the contraction, regardless of how this option is set. Auto-formatting “ million” instead of ” ,000,000” Enable this option to have Dragon enter the word "million" rather than zeros and commas (",000,000") when you dictate round numbers in the millions. For example, Dragon enters "8 million" rather than "8,000,000." 237 Guide de I'utilisateur If a number in the millions range is not rounded to the nearest million, Dragon enters the number as digits. For example, if you dictate "eight million one hundred thousand" Dragon enters "8,100,000". Auto-formatting numbers, if greater than or equal to Enters numbers as numerals if they are equal to or greater than the value shown in the drop-down list. If the number is less than the chosen value, the number is spelled out. For example, using the value of "10", Dragon will write "five" when you dictate "five" and "11" when you dictate "eleven". The available values are: » O » 2 » 10 » 100 Note: You can also use Dragon to enter numbers as Arabic or Roman numerals. See Dictation commands. Auto-formatting units of measure Turns on automatic formatting of standard units of measure, such as feet and inches. For example, if you say "Six Foot Three Inches", Dragon enters 6' 3". If a unit of measure is not formatted in the way you expect, you can also use the Word Properties dialog box to use an alternate form for that particular unit of measure. Auto-formatting ISO currency codes If you have selected the Prices option, then you can select "ISO currency codes" to display currency amounts with the International Standards Organization currency symbol corresponding to the region and language set for your Windows operating system or, if different, for your user profile (see How region and language affect number and currency punctuation). For example, if your profile's region is set to United States and you enable both the Prices and ISO currency codes Auto-Formatting options, when you dictate "Ten Dollars" Dragon enters "USD10". Auto-formatting phone numbers Turns on automatic formatting of telephone numbers. For U.S. English User Profiles using the United States or Canada for the Region: Turns on automatic formatting North American telephone 238 Chapter 12: Improving recognition accuracy numbers when you speak a sequence of seven or ten numbers. For example, if you say "7815551234", Dragon will transcribe "781-555-1234". NOTES » Vanity phone numbers such as 1-800-EXAMPLE are not supported. » The automatic formatting of U.S. telephone numbers is not supported for user profiles with a UK Region setting. For User Profiles using the UK for the Region: Turns on automatic formatting of UK telephone numbers. NOTES » Country code +44 can be dictated as "four four", "forty four" or "dou- ble four" with a preceding plus sign. For example, if you say "plus-sign four four two nine two oh seven four seven seven four seven", Dragon transcribes "+44 29 2074 7747". «» Area codes that are dictated without the preceding country code must be dictated with a leading zero. For example, if you say "zero two nine two oh eight seven nine three two seven", Dragon transcribes "029 2087 9327". «» When you dictate a 6-digit number, Dragon transcribes the number with no spaces. When you dictate a 7-digit or 8-digit number, Dragon transcribes the number with a space before the last 4 digits. «» The automatic formatting of UK telephone numbers is not supported for U.S. and Canadian-based user profiles. Auto-formatting prices Inserts prices and currencies in the proper format with the appropriate currency symbol. For example, "$10" instead of "10 dollars", or "€50" instead of "50 euros". Supported currencies are: 239 Guide de l'utilisateur 240 f RJ 0M of oYe (=) USD USD CAD EUR JPY GBP Symbol Name $ Dollars Cents U.S. dollars Canadian dollars Euros Pounds Sterling Pence/Penny Auto-formatting times Turns on automatic formatting of standard time formats. For example, if you say "Six Thirty PM", Dragon will transcribe "6:30 PM". Dictating standard time runs on a 12 hour clock, letting you make the distinction between AM and PM. Military time: With the Time option enabled, you can also dictate times in military format. For example, if you say "sixteen hundred hours", Dragon transcribes "1600 hrs". If you say "oh three oh five hours" or "zero three zero five hours", Dragon transcribes "0305 hrs". Dictating Military time uses a 24-hour clock and abbreviates "hours" to "hrs". Auto-formatting UK and Canadian postcodes Turns on proper formatting of UK postcodes and Canadian postal codes. For example, with the option on, format a London postcode by saying "W Two Four RJ" to enter W2 4RJ, and format a Toronto postal code by saying "M Five H Two L Two" to enter M5H 2L2. Auto-formatting other numbers Enables the formatting of all numbers not covered by other options on this dialog box, such as negative numbers, numbers with punctuation, fractions, decimals, and Roman numerals. Note: Dragon applies Auto-formatting for mixed numbers and also for fractions where the denominator is 5 or greater, but not for simple fractions like "one half," "two thirds," and "three quarters." For more information, see Dictating numbers. Chapter 12: Improving recognition accuracy Auto-formatting US social security numbers Turns on automatic formatting of U.S. Social Security Numbers when you speak a sequence of 9 numbers. For example, if you say "123456789," Dragon enters "123-45-6789." Auto-formatting using Word Properties Use Word Properties to customize how Dragon enters words or phrases as you dictate them. Word Properties can add custom spacing before and after, next word capitalization, settings for numbers before and after, or apply alternate written forms, such as abbreviations. To add or edit Word Properties, see Creating Word Properties. Note = If you make a correction that corresponds to an auto-formatting option and a word property, only the smart format rule prompt for the word property displays. Adjusting Speed vs. Accuracy You can increase product speed or, alternatively, increase recognition accuracy by using the Speed vs. Accuracy slider. The Speed vs. Accuracy slider lets you control the number of words and phrases that the program examines in order to find a word match. The more words examined, the greater the possibility of an accurate match at the expense of using more memory and taking a longer time to recognize your speech. Moving the slider can influence the performance of Dragon. Dragging the slider toward accuracy sometimes increases the accuracy of the matches at the expense of additional time in transcribing your dictation. Moving the slider to the right normally increases recognition accuracy but may also slow system performance. As a general rule, you should move the slider farther to the right on faster machines than on slower ones. To use the Speed vs. Accuracy slider 1. Onthe Tools menu of the DragonBar, click Options. 2. Inthe Options dialog box, click the Miscellaneous tab. 3. Drag the Speed vs. Accuracy slider to tune performance. 4 . Test the new setting by using Dragon. If you are not satisfied with the result, try a different setting. 241 Guide de I'utilisateur Notes » Running other programs while Dragon is running will also affect accuracy and speed, since other programs compete for system resources. » If you get a "The recognizer has encountered an utterance that is too long to process" error, try setting the slider more towards "Fastest Response". 242 Chapter 12: Improving recognition accuracy The Dragon Accuracy Center This section contains the following topics: Using the Accuracy Center ooo ceeccccceeecccccceeccceeeeeeees 243 About the Accuracy Assistant 20200... 244 Running the Acoustic and Language Model Optimizer ...... 244 Using the Accuracy Center You can use the Accuracy Center to refine the accuracy of your User Profile or to learn more about Dragon. For example, you'll find tools or information in the Accuracy Center for the following kinds of tasks: » Personalize your Vocabulary » Adjust your acoustics « Find or train commands » Set options and configure formatting » Find out more about Dragon To open the Accuracy Center =» say "Open Accuracy Center" or click Help > Improve My Accuracy on the DragonBar. To use the Accuracy Center » Click or say the first few words of a link to start it. Accuracy Center options To learn about the specific features of the Accuracy Center, click The Accuracy Center options in the Dragon Help. Notes » One feature of the Accuracy Center is the Accuracy Assistant, which helps you determine which tool in the center to use. The Accuracy Assis- tant does this by asking a series of questions and, depending on the answers, provides links to the proper tool. To open the Accuracy Assis- tant, first open the Accuracy Center and then click or say "Which tool should I use?" » When you start the Accuracy Center option that checks your audio set- tings, the Check Microphone wizard starts and the Dragon microphone is automatically turned off if it is on. This is necessary in order to facilitate the audio tests. 243 Guide de I'utilisateur 244 About the Accuracy Assistant The Accuracy Assistant is a screen that helps you determine which tool to use to improve the recognition accuracy on your system. The Accuracy Assistant does this by asking a series of questions and, depending on the answers, provides links to the proper tool. To run the Accuracy Assistant 1. Click Help > Improve My Accuracy on the DragonBar. 2. Inthe Accuracy Center, click or say "Which tool should I use?" 3. Inthe Accuracy Assistant window, click or say the link that best matches the accuracy problem you are trying to solve and follow the directions on the screen. Running the Acoustic and Language Model Optimizer Use this procedure to increase Dragon's accuracy with the Acoustic and Language Model Optimizer. As you make and train corrections, train new words, use commands, and perform additional training, Dragon stores the acoustic and language data in an archive and uses it to enhance recognition accuracy. The Acoustic and Language Model Optimizer accumulates this data from session to session. Acoustic Optimization Perform Acoustic Optimization to update your User Profiles with accumulated acoustic data from any corrections and additional training you do. Language Model Optimization Perform Language Model Optimization to update your language model. The language model contains statistical information that predicts which words are most likely to occur in the context of the user’s speech. Language Model Optimization uses text extracted from a user's .DRA files to add commonly used word sequences to the language model. Based on the speech data collected, Language Model Optimization may change the language model you selected when you created your User Profile. For example, Dragon may change BestMatch III to Inland Northern US (Great Lakes area) - BestMatch III. Before you begin » Be Sure that the "Store corrections in archive" option is selected on the Data tab of the Options dialog box. Otherwise you may see a message that there is not enough data for the Acoustic and Language Model Opti- mizer to process. The "Store corrections in archive" option should be selected whenever you use Dragon for an extended period of time. Chapter 12: Improving recognition accuracy » If you are dictating with a Roaming User Profile, the Acoustic and Lan- guage Model Optimizer is disabled. Open the Master Roaming User Pro- file on the network and then run the Acoustic and Language Model Optimizer. See Running the Acoustic and Language Model Optimizer for Roaming User Profiles To run the Acoustic and Language Model Optimizer 1. Say "Switch to DragonBar," then "Audio," then "Launch Accuracy Tuning," or click Audio > Launch Accuracy Tuning on the DragonBar. The Acoustic and Language Model Optimizer dialog box opens with Perform Acoustic Optimization and Perform Language Model Optimization selected. Nuance recommends that you run both optimizations at the same time to maximize accuracy. 2. Click or say "Go" to start the Acoustic and Language Model Optimizer. 3. The Acoustic and Language Model Optimizer may ask if you want to save your current User Profile. Click or say "Yes" if you made corrections since the last time you ran the Acoustic and Language Model Optimizer, or if you have not run the Acoustic and Language Model Optimizer since you started using Dragon. The Acoustic and Language Model Optimizer dialog box shows Dragon's estimate of how long it will take to finish adapting your User Profile. How long this takes depends on the amount of Acoustic Data stored in your User Profile. Notes « By default, the amount of acoustic data saved is limited to 180 minutes (the maximum). You can reduce this amount on the Data tab of the Options dialog box. « If you attempt to run the Acoustic and Language Model Optimizer before you have trained any corrections (even if you have corrected errors with- out training the corrections), or before you have performed any addi- tional training, you will see an error message Saying that there is not enough data for the Acoustic and Language Model Optimizer to process. » Training multiple words or phrases rather than training individual words is generally more effective at increasing accuracy. Most people have a tendency to over enunciate when saying individual words as opposed to the more normal speech patterns of saying a complete phrase. » The Acoustic and Language Model Optimizer automatically makes a backup of the old User Profile before it begins modifying them. Your User Profile is automatically restored if you click Cancel before the Acoustic and Language Model Optimizer is finished. Guide de I'utilisateur 246 Recognition Modes This section contains the following topics: Using Recognition Modes ooo... ccceccccceececccceeecececeeteeeees 246 Switching recognition MoOdeS ooo... c eee 248 Using Recognition Modes Dragon allows you to use different Recognition Modes in your dictation. The following describes ways you can use these modes while you dictate. Click the links to display the related procedures. \*/ Normal Mode To dictate and say commands interchangeably The most flexible mode in Dragon is the default Normal Mode. In Normal Mode, Dragon distinguishes dictation from commands by analyzing what you say between pauses. For this reason, you should always pause before and after you say a command. For example, to bold the word "exciting" in the sentence: "Speech recognition is an exciting technology". 1. Say "Start Normal Mode" or "Normal Mode On". "Normal Mode" appears in the status box of the DragonBar. 2. Say "Speech recognition is an exciting technology period" Pause briefly. Say "Select exciting". Pause again. Say "Bold That". a oe You need to pause only briefly. You can adjust the length of the pause required before Dragon recognizes commands on the Commands tab of the Options dialog box. Dictation Mode a To dictate rapidly without looking at your computer monitor In Dictation Mode, Dragon interprets everything you say as dictation and only Dictation Commands are recognized. Dictation Mode can be helpful if you want to dictate as quickly as possible, or dictate without looking at the words Dragon transcribes. Say "Start Dictation Mode" or "Dictation Mode On." 1. Say "Start Dictation Mode" or "Dictation Mode On". "Dictation Mode" appears in the status box of the DragonBar. Chapter 12: Improving recognition accuracy 2. Dictate a few paragraphs. You can dictate without looking, knowing that everything will be transposed as text and no commands will be executed. You can also dictate sentences that contain words that Dragon normally interprets as commands, such as "I really liked your novel. No, scratch that - I loved your novel!" Or"The FBI has countless open files". Dragon should transcribe the words as text and not execute commands as it normally would. Command Mode To format an existing document In Command Mode Dragon interprets everything you say as a command and nothing is interpreted as dictated text. 1. Say "Start Command Mode" or "Command Mode On". "Command Mode" appears in the status box of the DragonBar. 2. Use commands to format a document. For example, to capitalize the last five words you dictated, say "Capitalize the Last Five Words". For more examples, see Formatting text in Microsoft Word or Formatting text in Corel WordPerfect in the Dragon Help. Numbers Mode To insert numeric characters In Numbers Mode Dragon interprets almost all of your dictation as numbers. This is useful in certain applications, such as spreadsheets. 1. Say "Start Numbers Mode" or "Numbers Mode On". 123 The DragonBar shows the Numbers mode indicator ll and "Numbers mode" in the status box. 2. Dictate only numbers. The numbers can include currency or percentages. For example, say "5 percent sign" to enter "5%" or say "Seven hundred twenty three dollars and sixty eight cents" to enter the dollar amount "$723.68". Spell Mode To spell words or insert alphanumeric characters In Spell Mode Dragon allows you to say any combination of letters, digits, or symbols. For example, use Spell Mode to dictate part numbers, license plate numbers, or proper nouns that are not in Dragon's Vocabulary. You can also say keystrokes such as "Space bar" 247 Guide de I'utilisateur 248 or "backspace key", or Internet or Web addresses. 1. Say "Start Spell Mode" or "Spell Mode On". "Spell Mode" appears in the status box of the DragonBar. 2. Dictate an alphabetic string, such as a homophone alternative you need to use. For example, say the letters "FO R E" to have Dragon enter the word "fore". When Spell Mode is on, you will not be able to dictate words. You can still use commands while in Spell Mode. Switching recognition modes You can use the following techniques to switch recognition modes: To switch to Normal Mode » Say "Switch to Normal Mode" or "Start Normal Mode" or "Normal Mode On". » Onthe Modes menu of the DragonBar, click Normal Mode. To switch to Dictation Mode a » Say "Switch to Dictation Mode" or "Start Dictation Mode" or "Dictation Mode On". » Hold down the Shift key as you dictate. » Onthe Modes menu of the DragonBar, click Dictation Mode. To switch to Command Mode » Say "Switch to Command Mode" or "Start Command Mode" or "Command Mode On". » Hold down the Control key as you dictate. » Onthe Modes menu of the DragonBar, click Command Mode. 123 To switch to Numbers Mode 123 » Say "Switch to Numbers Mode" or "Start Numbers Mode" or "Numbers Mode On". » Onthe Modes menu of the DragonBar, click Numbers Mode. abc To switch to Spell Mode » Say "Switch to Spell Mode" or "Start Spell Mode" or "Spell Mode On". » Onthe Modes menu of the DragonBar, click Spell Mode. Chapter 12: Improving recognition accuracy Notes » Onthe The Options dialog box Hot keys tab, you can change the hot keys assigned to force Dragon to use Dictation Mode (force dictation rec- ognition) or Command Mode (force command recognition). 249 Guide de I'utilisateur Teaching Dragon to Understand You Better This section contains the following topics: Training misrecognized commands ........00......00......00... cece. 250 Training individual words and phrases _................0.......00........ 251 Using punctuation with written and spoken forms .............. 251 Supplemental training ooo... cececc ccc eecccce eens 252 Training misrecognized commands If Dragon consistently misrecognizes a specific voice command (for example, it hears "Correct That" as "Correct dot"), you can train it to recognize your pronunciation of the command. To train commands 1. Say "Open Command Browser" or click Command Browser on the Tools menu of the DragonBar. 2. Say "Click Browse", then "Context", then "<Application name>" (the pro- gram in which the command is available) or click Browse > Context > <Application name>. 3. Say orclick "Keyword Filter." 4. Say or type a keyword for the command you want to train in the Choose Word box. 5. Say orclick "Add" to move the word to the "Current list of filter words." Repeat until you have as many keywords as you need to find the command in question. 6. Say orclick "Done." 7. If more than one command appears in the list, select the command you are looking for, expanding it with the Optional, Ellipsis, or Refine buttons if nec- essary. 8. Do one of the following: » Say orclick "Train" and follow the directions on the Train Words dialog box that appears. Or « Say orclick "Train Later." Dragon adds the command to the Train List. Open it to train the commands you stored there. If you have untrained commands in the Train List when you close the Com- 250 Chapter 12: Improving recognition accuracy mand Browser, Dragon offers you the choice to train them before you exit. Notes » When you train words or phrases, be careful to speak in your normal voice. Avoid the natural tendency to over enunciate when speaking sin- gle words or short phrases as it could actually reduce recognition accu- racy. » When you train a command using the Train Words dialog box, you add to the acoustic data stored for later use by the Acoustic Optimizer. This data, including your pronunciation and the acoustic differences between the trained correction and the misrecognized word or phrase, are used by the Acoustic Optimizer to enhance recognition accuracy. Training individual words and phrases If Dragon is not recognizing certain words or phrases, and you have tried correcting the misrecognition at least twice, then you should consider training that word or phrase to teach Dragon exactly how you pronounce it. The following procedures describe two different ways to train words or phrases: To train individual words and phrases immediately after dictating them 1. Correct the misrecognized word or phrase you want to train and say "Train That." 2. Click Go inthe Train Words dialog box and record your speech saying the word or phrase you want to train. 3. When you have finished recording the text, click Done. To train individual words and phrases at any time 1. Say "Open Vocabulary Editor", or click Vocabulary > Open Vocabulary Editor on the DragonBar. 2. Inthe Vocabulary Editor, say or click Train. 3. Type the word or phrase you want to train in the Training dialog box. 4. Click Go in the Train Words dialog box and record your speech saying the word or phrase you want to train. 5. When you have finished recording the text, click Done. Using punctuation with written and spoken forms If the written form of a word contains any punctuation, you should provide a spoken form so that there is no doubt as to how the item will be pronounced. Do not use abbreviations, symbols or punctuation in the spoken form. Examples: 251 Guide de I'utilisateur Written form Spoken form The Man from U.N.C.L.E. the man from uncle Soddy-Daisy, TN Soddy Daisy Tennessee Trenton-Mercer Airport Trenton Mercer Airport If you want to add punctuation to a word that already exists in the Vocabulary for use in a specific setting, you can create a new written form with the punctuation included and a unique word or phrase for the spoken form. For example, if you wanted Dragon to type the word "U.N.C.L.E." in the header of your letters, the written form could be "U.N.C.L.E." and the spoken form could be "UNCLE." That way, Dragon would still type only the word "uncle" when you dictate it as usual, because it also exists in the Vocabulary. Alternately, if you wanted to add punctuation to a word that already exists in the Vocabulary every time you used that word, you would change the properties of the existing word. For more information, see Word Properties in the Dragon Help. Notes » When you train words or phrases, be careful to speak in your normal voice. Avoid the natural tendency to over-enunciate when speaking single words or short phrases as it could actually reduce recognition accuracy. » Aword or phrase must exist in the Vocabulary (that is, have been created previously) before you can train it. » You can also use the Train button in the Vocabulary Editor dialog box. «» When you train a word or phrase using the Train Words dialog box, you add to the acoustic data stored for later use by the Acoustic Optimizer. This data, including your pronunciation and the acoustic differences between the trained correction and the misrecognized word or phrase are used by the Acoustic Optimizer to enhance recognition accuracy. Supplemental training Supplemental training is any additional training done after your first required General Training session to help improve your recognition accuracy. You can do supplemental training at any time, but it is most useful when: » You have used Dragon for a few days. By then, you will be accustomed to dictating, and supplemental training should reflect how you actually dic- tate. » You move to an environment that is significantly noisier or quieter or that has different background sounds. » You have changed your microphone or sound card. 252 Chapter 12: Improving recognition accuracy To train Dragon some more 1. Do one of the following: a Say "Switch to DragonBar," then "Audio" then "Read Text to Improve Accuracy." Or » Say "Open Accuracy Center" then "Read text to train Dragon to your voice." 2. Follow the same guidelines as when you trained the first time. 3. When you are finished, click Finish. You can read as much or as little as you want, but you should train for 3 to 6 minutes or longer. The longer you train, the more likely you will notice improvements in recognition accuracy. 253 Guide de I'utilisateur Personalizing your Dragon Vocabulary This section contains the following topics: About personalizing your Vocabulary .................00......00........... 254 Adding words or phrases to your Vocabulary ....................... 255 Using punctuation with written and spoken forms .............. 255 Learning from specific documents _.oo........ ooo. 256 Adding words with the Spelling window .................0......00....... 257 Learn From Sent E-mails oe eecce eee 258 Adding contact names to the Vocabulary ................0.............. 259 DeletimG WOKS ionic oc nenccc ce veccccc ce eecccccceeeccecsteeeeeseeeees 260 Using the Don't Recognize That Word Comman2d ................. 261 About personalizing your Vocabulary You can personalize a Vocabulary to more closely match your writing style and to recognize any special words which you dictate. You can do this in several ways, by adding words or phrases, or by adding entire documents that you write or lists of words that you prepare, and by using Smart Format Rules. Dragon can add these new words to the Vocabulary and update the Vocabulary with information about your word usage. This improves the likelihood that Dragon will correctly recognize what you say. You can use the following methods to add or delete words in the Vocabulary. Adding words or phrases to your Vocabulary Learning from specific documents Importing lists of words or phrases Adding words by spelling Deleting words Using the Don't Recognize That Word Command Notes » You are not required to train new words because Dragon automatically "guesses" the pronunciations based on their spelling. If, however, your new words are not recognized correctly, you should train them. » Be sure to save your User Profile after adding new words or the new words will not be saved. « If you use multiple-word phrases with unusual capitalization (for exam- ple, "ComputerWeek"), you can improve recognition accuracy by adding 254 Chapter 12: Improving recognition accuracy these phrases to the Vocabulary before Dragon analyzes your doc- uments. Add these phrases by using the (Say "Open Vocabulary Editor or click Vocabulary > Open Vocabulary Editor on the DragonBar.) or by including them in lists of items you import into the Vocabulary. » Dragon can auto-format text and numbers using standard writing con- ventions or apply Word Properties to words as you dictate. For infor- mation about these settings, see Auto-formatting dialog box and The Word Properties dialog box. » Dragon's Smart Format Rules appear when you correct auto-formatted alphanumeric text or Word Properties using the Correction menu, the Spelling window, or the keyboard. For details, see Using Smart Format Rules and Setting Auto-Formatting Options. Adding words or phrases to your Vocabulary If Dragon gets a word wrong, it may be that the word is not in Dragon's Vocabulary. When this is the case, you can use the following procedure to add that word so that it is recognized in the future. To add individual words 1. Do one of the following: e Click Vocabulary > Add New Word or Phrase on the DragonBar. e Say "Switch to DragonBar" then "Vocabulary" then "Add New Word or Phrase". 2. Inthe Add Word or Phrase dialog box, spell (by voice) or type the word you want to add. 3. Include a Spoken form of the new word if necessary. For example, if the word contains an accent, such as "Gaspé," you would add a Spoken form like "gas pay" so that Dragon recognizes the pronunciation and enters the Written form when you dictate the word. 4. Optionally, select "I want to train the pronunciation of this word or phrase". 5. Click Add. If you chose to train the word, the word you entered appears in the Train Words dialog box, and you will be able to teach Dragon your pronunciation of that word. See also Automatically add words to Vocabulary in the Dragon Help. Using punctuation with written and spoken forms If the written form of a word contains any punctuation, you should provide a spoken form so that there is no doubt as to how the item will be pronounced. Do not use abbreviations, symbols or punctuation in the spoken form. Examples: 255 Guide de I'utilisateur 256 Written form Spoken form The Man from U.N.C.L.E. the man from uncle Soddy-Daisy, TN Soddy Daisy Tennessee Trenton-Mercer Airport Trenton Mercer Airport If you want to add punctuation to a word that already exists in the Vocabulary for use in a specific setting, you can create a new written form with the punctuation included and a unique word or phrase for the spoken form. For example, if you wanted Dragon to type the word "U.N.C.L.E." in the header of your letters, the written form could be "U.N.C.L.E." and the spoken form could be "UNCLE." That way, Dragon would still type only the word "uncle" when you dictate it as usual, because it also exists in the Vocabulary. Alternately, if you wanted to add punctuation to a word that already exists in the Vocabulary every time you used that word, you would change the properties of the existing word. For more information, see Word Properties in the Dragon Help. Learning from specific documents You can use the Learn from Specific Documents wizard to personalize your profile by adding words from specific folders or documents to your vocabulary. Dragon analyzes the documents to update the vocabulary with information about your word usage. CAUTION To maintain accuracy, Dragon must only analyze content in the language in which your user profile was created. Be sure to select only documents in the language of your current profile. To add words from specific documents 1. Say "Open Accuracy Center" and then "Learn From Specific Documents" or click Vocabulary > Learn From Specific Documents on the DragonBar. 2. Inthe Learn from Specific Documents wizard, select from the following options: « Find Known Words with Unknown Capitalization: Select this option to have Dragon look for words on your system that are in its Vocabulary but which use different capitalization, such as Desktop. This option is turned off by default. » Adapt to Writing Style: Select this option to have Dragon analyze word combinations to improve its capacity to anticipate your writing and dic- tation style. This option is turned on by default. ce 4. 10. 1d. Chapter 12: Improving recognition accuracy Click Next to continue. The Learn from Specific Documents screen opens. Do any of the following: » Click Add Folder if you want Dragon to scan a specific folder, such as your My Documents folder. Click Include Subfolders in the Browse for Folders dialog box if there are subfolders you want to analyze. » Click Add Document if you want Dragon to scan specific documents. » Click Remove Document if you add a document and then decide that you don't want Dragon to include it in the scan. » Click View Document if you want to review a document you added before proceeding. Click Next to continue. A Document Analysis window opens, displaying a status bar during the scan. Dragon confirms whether new words were found and displays a summary of the results. Click Next to continue. If you selected words to add to the Vocabulary, a Train Words screen opens. You can click Train to train Dragon about how you pronounce each added word. When you finish training new words, click Next. The Adapt to Writing Style screen opens, indicating whether the adaptation was successfully com- pleted. Click Next to continue. The Summary screen opens, showing the results of the scan. For example, "1 new word was found" and "1 word was added to your Vocabulary". Click Finish to close the wizard. Say "Switch to DragonBar" and then "Profile" and then "Save User Profile", or click Profile > Save User Profile on the DragonBar to finish adding the words. Notes « If you make a mistake and do not want to add the words, avoid making additional changes to the Vocabulary that you want to save, and then exit Dragon without saving. » When adding words from documents, you will get the better results if you remove all formatting from the documents you use. For information about how to prepare documents, see the topic Preparing documents to add to the Vocabulary. Adding words with the Spelling window If Dragon misrecognizes a word, it may be that the word is not in the program's Vocabulary. When this is the case, you can use the following procedure to add the word so that it is recognized in the future. 257 Guide de I'utilisateur 258 To add words with the Spelling window 1. Say "Spell That," followed by the first four to six letters of the desired word. The Spelling window opens. 2. Inthe the Spelling window, finish typing the word or spell it by voice. 3. If you wish to train the pronunciation of the word, click Audio > Improve Rec- ognition of Word or Phrase and follow the instructions in the Train Words dialog box. Note You cannot use the Spelling window to add a word that has hyphens or spaces. The program recognizes each part of such a word as separate pieces. For example, if you tried to use the Spelling window to add the name "Havisham- Smythe," you would actually be adding the names "Havisham" and "Smythe". The next time you spoke the name you would get "Havisham Smythe" without the hyphen. To add such a word or name, use the Vocabulary Editor dialog box (say Open Vocabulary Editor). Learn From Sent E-mails Use the Learn From Sent E-mails tool to add the names of people to whom you have sent e-mail to your Dragon Vocabulary. You have the option to edit and train these names and you can also have Dragon scan the contents of your sent e-mail and add it to Dragon's Language Model. CAUTION To maintain accuracy, Dragon must only analyze content in the language in which your user profile was created. If you have Sent e-mail in other languages, only use this tool to add e-mail contacts to your profile. Note It's best to run the Learn From Sent E-mails tool only when you are not using your computer for other purposes because the tool uses large amounts of computer memory and processing power. To open the Learn From Sent E-mails tool » Say "Open Accuracy Center," then "Learn From Sent E-mails." Or » Click Vocabulary > Learn From Sent E-Mails on the DragonBar. Tip You can also start the Learn From Sent E-mails tool by saying "Add Contacts". Once you start the Learn From Sent E-mails wizard, proceed by clicking Next. The tool leads you through the following screens: Chapter 12: Improving recognition accuracy » Choose options » Scan e-mail » Add contacts to Vocabulary » Train words «» Adapt to Writing Style » Report Adding contact names to the Vocabulary The Learn From Sent E-mails tool lets you add the names of people to whom you have sent e-mail to your Dragon Vocabulary. Using this tool, you can edit and train the names you add. You can also have Dragon scan the contents of your sent e-mail and adapt the language model to more accurately recognize your writing style. Dragon supports adding contacts in the following e-mail programs: » Microsoft Outlook » Microsoft Outlook Express » Windows Mail » Windows Live Mail » Lotus Notes To add contact names from your sent e-mail to your Vocabulary 1. Start the Learn From Sent E-mails tool by saying "Add Contacts". 2. On the first screen of the Learn From Sent E-mails wizard, click Next. 3. Onthe Choose Options screen, select the e-mail programs from which you would like to add contact names and select the "Add contact names from e- mail to the Vocabulary" box. 4. Optionally, you can select the "Improve my speech files from my e-mail writ- ing style" if you want Dragon to better understand your Vocabulary and word usage by analyzing your e-mail messages. You can also have the pro- gram rescan your sent e-mail to add new contact names since the last time you used the Add Contacts dialog box. 5. Click Next and wait for the wizard to scan the selected e-mail programs for contact and word usage data. When the wizard is finished, click Next again. 6. On the Add contacts to Vocabulary screen, select the words you want to add, and click Next. 7. Onthe Train Words screen select the contact names for which you want to train the pronunciation and click Next. You can also check and uncheck all contact names to train. 8. Use the Train Words dialog box that appears to train the words you selected. 259 Guide de I'utilisateur 9. When you finish training words, wait for the program to adapt your language model. A report screen will inform you of the success of the wizard. Notes » (Lotus Notes only) New contact names will be detected for everyone to whom you have sent e-mail, except those contacts to whom you have sent Reply messages. » Nicknames can only be added to your Vocabulary if your e-mail program supports nicknames. » Do not use the "Improve my speech files from my e-mail writing style" if you write e-mail messages in foreign languages. The result of trying to analyze a language other than the language in which you trained the User Profile may decrease recognition accuracy. Deleting words Use this procedure to delete words from the active Vocabulary. Deleting words is not normally necessary, but you can use this procedure to do it if Dragon tends to substitute a word you never use for a word you want to use. To delete words 1. Say "Open Vocabulary Editor," or click Vocabulary > Open Vocabulary Editor on the DragonBar. The Vocabulary Editor dialog box opens with the Written form box selected, as shown: *@ Vocabulary Editor Written form: Spoken form (if different): : i a | Written form Spoken form a 4 accent acute A accent circumflex 4 accent grave 4A accent tilde 4 accent umlaut | Delete | A acute = A circumflex Train... | A dieresis A grave | Properties... | A ring —_——S—> A ring above ¥ | Help | Display: | All words S| A A A A A A A A A A A A 260 Chapter 12: Improving recognition accuracy 2. To highlight the word you want to delete, do one of the following: »say "Spell <word>" where word represents the letters of the word you want to delete > type the letters of the word or > scroll the list to find the word and select it 3. When the word appears and is highlighted, say or click "Delete". 4. Close the Vocabulary Editor dialog box. To restore words Use this procedure if you have deleted a word from the Dragon Vocabulary and want to restore it later. 1. Say "Open Vocabulary Editor," or click Vocabulary > Open Vocabulary Editor on the DragonBar. 2. Inthe Vocabulary Editor dialog box, click Display > Deleted Words Only. The displays shows any words you have deleted. 3. Choose a Deleted word, and say or click Add. Dragon adds the word back into your Vocabulary. If you want to view the restored word in the Vocab- ulary, click Display > All Words and enter the word in the Written Form box. Note If you delete a word using the Vocabulary Editor dialog box, but that word exists in the current document, the word may be automatically added back into your active Vocabulary. Using the Don't Recognize That Word Command Dragon lets you to turn off recognition of words using the Correction menu and the "Don't recognize that word" command. Don't Recognize That Word removes the selected word from your active Vocabulary, so that Dragon won't recognize it again. This can save you time if Dragon repeatedly replaces words you dictate with words you don't use. For example, if you dictate the name "Cassity" often and Dragon always hears "Cassidy", you could use Don't Recognize That Word from the Correction menu to turn off recognition of Cassidy. If you decide later that you do need to use the word, you can add it back using the Vocabulary Editor. When you use the "Don't recognize that word" command or Don't Recognize That Word from the Correction menu to turn off recognition of a word, you will be presented with one of the following messages to confirm a deletion of the word: Are you sure you want to delete the following word from the Vocabulary? This message is displayed when you use the "Don't Recognize That Word" command to delete a word or phrase from the Vocabulary. 261 Guide de I'utilisateur 262 The following word can only be removed from the Vocabulary using the Vocab- ulary Editor. This message is displayed when you use the "Don't Recognize That Word" command to try to delete a custom word or frequently used word such as "the" from the Vocabulary. You can use the Vocabulary Editor to delete the word. The following word can't be deleted because it does not exist in the Vocab- ulary. This message is displayed when you use the Don't Recognize That Word command to try to delete a word or phrase that is not in the Vocabulary. For more information, see the Correction menu. Chapter 12: Improving recognition accuracy Managing Vocabularies This section contains the following topics: About Vocabularies About Vocabularies Dragon uses one or more Vocabularies with your User Profile to help it to recognize words and phrases correctly, based not only on the sound of the words and phrases, but also on their context. When you create a new User Profile, you select a Base Vocabulary that Dragon then updates as it adapts to your speech. Language The languages available for your Vocabulary. Some editions of Dragon support multiple languages. Vocabulary type In most cases your User Profile will be based on the General Vocabulary, a large Vocabulary providing excellent recognition accuracy for general, business, and professional dictation. The following specialized Vocabularies are also available: « Legal (Dragon Legal Edition) A large Vocabulary providing excellent recognition accuracy for legal terms. » Medical (Dragon Medical Edition) A set of specialized large medical Vocabularies providing excellent rec- ognition accuracy for medical terms. The Vocabulary names are: Sur- gery, Radiology, Pediatrics, Pathology, Orthopedics, Oncology, Obstetrics/Gynecology, Neurology, Mental Health, Medical Dictation, General Practice, Emergency, Gastroenterology, and Cardiology. Advanced On the Review Your Choices screen of the New User Profile wizard, you can click the Advanced button to display the Advanced Choose Models dialog box. On this dialog box you can choose a different speech model and Vocabulary Type. Dragon automatically determines the best speech model and Vocabulary Type for your computer when you create a User Profile, so you do not generally need to change these options. Speech model You can associate speech models with your Dragon Vocabulary, depending on your accent, and the type of microphone and computer you are using. 263 Guide de I'utilisateur For a list of supported devices see the Hardware Compatibility list on the Nuance Web site. Vocabulary Type If you click the Advanced button, you can specify a different Vocabulary type from among the following choices. Note Some Dragon editions or add-on products may install additional Vocabularies. 264 Chapter 13: Using the Command Browser Chapter 13: Using the Command Browser This section contains the following topics: About the Command Browser oc csc ecco eh ee etc aeceuenasencensnececnsacd 265 Opening the Command Breer ecco ccd ccessheesacacbcrneciaddacneeesvecees 266 Finding commands in the Command Browser ....................2.2.22.0.2.0-0-- 267 Training commands in the Command Browser ....................2.2.2.202020-+- 269 About the Command Browser The Command Browser is a window where you can locate voice commands that Dragon recognizes, including commands that are provided with the software as well as any commands that you or your system administrator might have added (custom commands). The Command Browser is the most comprehensive place to see the commands that are available in each application. You use the Command Browser to: » View and train commands =» Create and modify commands Some commands are not available in Dragon Premium and lower editions. Command Browser modes Browse Browse mode allows you to search for a specific command. For more information see the topic Finding commands in the Command Browser. Script Script mode allows you to create new commands and select commands to delete, edit, copy, or preview. 265 Guide de I'utilisateur 266 To make the Command Browser appear always on top » Say "Mode > Always On Top," or on the Mode menu, click Always On Top. » Onthe Command Browser shortcut menu, click Always On Top. » Click on the Command Browser icon f on the left side of the Command Browser or right-click anywhere on the Command Browser to open the Command Browser shortcut menu. Note When you set the Command Browser to "Always On Top" it will cover secondary Dragon windows, such as the DragonPad and Help screens. In these cases, you will have to turn off the "Always On Top" state or move the windows around so that they are not obscured. Opening the Command Browser The Command Browser displays commands that Dragon recognizes in the current context, whether you are working in a specific program or on the Windows Desktop. To open the Command Browser » Say "Open Command Browser" or "Start Command Browser" or, on the Tools menu of the DragonBar, click Command Browser. You can also open the Command Browser from the Accuracy Center. Some commands are not available in Dragon Premium and lower editions. Global Commands When the Command Browser first opens, it displays a list of Global Commands available in every application. But if you want to view commands for individual applications, Dragon shows only commands applicable in that context. Use the Context box to select a specific application and Dragon displays only the commands that work in that application. If you were viewing commands for the Dragon Sidebar (as shown), initially a subset of commands that apply only to the Sidebar appear. See Finding commands in the Command Browser for details. Chapter 13: Using the Command Browser » Command Browser - Browse Mode feigi-3) Help Context: | [Bestel lg v| o Keyword Filter [J Include Global Task Pane « | [Dragon ] sidebar auto hide [ Dragon ] sidebar dock left Mode [ Dragon ] sidebar dock right [ Dragon ] sidebar float [ Dragon ] sidebar hide tips 4 Scrint [ Dragon ] sidebar show my commands PI [ Dragon ] sidebar show tips 2 [ Dragon ] sidebar stop hiding ilk [ Dragon ] sidebar thinner [ Dragon ] sidebar undock Browse [ Dragon ] sidebar wider [ go to [ the ] ] next pane [ go to [ the ] ] previous pane [launch ][ the ][ Dragon J sidebar [launch ] [ the ] command list [launch ] [ the ] sample commands [ open ] [ the ][ Dragon ] sidebar [ open J [ the ] command list [ open J [ the ] sample commands [ show ][ the ][ Dragon ] sidebar [ show ] [ the ] command list [ show ] [ the ] sample commands [ show me ] [ the ] command list Training [ show me ] [ the ] sample commands [ start ] [ the ] [ Dragon ] sidebar [ start ] [ the ] command list [ start ] [ the ] sample commands [ switch to [ the ] ] next pane [ switch to [ the ] ] previous pane .. [the ] [ Dragon ] sidebar what can I say To display Global Commands for a specific application Use "Include Global" if you want to display all of the Dragon commands that are available in every application. In the Command Browser, say "Include Global" or, on the Command Browser Ribbon Bar, click Include Global. Finding commands in the Command Browser If a command exists for a specific application or context, you can use the Command Browser to find it. To find a specific command 1. Use the list in the Context box to select the application context you want to see commands for. Context: | Dragon - Sidebar “A 2. Select the Include Global checkbox. 267 Guide de I'utilisateur 268 ¥|Include Global | When the Include Global checkbox is selected, the Command Browser displays all the commands available in the current command context, including any commands available in all (global) contexts. Note that the Command Browser initially opens with Global Commands selected in the Context list box so that the Include Global checkbox is not active. You must select a different command context to make the Include Global checkbox active. o Keyword Filter Click Keyword Filter to display the Keyword Filter dialog box. Say or type a letter or word of the command you are looking for in the Choose word box. The list below the box scrolls to the first instance of that letter or word in the list. (If the letter or word exists, it is selected. If the letter or word does not appear, then there is no command in the current con- text that uses them.) Double click on the word in the list or click Add to add the word to the Current list of filter words box. If necessary, continue to enter words into the Choose Word box and add them to the Current list of filter words box until you have added as much of the specific command as you can. Click or say "Done." The Command Browser displays the commands con- taining the words you entered, if any command containing all of those words exists. Example To see if there is a command that changes a font to bold in Microsoft Word 2010: i, 2: J: 3: Select Microsoft Word 2010 from the Context list box. Click or say "Keyword Filter." Say or type the word "Bold" and then say "Add" or click the Add button to add it to the Current List of Filter Words box. Say or type the word "Set" and then say "Add" or click the Add button to add it to the Current List of Filter Words box. Click or say "Done." The Command Browser displays all the commands that will turn text bold in Microsoft Word 2010. Chapter 13: Using the Command Browser Context: | Microsoft Word 2010 +| Z Keyword Filter Task Pane « || bold... entire sentence Mod: .. bold ... entire sentence bold ... rest of ... sentence Browse .. bold ... rest of ... sentence a Script .. bold ... sentence Manage bold [ that ] sentence bold [ the ] ... sentence Browse bold [ the ] sentence la Optional bold [ this ] sentence Z bold and... entire sentence O zi bold and... rest of ... sentence Ellipsis bold and ... sentence ‘ae Show All change... sentence to bold . entire sentence to bold Back to List .. entire sentence to not bold View/Edit Script .. rest of ... sentence to bold .. rest of ... sentence to not bold Training .. sentence to not bold Train set ... sentence to bold Some complex commands may not be fully visible at first. See the topic Expanding commands for information on how to view all parts of a command. Note: Previous command searches appear in the Keyword Filter list (No filter selected) v | You can select a previous search from this list to automatically display the results of that search, without having to open the Keyword Filter dialog box and set up the search criteria again. Training commands in the Command Browser If Dragon consistently misrecognizes a specific voice command (for example, it hears "Paste That" as "Paste dot"), you can train it to better recognize your pronunciation of the command. To train a command 1. Open the Command Browser (say "Command Browser" or click Command Browser on the Tools menu of the DragonBar). 2. Select the command context from the "Context" list. 269 Guide de I'utilisateur 3. Locate the command you want to train and select it. See the topic Finding Commands in the Command Browser for information on how to find a specific command. 4. Click or say one of the following buttons on the Command Browser task pane: Button Result 3B Train Lets you immediately train the selected command. Follow the direc- tions on the Train Words dialog box that appears. &} Train Later | Adds the command to a list of commands of the Train List for later training. By selecting Train Later, you activate the Train List but- ton. i Traintist | Displays the Train Words dialog box with a list of commands to be trained. If you have untrained commands in the Train List when you close the Command Browser, Dragon offers you the choice to train them before you exit. 270 The Dragon Glossary The Dragon Glossary Use this glossary for a list of terms specific to Dragon. .DRA files (definition) Dragon Recorded Audio (DRA) files. If your edition supports it, Dragon automatically saves audio and text transcripts of your dictation in the DRA files. Dragon Accuracy Center (definition) Offers a central location for tools you can use to personalize your vocabulary, improve acoustics, find or manage commands, or get more information about improving your accuracy. Click the links to open the related Dragon tools. To open the Accuracy Center, say “display Accuracy Center” or click Help > Improve My Accuracy on the DragonBar. Accuracy Slider (definition) A sliding control that Dragon uses to adjust speed relative to accuracy as it performs speech recognition. A higher accuracy setting means that Dragon may take longer to display your text, while a higher speed setting means that Dragon displays the text more quickly. Accuracy Tuning (definition) A process Dragon can use to adapt to your usage. Once you have been dictating for a period of time, Dragon uses Accuracy Tuning to automatically refine your User Profile, analyzing your dictation, corrections, commands, and any other acoustic training you have done. Accuracy Tuning uses two of Dragon's accuracy tools, the Acoustic Optimizer and the Language Model Optimizer, and you can schedule them to run automatically. 271 Guide de I'utilisateur 272 Acoustic and Language Model Optimization (definition) Increases User Profile accuracy based on » accumulated acoustic data from your corrections and any additional train- ing you have performed » commonly used word sequences extracted from your User Profile's .DRA files. Acoustic Optimizer (definition) Looks for any corrections you have made or additional training you may have performed since you created your User Profile or ran the optimizer. Optimization enhances recognition accuracy and helps predict words most likely spoken ina given context by a speaker (the language model). Active vocabulary (definition) A list of about 150,000 words that Dragon loads into your computer’s random access memory for immediate use during dictation. These are the words that Dragon is most likely to recognize on the first try, without requiring you to do anything extra such as correcting the words with the Correction menu. The number of words in the active vocabulary always remains the same. When new words are added, words that have not been used recently are removed from the active vocabulary, but remain on the computer's disk in the backup dictionary. Advanced Scripting (definition) Supports using programming languages such as Microsoft® VBA to create commands that can perform virtually any function on the computer with voice commands. Base Vocabulary (definition) The initial Vocabulary a User Profile is based on. Vocabularies can be the following sizes. Specialized medical and legal vocabularies are also provided in the Dragon Medical and Legal editions. Basic Text Control M (definition) The level of dictation control available in programs or windows that are not fully compatible with Dragon. Normally you can dictate and use Dragon voice commands in any text window of any application. However, you may occasionally find an application or a specific window in an application where some voice commands won’t work or won't work consistently. The Dragon Glossary When the insertion point is in a window that has Basic Text Control, the Text Control Indicator on the DragonBar turns gray : Backup dictionary (definition) A store of about 150,000 additional words in Dragon's vocabulary. A typical large Dragon vocabulary consists of about 300,000 words and Dragon loads about half of those it understands that you are more likely to dictate into your computer's random access memory for immediate use. The list of words Dragon loads into memory is called the "active vocabulary." You can move frequently used words from the backup dictionary into the active vocabulary or add new specialty words, proper names, acronyms, and unusual abbreviations using any of the following methods: » Add new or frequently used words and teach Dragon about how frequently you'll use them with the Learn from Specific Documents, Learn From Sent E-mails, and Import lists of words or phrases tools » Use the Correction menu to correct the error » Correct dictation errors using the mouse or keyboard (the microphone can be on, off, or asleep) » Use the Spelling window to spell the word Remember to save your User Profile to keep your changes. will Command Browser (definition) A window showing voice commands that Dragon recognizes, including commands that are provided with the software as well as any commands that you or your system administrator might have added (custom commands). The Command Browser is the most comprehensive place to see the commands that are available in each application. Command Mode (definition) A restricted recognition mode that causes Dragon to interpret everything you say aS a command and nothing is interpreted as dictated text. Say "Start Command Mode" or "Command Mode On." Correction menu (definition) Shows Dragon’s best guess for alternatives to words you dictated and selected. Choose the correct word from the Correction menu by saying “Choose” and the number next to your choice. 273 Guide de I'utilisateur 274 Correction-only mode (definition) Enables transcriptionists to play back a Dragon user's dictation without having their User Profile loaded. Note that dictation is disabled if you select this option. Custom word (definition) Anew word you add to the base Vocabulary using the Train command or the Add command in the Vocabulary Editor. You can also add words to the Vocabulary using the Spelling Window or the Add New Word or Phrase command on the Vocabulary menu. In the Vocabulary Editor, a red cross * next to a word indicates that it is a custom word that has been added to the Vocabulary. Data Collection (definition) Helps to improve the accuracy of future versions of Dragon NaturallySpeaking and Dragon Medical. By enabling Data Collection, you can allow Dragon to collect up to 500 MB of acoustic data and text from your dictation sessions. If you agree, the data can be sent to Nuance at a time scheduled by your network administrator. Data Collection does not include any personal data, and participation is completely voluntary. Data Distribution Tool (definition) Enables developers to interactively create new words, customized Vocabularies or commands, and to make them available to all User Profiles on a particular Dragon NaturallySpeaking installation. Dictation Box (definition) Provides full support for dictating and editing text in an unknown text field. The Dictation Box supports voice commands like Delete, Correct, and Insert, and custom commands as well. When you are finished, the content is transferred to your cursor position when you opened the Dictation Box. Dictation commands (definition) Commands such as "new line," "new paragraph," and "cap <word>" that you can say without pausing. Also referred to as "in-line commands." Dictation Mode a (definition) A restricted recognition mode that causes Dragon to interpret everything you say as dictation and only Dictation Commands are recognized. Dictation Mode can be helpful if you want to dictate as quickly as possible, or dictate without looking at the words Dragon transcribes. Say "Start Dictation Mode" or "Dictation Mode On." The Dragon Glossary Dictation Source (definition) An audio input device or multiple devices associated with a User Profile. For example, you can select a headset microphone at one computer and a portable recorder or another style of mic at other computers. This way, Dragon supports users who need to move, or “roam”, from computer to computer regardless of the microphone type or differences in ambient noise. Direct Editing commands (definition) Voice formatting and correction commands such as “italicize <XYZ>” or “bold <XYZ>". Direct Editing commands (formerly called Quick Voice Formatting commands) are faster than conventional commands, because they tell Dragon to go to other places in your document, apply formatting there, and return the cursor back to where you are working. DragonPad (definition) Dragon’s built-in word processor, optimized for dictation and includes basic text formatting features as well as the ability to save and print documents. Dragon Templates with Voice Fields (definition) A special kind of custom form available to paste into applications by voice, providing fields for common variable information that you can fill in by voice. Dragon Voice Shortcuts (definition) Dragon voice shortcuts collapse common multi-step tasks into direct voice commands that you can say at anytime, no matter what is active on your screen. For example, you can immediately switch to and start a new task, such as search the Web or your computer, or compose an e-mail or set up an appointment. Enterprise Profile Management (definition) Enables you to dictate with Dragon from different network locations and on different computers without having to create and train individual User Profiles at each location. When Enterprise Profile Management (also known as Roaming) is enabled and a Dragon user creates a new User Profile, the new profile is a Master Roaming User Profile, which is then available from a network location. When you open the Roaming Master User Profile, Dragon downloads it to the local system and maintains it locally during your dictation session. Dragon synchronizes the local copy of the Roaming User Profile with the Master Roaming User Profile when you save and close a dictation session. 275 Guide de I'utilisateur 276 Field (definition) A field, also referred to as a variable field, is an alphanumeric string enclosed by text delimiters. For example, the following sentence appears in the Dragon CCU fellow admit template included in Dragon Medical: The patient was seen in conjunction with Dr. [ProviderName]" In the example, "[ProviderName]" is the variable field, the square brackets are the default delimiters, and the text string "ProviderName" is the variable that the Dragon User Profile will replace with a provider name when using the template to complete a report. Full Text Control || (definition) Refers to the level of dictation control available in Web and desktop programs and windows when Dragon fully supports creating, editing, and formatting content. When a program or part of a program has Full Text Control, you can move the cursor reliably — for example, to the beginning or end of a line or paragraph. You can also select, format, and revise text as needed using Direct Editing commands or the Correction menu. For support Web applications, Full Text Control is activated using Rich Internet Application extensions in supported browsers. The Text Control Indicator displays on the DragonBar and is green when all of Dragon's selection and dictation capabilities are supported. Language Model (definition) Contains statistical information that predicts which words are most likely to occur in the context of the user’s speech. Language Model optimization (definition) Updates the language model of the current Vocabulary. Language Model Optimization uses text Dragon extracts from the .DRA files that are created when you correct words. Based on the speech data collected, Language Model Optimization applies modifications to the language model to reflect your word usage. Language Model Optimizer (definition) Performs Language Model Optimization from the Accuracy Center. Any Dragon user with administrator privileges can schedule Dragon to perform optimization periodically. Local Roaming User Profile (definition) A copy of the Master Roaming User Profile that Dragon downloads to your local computer and temporarily maintains during dictation sessions. Dragon's The Dragon Glossary Roaming feature synchronizes the Local Roaming User Profile with the Master Roaming User Profile when you save and then close your local profile. Master Roaming User Profile (definition) A User Profile stored on a network computer accessible using the Dragon Roaming feature. Dragon users can have one or more Master Roaming User Profiles that can be opened from multiple networked machines that run Dragon. When a user on a local computer opens a Master Roaming User Profile from a central network computer, Dragon transfers a copy of the Master Roaming User Profile to the local computer. The local copy is called the Local Roaming User Profile. Natural Language Commands (definition) Provide greater flexibility in the wording you use to perform common actions in a variety of applications such as Microsoft Word, Internet Explorer, and Mozilla Firefox. Instead of requiring users to memorize specific commands, such as "bold that," the Natural Language Commands give you a wide range of words you can say to execute a command. For example, "make that bold," "bold the last paragraph," "set font bold" all do the same thing, as do many more conversational commands. To know which commands work in an application, open the application and say “What Can I Say?”. Normal Mode (definition) Dragon's default mode of dictation. In Normal Mode, Dragon distinguishes dictation from words, numbers, and commands by analyzing what you say between pauses. Say "Start Normal Mode" or "Normal Mode On." Nothing But Speech (definition) Suppresses recognition of non-word fillers like “ums” and “ahs” that you don't normally intend to include in your dictation. Numbers Mode (definition) A restricted recognition mode that causes Dragon to recognize only numbers. If you are dictating only numbers (including currencies), working in this mode increases recognition accuracy. Say "Start Numbers Mode" or "Numbers Mode On." Performance Assistant (definition) A resource available from the Help menu that offers suggestions for optimizing Dragon's speed on your computer. As you click or say the corresponding links to answer questions about how you normally use Dragon, the Performance Assistant provides suggestions and methods for optimization. 277 Guide de I'utilisateur 278 Press <key> command (definition) Used to make keystrokes by voice. To type characters by voice, say "Press," "Press Key," or "Type" followed by the name of the key or keys you want to press. For example, say “Press Escape” or “Press Enter”, or “Press Ctrl Right”. QuickStart (definition) Allows Dragon to load in the background when you start your computer or log in to your operating system, depending on your version of Windows. When Dragon is launched in QuickStart mode Dragon is available for use more quickly than when you start in normal mode. The microphone icon appears in the system tray. Recognition Modes (definition) By default, Dragon functions in Normal Mode, distinguishing dictation from words, numbers, and commands, and analyzing what it hears between pauses. Dragon also offers restricted recognition modes for dictating only commands, numbers, characters (Spell Mode), or words (Dictation Mode). Results Box (definition) ® editing and Dragon is ... A floating display box == that Dragon can provide as it listens to you and processes your speech. You can set options to move the Results Box anywhere on the screen, keep it in one place, change its color and font size, or make it disappear after a recognition. See About the Results Display for details. Results Display (definition) The on-screen feedback that Dragon displays during dictation. While Dragon listens, the Recognition in Progress icon ‘6 displays. When you pause, Dragon finishes processing your speech and enters dictation into the document or executes your command. When recognition is complete, the Dragon idle icon 6 displays. See also Results Box. Rich Internet Application (RIA) extensions (definition) Provide Web application extensions in supported Web browsers to enable commands and Full Text Control in selected browser-based applications. With RIA extensions, you can dictate content and use commands just as you would in a desktop program. The Dragon Glossary Roaming User Profile (definition) See Master Roaming User Profile. Sample Commands (definition) Displays a selection of the most useful commands that Dragon recognizes for the current context, whether it is a particular program you are using or the Windows Desktop. The Sample Commands are contained in the Dragon Sidebar. You can open the Sample Commands by saying “What Can I Say?” or by clicking Help > Dragon Sidebar. Say What You See (definition) "Say What You See" means that you can say whatever commands you see labeled on your screen to control applications by voice. For example, you can say the names of menus, menu commands, or items in a dialog box. To display the Insert menu in Microsoft Word or Microsoft Excel, you would say "Insert," and then say the name of any of the available commands, as required. Another example is the ability to open a Desktop item (a folder, for instance), by saying “open” followed immediately by its name. Unknown text field (definition) An editable window or field that does not support all of Dragon's selection and correction capabilities. When the cursor is positioned in an unknown text field, the DragonBar displays the message "Unknown text field; consider using ‘show Dictation Box' - See Help." In those cases, Dragon's Full Text Control indicator, the colored ball next to the volume meter on the DragonBar, is grey. You can usually select, correct, and use various commands in unknown text fields, but if you have trouble, use the Dictation Box and transfer text from it into the application. Windows shortcut (definition) You can use Windows Shortcuts and command lines to open User Profiles and Vocabularies directly. Spell Mode (definition) A restricted recognition mode that causes Dragon to recognize only letters, numbers, commands, and punctuation. Spell mode is useful for dictating unpronounceable alphanumeric strings, such as part numbers and license plate numbers, and other terms you anticipate Dragon won't know, such as Web addresses, words in a foreign language, or unusual product names. Say "Start Spell Mode" or "Spell Mode On." You can still use commands while in Spell Mode. 279 Guide de I'utilisateur Spoken Form (definition) Refers to words that are spoken one way but written a different way (the Written Form). This feature lets you add a word that, for example, types your phone number whenever you say “phone number line,” or automatically adds punctuation, such as "UK" or "USA," which would normally include punctuation in the written forms (U.K. and U.S.A.). Structured Commands (definition) Used to control the action of a command based on the existence of a state in the application the command is used for. For example, when you assign a state to each field in a form, the same command can perform different actions, depending on which field is activated. You can use Advanced Scripting methods to control the states within structured commands or to set the initial state from a non-structured command. You can also create structured commands that prompt the user to select values from a predefined list. Structured Commands are available only in Dragon Professional, Legal, and Medical editions. Text Control Indicator (definition) The check mark icon that appears next to the volume meter on the DragonBar. The Text Control Indicator changes color to show the level of dictation support in your current application. The Text Control Indicator is green when all of Dragon's selection and dictation capabilities are supported and gray | when the insertion point is in a window that has less support for dictation. The current Recognition mode is indicated by the icon to the right of the check mark. User Profile (definition) A User Profile is a set of files that store the following information: » Audio system settings selected by the Check Microphone wizard » Acoustic information about your voice gathered during initial product train- ing, ongoing usage and when you train specific words » Ongoing adaptations to your Vocabulary words and word usage as you use Dragon and from analysis of your writing style » Your settings in the Options dialog box » Any custom voice commands Utterance (definition) Dictation or commands Dragon recognizes between pauses in your speech. 280 The Dragon Glossary Vocabulary (definition) Contains all of the words that Dragon recognizes and a Language Model. The Vocabulary includes all of the words in the active vocabulary and the backup dictionary, and any words added as you customize your User Profile. Web application support (definition) Provides Rich Internet Application (RIA) extensions in supported Web browsers to enable commands and Full Text Control for selected browser- based applications. With RIA support, you can dictate content and use commands just as you would in a desktop program. Word Properties (definition) Word Properties specify a variety of options that can be associated with Vocabulary entries. You can specify that a word be preceded or followed by specific characters and customize properties for placement or handling. For example, question marks and exclamation marks have default properties of "Precede by (nothing)" and "Format the next word capitalized." You can also specify one or more alternate written forms for words. If the Use Alternate Written Form checkbox is selected for "meter," when you dictate the word after a number, Dragon enters only "m." If the Alternate Written Form checkbox is not selected, and you dictate "meter," Dragon types the full word, "meter." Written Form (definition) Specifies the word or words that Dragon enters when you dictate. The spoken form can be an easier or shorter variant or something completely different from the written form. 281 Index .DRA files (definition) ..................... 271 1 11 kHz and 22 kHz audio sound card requirements ............ 26 A Accessinglogfiles .................0.2.2.2.2... 46 accuracy .................. 231, 241, 243-244 Accuracy Assistant ............2...... 244 improving ....231, 243-244, 258-259 using Accuracy Center ....... 231, 243 using the Speed vs. Accuracy 241 | [10 |=) aan cele ee ene mena Accuracy Center (definition) ........... 271 Accuracy Slider (definition) ............ 271 Accuracy Tuning (definition) ........... 271 Acoustic Optimizer (definition) ....... 272 acoustics about Acoustic and Language 244 Model Optimizer ............... OUI 8 it oe coal ee 244 activating Dragon ...............2..2..2...... 47 Index active Vocabulary (definition) ......... adding contact names to the 258- Vocabulary ............... contacts in Microsoft Outlook .... words to the 254-255, 257, Vocabulary . words with the Spelling window . additional training ................2.2....... addresses, dictating e-mail and WED sicurercncde ona iecinatoassennetses Advanced Scripting (definition) ....... aligning text ....0.... 22. cece cece eee ee ee ee Application menu ..................2.2.2.... applications ................. cece ee eee cece eee MN cg i sa ees ohio Starting 2.0.0.0... cece eee ee eee eee starting (and utilities) .............. SWItChING ...............2.2cceeeeeeeeeeees Web-based ............0.2. 2.222 eee. Applying formatting to multiple instances of words ................. audio sound card requirements .......... Auto-Formatting using Smart Format Rules ......... B BackSpaCe ...... 2.2... cece ececcececceceeeeees backup dictationary, viewing ................ dictionary (definition) ............... Base Vocabulary (definition) ........... 259 163 259 257 154 124 283 Index basic document commands Microsoft Word ........................ 1 basic spreadsheet commands Microsoft Excel .............0.0.2...... 170 Basic Text Control (definition) ........ 272 Basic Text Control indicator .............. a7 basic text dictation ..........0.0..0.0.00.0... 74 BestMatch Technology ................... 263 boldface applying with Direct Editing ....... 102 applying with multiple text 103 MATCHING oe lect eecccadeeel boldface, applying .................. 125, 128 browsers compatibility .................0.02.2.... 179 ISIN se ete ee ed 201 buttons, selecting by voice ............. 215 C calendar and email commands ............... 55 Canadian postal codes ................... 235 capitalizing text .........0.2..2.. 2.2. e eee. 126 categories searching on the Web ............... 196 centering text ...0..00.0... 20.20. e cece eee eee. 129 CHARACUGIS in cccioete eet Vises eaten: 7 SCI@CUING . coccns ele ere ase a ccce vances 117 Check Microphone position your microphone prop- 2) See le Rea ee ee Choose a speech device ................... 284 65 choosing programs and windows ............. 219 clicking, using voice commands ...... 228 closing exiting Dragon ...................2.2..... 60 PNGAUS: 25. scott eases 214 Programs .......... 00.2... 2.ee cece ee eee 216 the DragonBar ....................2...... 60 WiNdOWS ............2.2.22.2.2-2--- 216-217 Coexistence with other Dragon prod- 27 CUS see tee tee ae Coexistence with previous versions 27 of Dragon .................2.2.2.2.202002- Coexistence with the Dragon SDK 27 CHEN BOICION sicctacnsedtecweiviecers combining words .................2..2.2..--. 130 Command Browser .......... 265, 267, 269 GIDOUIG gxcoseinesinieiectncaesagleceteet, 265 always ontop ............... eee eee 266 finding commands .................... 267 Include Global button ............... 267 OPeNing ............... 2... 22c eee eee ee cece 266 training commands .................. 269 Command Browser (definition) ....... 273 command context 11831 a © [eee ene en eo ee ae 266 Command Mode ...................... 247-248 SWITCHING! CO occ cascudeneictecddeus: 248 WISUIAO) ics Pe atesdtatild deat doeearaneetes 246 Command Mode (definition) ............ 273 commands application control ................... 209 Command Browser ..... 265-267, 269 controlling DragonBar ................ 60 Cut Copy and Paste .................. 122 CICTAUION scenes bide ensacdbacdavial us 77 displaying for a specific appli- 266 3 ||] © || Se ee a eee ee displaying Help on ...............2...... 60 Dragon Sidebar .......................... ral SINS i cette ceecedat se ndacauetons 152 for moving in windows .............. 217 CME oo oc Bera aedeel eee dete ac eed sagas nte 183 HOtmallll . 0.22. 2-seeiesdesseccvwesccesete 185 if not recognized ...............2.2...... 99 Internet Explorer 7 ................... 205 Internet Explorer and Mozilla 201 PTO sie ec cetesicese Ravens Microsoft Excel ....168-170, 173-174 Microsoft Outlook .............. 161-164 Microsoft Outlook Express ........ 158 Microsoft Word .......... 143, 148-149 Mozilla Firefox .................. 205, 207 Mozilla Firefox and Internet 201 EXDlOrer ..2cccc cess ecceke aicw: OpenOffice Writer .................... 148 results display ..................2.22.2... 51 SCIOlling 2.0.0... cece eee eee ee eee eee 217 1 g-= | 8a ee ee 250 Web applications .............. 177, 182 windows control ....................... 211 Windows Live Mail .................... 158 Index compound words joining by voice ..................2..... 130 Connecting your microphone ............ 63 context showing commands for current . 266 controlling .......... 60, 195, 214, 225, 227 applications .................2..2.20.2... 211 DragonBar ................2..2..22. 22.22 ee: 60 Internet Explorer ..................... 195 AMSG cect tec acco eaters testes 214 the mouse ........................ 225,227 WINdOWS ....... 0.2.2.2 eee ce eee eee eee eee 211 Copy command .....................2.2..2... 122 copying using Direct Editing .................. 102 using multiple text matching ..... 103 COPYING osss co oo chcsececccecsbesevde eee: ii correcting text .....02000200.2.... 76,97, 122 by spelling ...............2.20. 2.22. 2ce eee 80 COrrection lISE oc... ccs esescce cscs cess. 76 CEISUING TONE gcc ose re acces 122 handling multiple text 102-103 IMB@LCHES 2. cctccpscutece tes 1} = 0 § (819 | = eae ee Senn a RON Nees nee Bey? 93 quick reference .............0...2.2.0.2... o7 using Direct Editing .................. 102 using multiple text matching ..... 103 when incorrectly selected ......... 12a workflow .........2...2. 2.2.2. cece eee eee 93 Correction-only mode (definition) ...274 285 Index COMECEION MGM Sos. oe tecg ecilecestecevetees 99 choosing correct text in .............. 99 Correction menu (definition) ........... 273 Creating «22.2.2... 2... cece ce cece cece ccc ecceeees 254 new Vocabularies ..................... 254 CUITENCY |... 02.2... e eee cece cece ec cecceceeeeees 82 1a | = | | 8| © aaa eR ee eae ce 82 cursor moving back to last location ..... 115 moving the insertion point ........ 112 moving to specific words .......... 114 custom words definition .............0......0.0.2.2.0222. 274 CUE COMUMGING) sa csiic8 ca 2cd Aecieesdey eos 122 cutting using Direct Editing .................. 102 using multiple text matching ..... 103 D Data Collection (definition) ............. 274 Data Distribution Tool (definition) ...274 dates GENIN ose c eo cct cseecen ese a tacecu die sees 82 deleted words restoring to your Vocabulary ..... 261 deleting ............. cece cece eee ce cee ee eee 260 characters, words, lines, par- 123 agraphs ........0..0.2..2. 2.22.2. last words you dictated ............ 122 ee ee 115; 123 text (replacing what you last dici15 EAGCG) cco et cccseetiese es 286 using Direct Editing .................. 102 using multiple text matching ..... 103 words from the Vocabulary ....... 260 Desktop commands ................2.2.2.2.2.22-- 211 dialog boxes ...... 02.2... eee eee eee 216 controlling by voice .................. 215 selecting tabs by voice ............. 216 dictating GDOUL . ethasg ieee sueuecocecesai oul basic techniques ........................ 74 dictating the word "Select" ........ 121 e-mail and Web addresses ........ 154 guidelines for ..................0.2..2.22.. a1 in Excel with Full Text Control ....169 Military time ......0..0.2..0020.0.22.2... 240 PUSS Sass cra gaueeesecieesncetdententans 82 quick reference .................2..2.2... al results display .............2..2.2..2..... 51 1] | = Oana ey See eS eR EPPS! 240 dictatingtext in non-standard win- 87 OWS cach iticts ee Sec selesse Se tec on dictation .................. 74, 77, 82, 93, 154 (|| C00) Seieeeen aan amet Rtas A eet Un ene spl commands ................2.2.2.2.2202.0-- 77 correction workflow ................... 93 Dictation Box settings ................ 89 results display .............2..0.2..2..... 51 reSUMING ............ 0.222. e cece cece eee 115 source (microphone) .................. 63 source (recorder) ...................... 63 switching modes ...................... 248 switching to Dictation Mode ...... 248 using Dictation Mode ................ 246 Dictation Dictation mode (using) ............. 246 DICtALION BOX 22. sce aces eeetieceenieeishs 87 PDOUG serosa ccesshen sus ies iss deeatseeue sae 87 commands ..............0.2..2. 22222222 87 Dictation Box (definition) ............... 274 Dictation Mode (definition) ............. 274 Dictation Source (definition) ........... 275 digital audio recorder using with Dragon ...................... 64 Direct Editing commands USING «22.0... 0c cece ccc ecceceecceceeceeee: 102 Direct Editing commands (def- 275 WENO) acti cue can cera eicdsceei ences se disambiguation formatting or editing multiple 103 1 2 6 |< ne TN documents OPeNning ............ 0.0.2... ..2cc eee eee eee 209 selecting lines and paragraphs 119 Ll ae tetiegninencietteee.cateouute: switching between ................... 219 Don't recognize that word UST se odtnoudeusoadunorsatotetdsniustcs 261 DRA files (definition) .................2.... 271 dragging CVG MNOUSS 28. .r evs ets caS ete eles 227 the mouse pointer .................... 229 Index Dragon EXITING 2.00... ccc eee cece cece cece 60 system requirements ................. 24 Dragon Accuracy Center (definition) 271 Dragon Remote Microphone appli- 63 COMION: cc. cccttetesselat ee caerses Dragon Sidebar ................2.2....2.2.2... 67 definition ......0.......0.0.2 cece. 279 LS: | C= ee aa eae ene we nee eee een 71 || 5 | Soa er Cee ORE Ue cen Tee aS 73 MI GUING) 2G eshte Sante se tes tet tae 67 Dragon Templates with Voice Fields 275 (definition) ................2.20.2.22... Dragon Voice Shortcuts definition ................0 cece 275 Desktop searches .................... 218 email and calendar commands ..155 Web SGarcheS a acces ices crderece stan 196 DragonBar ................2..2..20.22e202e- 53, 58 GD osetia iia doen vartaddanneleus 53 controlling by voice .................... 60 2.1.0] 2 | =< Sane OTD ee ee 60 USING 2.02... eee cece cece ec eeceeceeceeees 58 DFAGONP A cosa cit ceed de 61, 92 5] 816 |), See eae nn OnN e ee Penne OnE 92 starting by voice ........................ 60 DragonPad (definition) ................... 275 1) 7 0 S| ah, eee eee oa 27 E || | eee ARE re oe 152 and calendar commands ........... 155 287 Index dictating addresses .................. 154 supported applications ............. 152 WOMKING) WT voc soe occ cecedyteressealbees. 152 editing resuming dictation ................... 115 editing text revising multiple instances of 103 WIPES: 260 5ccccithegacsediacersncus Enter key adding new lines by voice ......... 129 Enterprise Profile Management COTINMION oc enc ce was Shel aie dave 275 15 68] 5: ae one eee eee ee 76, 80, 97 correcting ............... 2.220. 2cc eee ee eee 76 correcting by spelling ................. 80 correction (quick reference) ....... 97 =, (3) =| [eee nearer 168-170, 173-174 basic spreadsheet commands ...170 commands for ..... 168-170, 173-174 formatting text ....0....0.20.0.20.022.. 173 SCHOUMAG U0 sac. sc. oo ese ese es 136 working with ..................... 168-169 working with content ................ 174 Exit DragOn |... 20.2... cece e cece ccc eceecceeees 61 exiting Programs ............. 2.222. e cee ee eee eee 209 F Field (definition) ...................0.2..2... 276 Firefox COMINGS o.oo tie eee 201 288 switching between frames ........ 201 folders OPeNing ............. 2.22.22 cece eee eee eee 212 fonts setting face, size, and style ...... 128 formatting ll CAS: ooo ocopcewepcccheteanceededeetues 102 applying to multiple words ........ 103 Auto-Formatting ...................... 233 62] \s eee eee eRe ee eee eee ee 102 commands ...........0....0.2..2. 2222 125 in Microsoft Excel ...............0..... 173 2 | |e: ane 102 multiple instances of words ....... 103 a1 81.012, =| 5 aaa ar en hie mere 127 |p, 4 See a ee eee Oe eee ee 125 text in Microsoft Word .............. 149 underlining .....................2..2.22-- 102 fractions fo | e261 | 9 © ee ke ce oe 82 frames switching Internet Explorer and Firefox 201 Full Text Control (definition) ........... 276 Full Text Control indicator ................ a7 G General Training running again .................2..2..22.. 252 Global Commands ................2.2..2.2.. 266 Gmail commands for ................2.2.22002. 183 dictating with .................0.20.2.2.. 183 sending e-mail ....................2.... 183 using with Rich Internet Appli- 183 cation Support .................. Go Back command ......................... 115 Go to and "Move to"commands quick reference 112 commands ..................2.2.2.2.00-- 114 Google searching with I'm Feeling Lucky196 Google Desktop using voice commands with ...... 218 Google Gmail ....................0.2..2.2022.- 183 H handheld or smartphone using as recorder ....................... 64 handling multiple text matches ....... 103 headset microphones requirements .........0......0.20.2.2200-. 26 Help using by voice ....................2...... 50 Hotmail commands for .....................2.2.. 185 sending e-mail ...............2....2.... 185 using wtih Web application sup- 185 PO ce ens ce hyphenating words ........................ 129 I icons selecting and opening ............... 217 Index improve my accuracy .............. 231, 243 Include Global button ........0......0..... 267 increasing accuracy ................ 258-259 InfoPath SCPOMMMG WW isc covwissdoaceiisddeasddesc 136 inserting text .....00..2..0..22. ee... 112, 114 insertion point ...............2..22.2.. 112, 114 Insertion point WMG VINO acres eccgesetetectees 112, 114 Installation and profile creation ........ 23 Installing Dragon to a custom loca- 27 TION ooo cece ec eeceeceeees Tis eas 2 2s ate a ee ee Internet Explorer .................... 195, 205 and Firefox commands ............. 201 COMMENDS 5 snctacrereduotwerrecens 201 controlling by voice .................. 195 switching between frames ........ 201 iPad setting up as a wireless micro- 63 phone ..............2. 22.222. ee eee: iPhone setting up aS a wireless micro- 63 phone ..............2.2..2eee ee eee iPod Touch setting up asa wireless micro- 63 phone ..............2.2..2.22e cece ees | (ee ee eee 126, 128 l/s) ¢) hg: ee eeeee eee aarore ere 125 applying with Direct Editing ....... 102 applying with multiple text 103 MA@tChing 2.0.2: ..5-celeive oes 289 Index italics, applying ..............00.0.00202002.. 128 M J 23 | ee ee eee nN ere 152 joining words .............. 2. cece cece eee eee 130 supported applications ............. 152 K working in ................2..2.2.22.2222- 152 keys making appointments controlling the keyboard ........... 223 Microsoft Outlook |... 163 pressing by voice ............. 223 PMO NUS «2... sees etter etree reese re rre rere 214 KeYStrOkK@S 0. oo coccococceceececeececeecee. 223 OEM ooo ah hee i ec 214 sending by voice ...................... 223 microphone L connecting ................2..2..20.2.00-- 63 RCE Che ee 254 multiple dictation sources ........... 64 PAOUIEVING yeicecetacesauocoimerenect 254 positioning handheld .................. 65 SB ENAMIZ IAG cece cexcsoesieeeceeeseacessts 244 positioning headset .................... 65 Language Model optimization (def- 276 pHETOSON WAIOIY -scelecceetvecceceeeeeesbedcdecae eg Outlook E-mail and Calendar 155 Language Model Optimizer (def- 276 SO Nepean INItKION) ooo... eee ec ee eee ec cece eee Microsoft Excel ......... 168-170, 173-174 Learn From Sent E-mails tool .......... 258 basic spreadsheet commands ...170 | a: | ee er re ee rere 258 commands for ..... 168-170, 173-174 Learning from specific documents ...256 formatting text .............0.0.2.2.... 173 left aligning text .............. cece 129 SCrOMMIAG WY doce cde eeeetecetcdicstsceces 136 (== Seen ae een a we er ee nee 129 working with ..................... 168-169 adding new ................2..0.22.0eeeeee 129 working with content ................ 174 SOIGCUAG 2ccc2coccscceccpeencscoctpesss ss 119 Microsoft Hotmail ..................2.2...... 185 list DOXES «ooo... oeceecceccecccccecseseece 216 Microsoft Infopath controlling by voice .................. 215 Ser OMMAG WM ccctocitits a unten seu 136 scrolling in by voice .................. 217 Microsoft Office listing scrolling in ...........2....0.2.2.2.2.20 0. 136 open Dragon windows .............. 219 using the ribbon ....................... 137 open windows .........................- 219 Microsoft Outlook _................... 161-164 adding contacts ....................... 163 290 commands for ................... 161-164 Email and Calendar commands ..155 making appointments ............... 163 reading and sending e-mail ....... 162 SCHOMIMNG! 1M. accen cc cssaccccansdeddcscssends 136 working with ..................2..2.2.... 161 writing notes ................2..2..2.... 164 Microsoft Outlook Express .............. 158 COMMANS FOP on ocecsce se eeteeee eee nce 158 reading and sending e-mail ....... 158 Microsoft PowerPoint scrolling in .............2..2.22.2.2222222- 136 Microsoft Windows system requirements ................. 24 Microsoft Word .................2..... 143, 149 basic document commands ....... 143 commands for .................. 143, 149 FOrMAtEING TEXT 2. 222. cosets eee 149 selecting text in ....0....0.20.2022.... 148 working with ..................2..2.2.... 143 Military time .........0.0..0.20.2.20.2.2022022. 240 minimum and recommended system 24 requirements .................2.2.22.2- minimum processor cache ................ 25 minimum RAM .....0 0000.02.22 2.e eee eee 25 minimum system requirements ........ 24 misrecognized commands ................ 99 mobile device choosing a speech device ........... 63 Index modes recognition definition 278 using 246, 248 recognition (using) ................... 246 mouse CICK) secs tetstecs Jowett 227 mouse pointer .............0.......... 225, 227 a g= 25 [154 [ene ee hee eee eres 227 MOVING ....... 20.220. 2 cece eee eee eeeeeeeee: 225 moving with MouseGrid ............ 227 MouseGrid .......2.0...0. 2.0.0.2 e cece eee eee 227 using to position the mouse 227 0191 | 9 | =| ge ee ee ne Move to commands ..................2.2.2.2.02-. 114 MOVING) 20. ccseesuectedceustscexess 112, 225, 227 around a document quick reference 112 the cursor ............2..2.2....-- 112, 114 the mouse pointer .................... 225 the mouse pointer with Mouse- 227 SVN occ Scan ssc eeedde deus to the beginning or end of a doc- 114 ument or line ................... Mozilla Firefox commands .................cccceeeeeeeee 201 switching between frames ........ 201 USING taDS. . ...-.csccddececcceccccancacess 207 multiple text matches correcting and editing ............... 103 291 Index Multiple text matching commands applying to multiple words ........ 103 N Natural Language Commands ......... 141 CLS TIUGIONY 5.2 ciks toa hadechacnaiebowab iden’ 2/7 navigating .......2...0000...2.e eee 214-217 between windows .................... 213 buttons and dialog box options ..215 going back to your last location .115 NOON S g5c2o5c822s acco 8het cos eta 217 in documents .................2.2.22222- 114 (f= | ec 214 opening programs and doc- 209 (ET <2 6 |< eee ee tabs in a dialog box .................. 216 Web applications commands ..... 177 Windows Desktop commands ... 211 new words .........0...2... 22 eee eee 254, 257 adding a list of to the Vocabulary 27 adding to the Vocabulary .......... 254 adding with the Spelling window 257 Non-standard (definition) ............... 279 Non-standard windows .................... 87 dictating text in ..............0.2.0.0.2.. 87 Normal Mode .....................2.... 246, 248 switching to ..............2..0.2.22.2222. 248 CPSU ese ot Sosa el ice eee ceal 246 Normal Mode (definition) ................ 277 Nothing But Speech (definition) ...... 277 PUTO COS occa ococeseeeeaeed: 82,127 changing format ....................... 127 292 CWETAUING occ cdevnteeeicveeetccesedececes 82 forcing recognition of ................. 82 Numbers Mode .....................2.. 247-248 SWITCHING CO ose csicudaneb wedsdeuae 248 SAO 25 dues asgasesieleddeusee ese acuceites 246 Numbers mode (definition) ............. 277 O Office scrolling (in Microsoft) .............. 136 using the ribbon ....................... 137 Office ribbon using Microsoft ........................ 137 online Help opening and using by voice ......... 50 opening icons by voice ...............2..2.2..... 217 GSS oe octane toe cet cea 214 programs (and exiting) ............. 209 the Command Browser ............. 266 OpenOffice.org Writer commands for .............2....2.22002. 148 selecting textin ..............2..2..... 148 Operating systems ...................22.2.-- 25 optimizing acoustics and language model .. 244 Outlook _....000000 0.2 161-164 adding contacts ....................... 163 commands for ................... 161-164 E-mail and Calendar commands 155 making appointments ............... 163 reading and sending e-mail ....... 162 SCPOUMIMG UN eee eas cccessecescoeekeeswent 136 working with ..................2..2.2.... 161 writing notes ................2..2..2.... 164 Outlook Express .........0.00.0.22.2.2022.2- 158 commands for .............0.0.00.2..22. 158 Pp PALEGIA ONS: oc cicctvscniweeseratetudawiuiine 129 BOGING NOW nooo occ coecceecbs. 129 SSI SC CIN cutee scababusacstoumutaaeeeaatin 119 Paste command ..............0..0.02202222.. 122 Performance Assistant (definition) ..277 personalizing Vocabularies ............. 254 phrases correcting and editing multiple 103 PMC NGS osc ci eae eeeues pointer ...0.. 0... eee eee eee eee. 225, 227 moving with mouse commands .225 moving with MouseGrid ............ 227 positioning text ina document ................... 129 postal codes ........ 0... 2... eee e eee eee ee 235 CUCEAEING) ssc 25/ 2s oe ete cckece 82 DOSTCOGGS «cess si ie hee 235 PowerPoint SGrOUING) Wo coe cel ceca tes resess cece 136 Press <key> command .................. 223 Press <key> command (definition) .278 processor Cache .................2.2.2..0.022- 25 programs EXITING «2.0... c cece eee eee 209 Starting «2.00.00... e cece eee ee eee 209 Index SWIKCHING So. cc ceiclccee sete usedtesecsadece 211 switching between open pro- 219 grams and windows .......... Q Quick Voice Formatting commands 275 (definition) .....................2.22... QuickStart (definition) ................... 278 R Read text totrain Dragonto your 252 10 (©, Ree PR ONE EER 7 | ee nee ee ee mE 183 POU so S coos totee cee descndevesZese 185 Microsoft Outlook |......0.0.0.20.02... 162 Windows Live Mail .................... 158 recognition ............... 231, 241, 243-244 ACCUIACY ..02 oo. e eee cece e eee ee ees 244 improving 231 using the Speed vs. Accuracy slider 241 accuracy: improving ......... 231, 243 modes using 246 recognition errors ................. 76, 80, 97 correcting by spelling ................. 80 correction (quick reference) ....... 97 recognition modes definition ....................0.....2.22... 278 SWIECHING) 2.2225. acct scutes! 248 UIST] a6 ee 246 recommended system requirements .24 293 Index recorder CMOUSING occas cca ce te eaut 63 reMoOVING ..............2..2..2--- 125, 130, 260 spaces between words ............. 130 text formatting ..............2......... 125 words from the Vocabulary ....... 260 requirements minimum and recommended sys- 24 tem for Dragon .................. resizing windows ..................2.2.....- 216 restoring ...........0.. 20. cece cece cee eceeceeees 125 plain text 2220... . eee eee. 125 Results Box CUIDOUING 285 feaeeeean nt teeaaeeie sone 51 Results Box (definition) .................. 278 Results Display IDOI asc cahatermateidernenetiee sat cates Si Results display (definition) ............. 278 resuming dictation ....................2.... 115 resuming editing .................2.2....2... 115 revising text ......0.0.0.0.0.... 108, 115, 122 deleting text .....0..0...... cece ee ee. 122 quick reference ...................2.... 108 replacing what you last dictated 115 revising multiple instances of 103 WOrdS ........ eee eee eee RIA (definition) ..............2.2...... 278, 281 RIA Support enabling .................2.2.2.0202020202e- 180 resolving problems with ............ 191 USING «2.202.222. cee ce eee ec cece eccecceceeee: 177 using with Gmail ...................... 183 294 using with Hotmail ................... 185 ribbon using Microsoft Office ............... 137 Rich Internet Application Support enabling ...............2.2.2.2.20.2.2.0--- 180 resolving problems with ............ 191 TEST gs Reece anne Renee ee vam ee 177 using with Gmail ...................... 183 using with Hotmail/Windows 185 Live Mail .........0.000000.0.2.22.. Rich Internet Application sup- 278, 281 port (definition) .............. right aligning text ...........0.0.0.0.2.0.2.. 129 Roman numerals GIGEAUING) ....55..Anseetes esecea ees 82 S Sample Commands Dragon Sidebar (definition) ....... 279 CSG 6 |e one Re nT Oe 67 Say What You See (definition) ........ 279 Scratch That command .................. 122 scrolling in Microsoft Office programs ..... 136 in popular programs ................. 136 in windows and lists ................. 217 searching the online Help by voice ............. 50 ef (= 0h) | 6 eee ee ee ce 196 your Desktop ...............2..2.2.22.2- 218 Select Again commana ................... 120 Index SEIECEING onc ooccceescGeeceenstdeueecence: 215-217 5 || © = eee en ee ea Teno, Pee oe eC 73 buttons by voice ...................... 215 UISIING) <2 seseut etaborehins Secueieelnbenns 67 icons by voice ...............2..2.2..... 217 sites MENUS 2.2.30 tesa sete Me 214 searching ..............2....2.22.2.20. + 196 tabs ina dialog box .................. 216 size selecting text .................. 117-118, 120 setting font .......0..0..0.20 cece. 128 PANN ie se Ns ea 120 Smart Format Rules characters and words ............... 117 disabling display ...................... 233 correcting incorrectly selected 121 05 |e ee ene 233 BORE saith tiapee ciara erent sound card handling multiple text 102-103 audio requirements .................... 6 matches ................... in Microsoft Word ..................... 148 eo in OpenOffice.org Writer ........... 148 removing between words .......... 130 lines and paragraphs ................ 119 SpeclaNtollers quick reference ...................2.... 117 OPENING crests cease a specific words ................2..2.2.2.. 118 =pceen SING THSCREGIIG xenecercrcrces 102 status, results display ................ 51 using multiple text matching ..... 103 BREE CIMENICE Shareute CNOOSIIG) cco. ic oo oe ts 63 see Dragon Voice Shortcuts (def275 SE se seater ea ete ee aes ene PUNO) ck eee scce hart alae increasing recognition .............. 241 Shortcuts Speed vs. Accuracy slider ............... 241 Dragon Voice, Desktop searches218 Spell Mode ....................2.2..2.22. 247-248 Dragon Voice, e-mail andcal- 155 switching to ............2....2..2.222222- 248 endar commands ............. USING once cococo co ceccecececceeeceeeeecee 246 Dragon Voice, Web searches .....196 Spell Mode (definition) ................... 279 Show Web Site Commands ............. 178 Spell That command .......----eccceeee. 80 Sidebar =| = | 9 ee ae 80 efIMition ee eee 279 with the Spell That commana ...... 80 showing and hiding .................... 67 HT a eee 80 1.5 | 0 |: Sea ene ee ee ee eran Cee erent 71 295 Index Spelling window .................. 79,99, 257 adding words ..................2.2..2... 257 choosing correct text in .............. 99 typing the correct text into ......... 79 Spoken Form (definition) ................ 280 Start menu, USING .................2..2222.. 209 starting programs ....................2..2.. 209 supplemental training .................... 252 switching between open programs and win219 OWS cn tho2eeue ues anc oecetas between windows .................... 211 system requirements ........0...0.0.0.0.... 24 T C= | 5h eee mae ee ene ean em oe en 216 selecting in a dialog box ........... 216 telephone numbers ................... 82, 238 INGE EINING) 2222: 9429-2 5 csshecss cidyeos 82 =) 4 See a E 97, 122-123, 125, 129 aligning ................0.2. 2.2 cece eee eee 129 CAPIESIIZING 2.222 ccc 2c chedececscscee 126 correcting ............... 20.20. 2cc cece eee 76 correcting (quick reference) ....... 97 correcting and editing multiple 103 matches .....00.0.0.....e eee cutting and pasting .................. 122 deleting ................. 2.22. ecc eee eens 123 formatting ...............2..0.2..2.2222-- 125 selecting .................2..0.22.. 117, 148 Text Control indicator ...................... 57 Text Control Indicator (definition) ...280 296 LEX WRAPPING ccccccescuseececcivaveeseveccaucns 92 The recognizer has encountered an 242 utterance that is too long to PrOCeSS ooo... eee eee eee NS ass Nie oe ce deg ce call 2 85 UGC ATUNG) cin cecn cence ec ddebe da tele sete eee 82 Tips Dragon Sidebar ..................2.2..... 73 NTN SIGS GR ss eit soo sees cees 67 using word processors .............. 142 TODS 4c 5.5 ee ees dce ta ees tasins 46 training ........... 20.20. c cece eee eee 250-251 additional ...............0.0.2002.00222.. 252 commands .........0.2.02......2 eee 250 supplemental .................2....2.... 252 training individual words and 251 phrases ....0.........e eee Tray Icon only mode ........................ 61 troubleshooting with RIA Support ...................... 191 Type <key> command ................... 223 U UK POSECOGES foods sacekvelceeoiegeeteeces. 235 underlining ...............2..2.20.2.2222-2220-- 126 applying with Direct Editing ....... 102 applying with multiple text 103 PNMBECNING 225: 3soaseres oeecenes undoing actions ...................2.22.2eee ee 75 USB microphones COMMECEING oocccocceesdecdeseveeesdeaeecves 63 User Profiles creating recorder-based ............. 63 using online Help with voice com- 50 PMEIIOS: occ, ccieis tec 2ict sts letiwctegeiess utilities Starting «2.00.00... eee e eee eee 212 V variants correcting or formatting var- 103 121 5 | 1 Sener Vocabularies ............0.0..0.0.22 cece 254 adding individual words to ........ 255 el: — eee eee RAR UAE 272 creating new ....................2.22222. 254 personalizing .................2....2.... 254 restoring words to .................... 261 TY GS OT aos icececeotrcnedetetivenees 263 voice commands Dragon Sidebar .....................2.... 71 Voice Shortcuts Desktop searches .................... 218 e-mail and calendar commands .155 Web S@ancn@S: .2.0.c4.cesescistdestdscs 196 W sf 2 eee ene 154, 195, 205, 207 applications ...................2.22.2.2.. 177 browser compatibility ............... 179 commands ..............2.2.2..22222-0-- 177 controlling Internet Explorer ..... 195 dictating addresses .................. 154 Firefox commands .................... 201 Internet Explorer commands ..... 201 Mozilla Firefox commands ......... 201 Index SEOMPCNING) oe eseccccedeedosiechlceesend 196 searching by voice ................... 196 switching between frames ........ 201 troubleshooting ....................... 179 Web application support using with Gmail ...................... 183 using with Hotmail ................... 185 Web application support (definition) 281 What can I say? (definition) ............ 279 windows navigating between .................. 213 switching between open pro- 219 grams and windows .......... Windows CONEMONING ons: cccsedsdeessecaceesexs: 211 Desktop commands ................. 211 PROVING ccc seteiccs bin eceaudtes wasn 217 open special folders ................. 212 resizing and closing .................. 216 scrolling in by voice .................. 217 switching between ................... 211 system requirements ................. 24 Vista searching by voice 218 Windows 7 searching by voice 218 working with ................2..2.2..2... 213 Windows Live E-mail, using ............ 185 Windows Live Mail .......................... 185 commands for ..........0.0..0.0220222.. 158 reading and sending e-mail ....... 158 297 Index Windows shortcut (definition) ......... 279 NCIS, coo eerie ecm Guin ees 143, 149 basic document commands ....... 143 commands for ............ 143, 148-149 formatting text .........0.20.0.22.2.2.. 149 SCPOUNMIG UN ooo 8 os eek ee 136 selecting text in ......2..0.20. 222222... 148 working with ................2.2..2.2.... 143 word categories SCPWING) 222222253 2co:eohccoubeuiescceiuc 255 word proceSSOFs ...............2.2..2.2.20-- 142 tips for uSiNg .................2.2.2.222.. 142 Word Properties creating ................. 20.2 cece eee ee ee 131 Word Properties (definition) ........... 281 word- 28, 117-118, 129-130, 254-255, Ss 257 adding to the Vocabulary .......... 255 298 adding with the Spelling window 257 alternate written forms creating 131 correcting and editing multiple 103 MAtCHES ....s2cc2e2esc2sedneesesee deleting from the Vocabulary ....260 FORMACUING vce ccc 102-103 hyphenating ................2..0.2...... 129 POWMNG, 2p0z2.c eoscer.ssecsecucdicuedenee. 130 restoring to the Vocabulary ....... 261 reviSiING .........0.2..0.20. 22 e eee 102-103 selecting .................2..2.22.. 117-118 S DOUG) 2.2. 2cscc5ct2t ee dcetnd ceceedsehins 80 word properties creating 131 WOPKPOW cocci ccnce ccced ics ctugeabbceesnesdaen: 93 correcting text .....0..0.00.0.00. 2c eee. 95 working with content Microsoft Excel ...............0.0...... 174 working with Microsoft Excel ....168-169 working with Microsoft Outlook ....... 161 working with Microsoft Word ........... 143 wrapping Lh, | Se AREER eS Te eee 92 writing notes Microsoft Outlook |........2.2..0.02... 164 Written Form (definition) ................ 281 Z Zip codes GUCEARING) it icneoccncxtuaeoucrhe maaugieckd 82